NLS2002059, Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
StriderTol Bot insert
 
StriderTol Bot change
 
Line 21: Line 21:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures Cooper Nuclear Station, NRC Docket 50-298, DPR-46 Pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, "Implementing Procedures,"
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures Cooper Nuclear Station, NRC Docket 50-298, DPR-46 Pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, "Implementing Procedures,"
Nebraska Public Power District is transmitting the following Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs):
Nebraska Public Power District is transmitting the following Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs):
EPIP 5.7.6   Revision 34      "Notification" EPIP 5.7.6   Revision 34C1 "Notification" EPIP 5.7.17   Revision 27       "Dose Assessment" EPIP 5.7.21  Revision 24       "Maintaining Emergency Preparedness-Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations" EPIP 5.7.22   Revision 22      "Communications" EPIP 5.7.23  Revision 3        "Activation Of The JIC" Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me.
EPIP 5.7.6 EPIP 5.7.6 EPIP 5.7.17 EPIP 5.7.21 EPIP 5.7.22 EPIP 5.7.23 Revision 34 "Notification" Revision 34C1 "Notification" Revision 27 "Dose Assessment" Revision 24 "Maintaining Emergency Preparedness-Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations" Revision 22 Revision 3 "Communications" "Activation Of The JIC" Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me.
Si cerely J A. Hutton lant Manager
Si cerely J A. Hutton lant Manager  
/nr Enclosures cc: Regional Administrator w/enclosures (2)                               NPG Distribution w/o enclosures USNRC - Region IV Senior Resident Inspector w/enclosures USNRC Cooper Nuclear Station Records w/o enclosures 4
/nr Enclosures cc: Regional Administrator w/enclosures (2)
P.O. Box 98 /Brownville, NE 68321-0098 Telephone: (402) 825-3811 / Fax: (402) 825-5211 http://www.nppd.com
USNRC - Region IV NPG Distribution w/o enclosures 4
Senior Resident Inspector w/enclosures Records w/o enclosures USNRC Cooper Nuclear Station P.O. Box 98 /Brownville, NE 68321-0098 Telephone: (402) 825-3811 / Fax: (402) 825-5211 http://www.nppd.com


I   ATTACHMENT 3         LIST OF REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Correspondence Number:         NLS2002059 The following table identifies those actions committed to by the District in this document. Any other actions discussed in the submittal represent intended or planned actions by the District. They are described for information only and are not regulatory commitments. Please notify the NL&S Manager at Cooper Nuclear Station of any questions regarding this document or any associated regulatory commitments.
I ATTACHMENT 3 LIST OF REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Correspondence Number: NLS2002059 The following table identifies those actions committed to by the District in this document. Any other actions discussed in the submittal represent intended or planned actions by the District. They are described for information only and are not regulatory commitments. Please notify the NL&S Manager at Cooper Nuclear Station of any questions regarding this document or any associated regulatory commitments.
COMMITTED DATE COMMITMENT                                   OR OUTAGE None
COMMITTED DATE COMMITMENT OR OUTAGE None
                                                              +
+
j
-t t
                                                              -t i
1-I PROCEDURE 0.42 1
REVISION 10 1
PAGE 12 OF 14 j
i i
i i
i i
i i
t 1-I        PROCEDURE 0.42              1      REVISION 10        1    PAGE 12 OF 14
i


USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL                                            EFECE: 4 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                        APPROVA: SORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION                                            OWNER: R. J. FISCHER DEPARTMENT: EP
P U R P O S E...............
: 1. P U R P O S E .. .. ... .. .. .... ... .... .. ... .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. ... ..
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.................................
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS .................................
REQU IREM EN TS................................................
: 3. REQU IREM ENTS ................................................
COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM............................
: 4. COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM ............................                                                         .. 2
NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM............................
: 5. NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM ............................
EOF NOTIFICATIONS............................................
: 6. EOF NOTIFICATIONS ............................................
NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC...................................
: 7. NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC ...................................                                                         12
M ISCELLANEOUS...............................................
: 8. M ISCELLANEOUS ...............................................                                                         12 ATTACHMENT 1             COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT
ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 3 ATTACHMENT 4 ATTACHMENT 5 ATTACHMENT 6
                                . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ATTACHMENT 2            COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD ..................                                                 15 ATTACHMENT 3            COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD ..................                                                 17 ATTACHMENT 4            ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS) ..............................                                               18 ATTACHMENT 5            BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION .........                                                 20 ATTACHMENT 6            INFORMATION SHEET ...........................                                                 22 PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.
.. 2 12 12
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
.............................................. 1 4 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD..................
[ 2.1     Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.
15 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD..................
17 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)..............................
18 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION.........
20 INFORMATION SHEET...........................
22 PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.
: 2.
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
[ 2.1 Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.
Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.
Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.
2.2     Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.
2.2 Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.
2.3     Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.
2.3 Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                     1           REVISION 34                     1     PAGE 1 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 1 OF 24 USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFECE: 4 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6 APPROVA: SORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION OWNER: R. J. FISCHER DEPARTMENT: EP
: 1.
: 2.
: 3.
: 4.
: 5.
: 6.
: 7.
8.


[ ] 2.4       NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.
[ ] 2.4 NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.
1 2.5   At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.
1 2.5 At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.
[ 2.6     Notification of termination shall be performed within 1 hour after the termination of the emergency.
[ 2.6 Notification of termination shall be performed within 1 hour after the termination of the emergency.
2.7   Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).
2.7 Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).
[ ] 2.8     If the Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.
[ ] 2.8 If the Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.
: 3. REQUIREMENTS
: 3.
[ 3.1     Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
REQUIREMENTS
[ ]   3.1.1     Installed communications equipment.
[ 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
S]   3.2     A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.
[ ]
[ ] 3.3       If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.
3.1.1 Installed communications equipment.
: 4. COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM
S]
3.2 A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.
[ ] 3.3 If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.
: 4.
COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM
[ NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.
[ NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.
4.1   The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be # 1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.
4.1 The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be # 1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.
I           PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34           1   PAGE 2 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 2 OF 24


4.2   Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 should be the same.
4.2 Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or should be the same.
S4.3   Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.
S4.3 Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.
4.4   Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.
4.4 Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.
4.5   Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.
4.5 Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.
[ 4.6   Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.
[ 4.6 Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.
[ ]   4.6.1     Enter the proper wind speed. This will depend on release height. For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters.
[ ]
4.6.1 Enter the proper wind speed. This will depend on release height. For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters.
If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.
If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.
3   4.6.2     Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 00.
3 4.6.2 Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 00.
3   4.6.3     Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.
3 4.6.3 Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.
[ 4.6.4     Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.
[
[ ] 4.7   Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.
4.6.4 Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.
4.7.1     In order for "is" to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.
[ ] 4.7 Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.
[ ]   4.7.2   There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.
4.7.1 In order for "is" to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       REVISION 34               PAGE 3 OF 24
[ ]
4.7.2 There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 3 OF 24


4.7.3     There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).
4.7.3 There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).
[ ] 4.8   Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.
[ ] 4.8 Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.
These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.
These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.
Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose.
Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose.
The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:
The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:
EVACUATE           GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE       SECTORS               EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles                   All 2-5 miles                 R,A,B                     Remainder 5-10 miles                                                 All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.
EVACUATE GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE SECTORS EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles All 2-5 miles R,A,B Remainder 5-10 miles All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.
Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1"= mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.
Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1" = mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.
Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.
Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.
Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.
Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.
[ ] 4.9   Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is ajudgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.
[ ] 4.9 Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is ajudgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.
4.10 In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.
4.10 In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.
[ ] 4.11   Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.
[ ] 4.11 Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.
4.11.1   Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.
4.11.1 Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34         1     PAGE 4 OF 24
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 4 OF 24


4.11.2   Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.
4.11.2 Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.
4.11.3   Determine the release duration. If duration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.
4.11.3 Determine the release duration. If duration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.
4.11.4   Release rates (iiCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.
4.11.4 Release rates (iiCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.
4.11.5   The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.
4.11.5 The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.
4.11.6   The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.
4.11.6 The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.
: 5. NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM
: 5.
[] 5.1 ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.
NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM
5.1.1     Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.
[] 5.1 ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1     REVISION 34           1   PAGE 5 OF 24
5.1.1 Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 5 OF 24


] 5.2   INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES
] 5.2 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES
[ ]   NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.
[ ]
NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.
NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.
NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.
[ ]   NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
[ ]
[ ]   5.2.1     Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
5.2.2     The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.
[ ]
    ] 5.2.3     Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
5.2.1 Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.2.4     Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
5.2.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.  
5.2.5   Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
]
[] ICAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.
5.2.3 Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
5.2.6   When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
5.2.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       REVISION 34               PAGE 6 OF 24
5.2.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
[]
ICAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.
5.2.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 6 OF 24


5.2.7   In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
5.2.7 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
5.2.8   If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.
5.2.8 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.  
  ] 5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1   The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
] 5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.3.2   The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign)
5.3.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign), and return it to the Communicator.
Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
5.3.3 The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of and provide them with the information from in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
5.3.3   The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
[] 5.4 NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
[] 5.4   NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
5.4.1 The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.
5.4.1   The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.
These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.
These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34           1   PAGE 7 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 7 OF 24


5.4.2 The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.
5.4.2 The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.
5.4.3 The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.
5.4.3 The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.
5.4.3.1     Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.
5.4.3.1 Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.
[ ]   5.4.3.2     Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.
[ ]
5.4.3.3     Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.
5.4.3.2 Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.
5.4.4   If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
5.4.3.3 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.
5.5   NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 5.5.1   The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.4.4 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
[ 1 5.5.2   The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Shift Communicator.
5.5 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 5.5.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
[   5.5.2.1     Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
[ 1 5.5.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Shift Communicator.
5.5.3 The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1.
[
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6             1       REVISION 34           1   PAGE 8 OF 24
5.5.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
: 6. EOF NOTIFICATIONS
5.5.3 The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of and provide them with the information from.
[] 6.1 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
6.1.1   The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
REVISION 34 1
6.1.2   The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign)
PAGE 8 OF 24
Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
: 6.
6.1.2.1     The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.© 6.1.3   The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System.
EOF NOTIFICATIONS
[]
6.1 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
6.1.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.1.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign), and return it to the Communicator.
6.1.2.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.© 6.1.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System.
Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button.
Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button.
This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
6.1.4   Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
6.1.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
[ ] 6.1.5   Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
[ ]
6.1.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.
CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.
6.1.6   When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
6.1.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34         1   PAGE 9 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 9 OF 24


6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.
6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.
Line 161: Line 209:
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.
6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.
[] 6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES
[] 6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES
[ ] 6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
[ ]
6.2.1.1     The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.© 6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.
6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.2.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
6.2.1.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.© 6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6           1       REVISION 34         1   PAGE 10 OF 24   1
6.2.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 10 OF 24 1


1 1 6.3 NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES 6.3.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.
1 1 6.3 NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES 6.3.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.
[ ] 6.3.2 The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.
[ ]
6.3.3 If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.
6.3.2 The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.
  ] 6.4 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.3.3 If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.  
6.4.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.
] 6.4 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.4.2.1     Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
6.4.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.
[ ] 6.4.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1.
6.4.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.6           1       REVISION 34           1   PAGE 11 OF 24   1
[ ]
: 7. NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.
6.4.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in and provide them with the information from.
7.1   If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
7.2   The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:
REVISION 34 1
7.2.1   Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.
PAGE 11 OF 24 1
[   7.2.2   Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.
: 7.
7.2.3   The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.
7.2.4     Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.
7.1 If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.
[   7.2.5     Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
7.2 The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:
[ ]   7.2.6     Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.
7.2.1 Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.
7.3   If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
[
: 8. MISCELLANEOUS
7.2.2 Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.
[ ] 8.1     Consider following information when making emergency notifications:
7.2.3 The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
[   8.1.1     At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.
7.2.4 Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34               PAGE 12 OF 24
[
7.2.5 Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
[ ]
7.2.6 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.
7.3 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
: 8.
MISCELLANEOUS
[ ] 8.1 Consider following information when making emergency notifications:
[
8.1.1 At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 PAGE 12 OF 24


8.1.2 The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.
8.1.2 The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.
Line 194: Line 256:
8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).
8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).
NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.
NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.
8.1.4.1     Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.
8.1.4.1 Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.
8.1.4.2     This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.
8.1.4.2 This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.
8.1.4.3     Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.
8.1.4.3 Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.
8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.
8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6           1       REVISION 34           1   PAGE 13 OF 24   1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 13 OF 24 1


ATTACHMENT 1                                 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:                                                         Time of Transmittal:
ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:
[   Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)                                                                                     [ ] Follow-Up Report
Time of Transmittal:
: 1) Name of CNS Communicator:                                                                                 Call Back Number: 402-825
[
: 2) Classification: [ ] NOUE; [ ] Alert; [                             Site Area; [     General               IEAL Number:
Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)
Event Declared (Date/Time):                                                   I Event Terminated (Date/Time):
[ ] Follow-Up Report
: 3) Meteorological                   Wind Speed:                       MPH   Wind From:               Degrees       Precipitation: [ ] Yes [ ] No Conditions -                 I Stability Class: [ ]A; [ ] B; [ ] C;[ ]D;[ ] E; [ ] F;[                                   G
: 1) Name of CNS Communicator:
: 4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:                                   There       ] is         I1no      Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pCi/sec                                                                                 than ODAM Limits.
Call Back Number: 402-825
TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCl/sec                                                     will be       a liquid
: 2) Classification: [ ] NOUE; [ ] Alert; [
: 5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EAS/EBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.                                         ---------
Site Area; [
1         None                 i       Evacuate Sectors             i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors 0-2 Miles__[          S1-------*                                                     4--------------------
General IEAL Number:
Mie 0-2--                       ------          -------------                    I--------------------------------------------------------------
Event Declared (Date/Time):
2-5 Miles 2-5--Miles--1-------------                                                     I--------------------------------------------------------------
I Event Terminated (Date/Time):
5-10
: 3) Meteorological Wind Speed:
_    Miles
MPH Wind From:
_  _ I I _                 _ _ I_               _    _      _    _      _
Degrees Precipitation: [ ] Yes [ ] No Conditions -
: 6) Prognosis: [ ] Stable; [ ] Unstable                                                     Plant Status: [] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
I Stability Class: [ ]A; [ ] B; [ ] C;[ ]D;[ ] E; [ ] F;[
G
: 4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:
There  
] is I1 no Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pCi/sec than ODAM Limits.
TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCl/sec will be a liquid
: 5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EAS/EBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.
1 None i
Evacuate Sectors i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors S1-------*
4--------------------
0-2 Miles__[
0-2--
Mie I--------------------------------------------------------------
2-5 Miles 2-5--Miles--1-------------
I--------------------------------------------------------------
5-10 Miles I I _
I_
: 6) Prognosis: [ ] Stable; [ ] Unstable Plant Status: [] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
: 7) Remarks:
: 7) Remarks:
: 8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):
: 8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):
Release From: [             ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ ] Turbine Building; [ ] Aug Radwaste Building; []Other:
Release From: [
Release Height: [ ] 300 ft (ERP); [                           30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [ I Other:                       ft I Release Rate (Ci/sec)
ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ ] Turbine Building; [ ] Aug Radwaste Building; []Other:
Estimated Duration:                                           (Hours)                                   Noble gas:                           Ci/sec Start Time:                                                                               Iodides:                     N/A Ston Time:                                                                               Particulate:                 N/A Distance From r              Projected Integrated Dose (Rem)
Release Height: [ ] 300 ft (ERP); [ 30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [ I Other:
Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr)
ft I Release Rate (Ci/sec)
                                                    ---------    1~---------.,--------------------------
Estimated Duration:
Plant                   I                 TEDE                 1     CDE (Thyroid)           I         TEDE                     1     CDE (Thyroid)
(Hours)
I1-Site Boundary II        1                                                                       -"
Noble gas:
2 Miles                                                     .i!
Ci/sec Start Time:
5 Miles _4le1 ---------------------------------                               -----------1    ~---------                   11 4---------------------
Iodides:
I                                       II 10 Miles Emergency Director Signature:                                                                     Date:                               Time:
N/A Ston Time:
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                                     REVISION 34                                     PAGE 14 OF 24
Particulate:
N/A r
Distance From Projected Integrated Dose (Rem)
Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr) 1~---------.,--------------------------
Plant I
TEDE 1
CDE (Thyroid)
I TEDE 1
CDE (Thyroid)
II I
Site Boundary 1 1-2 Miles  
.i!
_4le ---------------------------------  
-----------~---------
4---------------------
5 Miles 1
1 1 11 I
II 10 Miles Emergency Director Signature:
Date:
Time:
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 14 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 2                 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
: 1. ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per Attachment
: 1.
: 4. Activation is not required ifthe ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.
ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per Attachment
Activation Required                                             Performed By                                   Time
: 4. Activation is not required if the ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.
        ]Yes [ ] No
Activation Required Performed By Time  
: 2. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
]Yes [ ] No
Notify the Following Agencies                     IIIPhone        IVI I-I             Name of Contact I
: 2.
NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol                     - -State                 I-__
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
Nemaha County Sheriff                                 Notification I Atchison County Sheriff                               Telephone               I System               ,
Notify the Following Agencies Phone IVI Name of Contact I
Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol I                               ,
I-I II I
NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol State I
Nemaha County Sheriff Notification I Atchison County Sheriff Telephone I
System Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol I
Time of all Parties on Line:
Time of all Parties on Line:
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
: 3. NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.
: 3.
NRC           ENS Telephone                     Alternate                       Person Contacted             Time Dial # on Phone Sticker       ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6                           1           REVISION 34                     PAGE 15 OF 24
NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.
NRC ENS Telephone Alternate Person Contacted Time Dial # on Phone Sticker ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 PAGE 15 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 2                   COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD
ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD
: 4. TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
: 4.
Name of ENS Communicator                                       Performed By                         Time
TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
: 5. TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
Name of ENS Communicator Performed By Time
Communicator Signature:                                                                               Date:
: 5.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                         1         REVISION 34                 1   PAGE 16 OF 24       1
TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
Communicator Signature:
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 16 OF 24 1


ATTACHMENT 3                                     COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
: 1. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
: 1.
Notify the Following Agencies                                               IPhone        !I-I                 Name of Contact NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol                                           II Nemaha County Sheriff                                                   I     State             I         .
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
N otific a tio n
: 2.
                                                              -- - -- -ITifiaon                " . - -
SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.
Atchison County Sheriff                                                                         -..    ,
Agency Phone Person Contacted Time INPO 1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)
                                                                ----    j    Telephone                 ------------------
(860)_561-3433 Communicator Signature:
Missouri SEMA via Missouri State I                                             System I     ~I   l      I Patrol                                                                                           I Time of all Parties on Line:
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 17 OF 24 Notify the Following Agencies Phone Name of Contact I
I-I NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol II Nemaha County Sheriff I
State I  
-- - -- - N o tific a tio n Atchison County Sheriff ITifiaon j
Telephone Missouri SEMA via Missouri State I System l
I  
~I I
Patrol I
Time of all Parties on Line:
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
: 2. SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.
Agency                                                  Phone                          Person Contacted                  Time INPO                                              1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear                                  (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)                                    (860)_561-3433 Communicator Signature:                                                                                                    Date:
I          PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                                            REVISION 34                      PAGE 17 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 4                   ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
NOTE - IfERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.© SCENARIO ID         SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100         NOUE- EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222           ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333           ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600           DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622           DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633           DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION   -Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.
NOTE - If ERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.© SCENARIO ID SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE-EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333 ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION -Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.
: 1. If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.
: 1.
: 2. At the State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.
If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.
: 3. Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.
: 2.
: 4. Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.
At the State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.
: 5. Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:
: 3.
5.1       If pagers activate, exit this attachment.
Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.
5.2       If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.
: 4.
: 6. Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.
Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.
: 7. Enter ED password followed by # sign.
: 5.
: 8. To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =
Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:
: 9. The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.
5.1 If pagers activate, exit this attachment.
: 10. If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.
5.2 If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                         1         REVISION 34             1   PAGE 18 OF 24
: 6.
Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.
: 7.
Enter ED password followed by # sign.
: 8.
To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =
: 9.
The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.
: 10.
If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 18 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 4                 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
: 11. To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2, speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". If necessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.
: 11.
To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2, speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". If necessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.
Current Scenario Message: (tone)
Current Scenario Message: (tone)
(#)
(#)
: 12. If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.
: 12.
If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.
Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.
Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.
: 13. Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.
: 13.
: 14. PRESS "W" to disconnect from the system.
Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                     1     REVISION 34                   1   PAGE 19 OF 24         1
: 14.
PRESS "W" to disconnect from the system.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 19 OF 24 1


IATTACHMENT 5                         BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary ifthe CNS Automated Notification System is operational.
IATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary if the CNS Automated Notification System is operational.
Ifit is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "State Notification Telephone" below.
If it is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "State Notification Telephone" below.
Pager activation using the State Notification Telephone:
Pager activation using the State Notification Telephone:
: 1.     At State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.
: 1.
: 2. When prompted for password, hit "password" button.
At State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.
: 3.     When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).
: 2.
: 4.     When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.
When prompted for password, hit "password" button.
: 5.     Ifpagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.
: 3.
: 6.     Ifpagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.
When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).
: 4.
When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.
: 5.
If pagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.
: 6.
If pagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.
Voice mail Message Preparation:
Voice mail Message Preparation:
: 1.     Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).
: 1.
: 2.     Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.
Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).
: 3.     Enter password, 5522 and #.
: 2.
: 4.     Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).
Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.
: 5.     Enter 1 (External Greeting).
: 3.
: 6.     Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.
Enter password, 5522 and #.
: 7.     Enter 5 (record command).
: 4.
: 8.     Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.
Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).
: 9.       Enter # when completed.
: 5.
: 10. Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).
Enter 1 (External Greeting).
I             PROCEDURE 5.7.6                     1         REVISION 34                 1   PAGE 20 OF 24         1
: 6.
Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.
: 7.
Enter 5 (record command).
: 8.
Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.
: 9.
Enter # when completed.
: 10.
Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 20 OF 24 1


I     ATTACHMENT 5                 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.
I ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.
: 1. Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.
: 1.
: 2. When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.
Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.
: 3. Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.
: 2.
* The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in Attachment 4) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.
When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.
: 3.
Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.
The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in ) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.
Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSCIEOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.
Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSCIEOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.
* The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (ifnecessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.
The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (if necessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.
: 4. You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".
: 4.
: 5. ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.
You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".
I           PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       1       REVISION 34                 1 PAGE 21 OF 24       [
: 5.
ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 21 OF 24
[


ATTACHMENT 6           INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).
1.2 During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.
1.2 During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.
The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
1.3 Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.
1.3 Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.
1.4 During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
1.4 During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
1.5   Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.
1.5 Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.
1.5.1   If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.
1.5.1 If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34         1   PAGE 22 OF 24       1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 22 OF 24 1


ATTACHMENT 6           INFORMATION SHEET 1.6   Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 1.6 Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.
1.6.1   Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.@
1.6.1 Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.@
1.7   Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.
1.7 Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.
: 2. REFERENCES 2.1   CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1     10CFR50.
: 2.
2.1.2   NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 10CFR50.
2.2   PROCEDURES 2.2.1   Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.
2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
2.2.2   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.
2.2.3   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.
2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.2.4   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.
2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.
2.3   MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1   QA Report 86-06.
2.2.4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.
2.3.2   NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1 QA Report 86-06.
2.3.3   NCR 93-52.
2.3.2 NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.
2.3.4   QA Observation 93-05A.
2.3.3 NCR 93-52.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       REVISION 34             PAGE 23 OF 24
2.3.4 QA Observation 93-05A.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 23 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 6     INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.5 NRC Inspection Report 94-11.
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.5 NRC Inspection Report 94-11.
2.3.6 NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.
2.3.6 NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.
2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1 © NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.
2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1  
2.4.2 © NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).
© NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.
2.4.2  
© NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).
Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.
Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6       1       REVISION 34         1 PAGE 24 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34 1
PAGE 24 OF 24


USE: REFERENCE0 EFECE:/0 CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                                   APPROVA: 4ORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION                                                     OWNER: R. J. FISCHER NICIDEPARTMENT: EP
USE: REFERENCE0 CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFECE:/0 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6 APPROVA: 4ORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION OWNER: R. J. FISCHER NICIDEPARTMENT: EP
: 1. PURPOSE ............               .............................................                                          1
: 1.
: 2. PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS                   ..........................................                                 1
PURPOSE............
: 3. REQ UIREM ENTS .........................................................                                                   2
1
: 4. COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM ....................................                                                        2
: 2.
: 5. NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL                     ROOM           ...................................                         5
PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS..........................................
: 6. EO F NO TIFIC ATIO NS .....................................................                                                 9
1
: 7. NOTIFICATIONS FRO M THE TSC ...........................................                                                   12
: 3.
: 8. M ISC ELLA N EO US ......................................................                                                 12 ATTACHMENT 1             COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT
REQ UIREM ENTS.........................................................
                              . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...                                  . . .. . .            14 ATTACHMENT 2             COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD .......................                                               15 ATTACHMENT 3             COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD .......................                                               17 ATTACHMENT 4             ACTIVATION               OF   THE     CNS       AUTOMATED                 NOTIFICATION     SYSTEM (C N S A NS) .........................................                                           18 ATTACHMENT 5             BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION .............                                                 20 ATTACHMENT 6             INFORMATION SHEET .................................                                             22
2
: 1.         PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.
: 4.
: 2.         PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1       Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.
COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM 2
: 5.
NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM...................................
5
: 6.
EO F NO TIFIC ATIO NS.....................................................
9
: 7.
NOTIFICATIONS FRO M THE TSC...........................................
12
: 8.
M ISC ELLA N EO US......................................................
12 ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT 14 ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD.......................
15 ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD.......................
17 ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (C N S A N S).........................................
18 ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION.............
20 ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET.................................
22
: 1.
PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.
: 2.
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.
Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.
Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.
2.2       Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.
2.2 Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.
2.3       Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.
2.3 Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                     REVISION 34Cl                                     PAGE 1 OFI24
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 1 OFI24


2.4       NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.
2.4 NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.
2.5       At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.
2.5 At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.
2.6       Notification of termination shall be performed within I hour after the termination of the emergency.
2.6 Notification of termination shall be performed within I hour after the termination of the emergency.
2.7       Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).
2.7 Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).
2.8         Ifthe Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.
2.8 If the Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.
: 3.         REQUIREMENTS 3.1         Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
: 3.
[ ]   3.1.1     Installed communications equipment.
REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
3.2         A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.
[ ]
3.3       If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.
3.1.1 Installed communications equipment.
: 4.         COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.
3.2 A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.
4.1       The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be #1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.
3.3 If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.
4.2       Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 should be the same.
: 4.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1       REVISION 34C1         I   PAGE 2 OF 24
COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.
4.1 The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be #1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.
4.2 Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 should be the same.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 2 OF 24


4.3         Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.
4.3 Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.
4.4         Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.
4.4 Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.
4.5         Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.
4.5 Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.
4.6         Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.
4.6 Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.
[ ]4.6.1           Enter the properwind speed. This will depend on release height.
[ ]4.6.1 Enter the properwind speed. This will depend on release height.
For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters. If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.
For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters. If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.
4.6.2       Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 0'.
4.6.2 Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 0'.
4.6.3       Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.
4.6.3 Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.
4.6.4       Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.
4.6.4 Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.
4.7         Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.
4.7 Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.
[ ]     4.7.1       In order for "is"to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.
[ ]
4.7.2       There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.
4.7.1 In order for "is" to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.
4.7.3       There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).
4.7.2 There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                   1       REVISION 34Cl         I PAGE 3 OF 24
4.7.3 There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34Cl I
PAGE 3 OF 24


4.8       Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.
4.8 Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.
These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.
These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.
Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose. The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:
Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose. The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:
EVACUATE         GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE     SECTORS               EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles                   All 2-5 miles                   R,A,B                   Remainder 5-10 miles                                                 All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.
EVACUATE GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE SECTORS EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles All 2-5 miles R,A,B Remainder 5-10 miles All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.
Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1" = mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.
Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1" = mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.
Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.
Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.
Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.
Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.
4.9       Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is a judgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.
4.9 Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is a judgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.
4.10     In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.
4.10 In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.
4.11     Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.
4.11 Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.
[ ]4.11.1       Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.
[ ]4.11.1 Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.
4.11.2     Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.
4.11.2 Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       REVISION 34C1         I     PAGE 4 OF 24   J
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 4 OF 24 J


4.11.3     Determine the release duration. Ifduration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.
4.11.3 Determine the release duration. If duration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.
[ ] 4.11.4     Release rates (liCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.
[ ]
[]  4.11.5     The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.
4.11.4 Release rates (liCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.
4.11.6     The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.
4.11.5 The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.
: 5.        NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM 5.1      ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.
4.11.6 The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.
[I]  5.1.1     Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.
NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1     REVISION 34C1       I   PAGE 5 OF 24
5.1.1 Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 5 OF 24
[ ]
5.
5.1
[I]


5.2        INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.
INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.
NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.
NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.
NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
5.2.1     Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.2.1 Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.2.2     The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.
5.2.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.
[ ]5.2.3         Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
[ ]5.2.3 Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
[1     5.2.4     Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.
[1 5.2.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.
Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
5.2.5     Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the
5.2.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the  
                      'Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
'Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.
CAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.
CAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.
[1     5.2.6     When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
[1 5.2.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                         REVISION 34C1             PAGE 6 OF 24
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 6 OF 24 5.2


5.2.7     In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
5.2.7 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
5.2.8   If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.
5.2.8 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.
5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1   The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.3.2   The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
5.3.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
5.3.3   The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment ] in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
5.3.3 The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of and provide them with the information from Attachment ] in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
5.4 NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
5.4 NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
5.4.1     The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.
5.4.1 The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.
These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.
These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.
I   PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1     REVISION 34C1         I   PAGE 7 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 7 OF 24


5.4.2   The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.
5.4.2 The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.
5.4.3   The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.
5.4.3 The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.
5.4.3.1     Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.
5.4.3.1 Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.
5.4.3.2     Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.
5.4.3.2 Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.
[1     5.4.3.3     Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.
[1 5.4.3.3 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.
5.4.4   If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
5.4.4 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
5.5         NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION
5.5 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION
[ ]5.5.1       The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
[ ]5.5.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.5.2   The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment ] and return it to the Shift Communicator.
5.5.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment ] and return it to the Shift Communicator.
5.5.2.1     Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
5.5.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
[ ]5.5.3       The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1.
[ ]5.5.3 The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of and provide them with the information from.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6             1       REVISION 34C1     I   PAGE 8 OF 24     j
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
: 6.     EOF NOTIFICATIONS 6.1     INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
REVISION 34C1 I
6.1.1   The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
PAGE 8 OF 24 j
6.1.2     The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
: 6.
6.1.2.1     The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.@
EOF NOTIFICATIONS 6.1 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
6.1.3     The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section ] of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment ] using the State Notification Telephone System.
6.1.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.1.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.
6.1.2.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.@
6.1.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section ] of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment ] using the State Notification Telephone System.
Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.
[]   6.1.4   Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.
[ ]
6.1.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.
Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
6.1.5   Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the
6.1.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the  
                  'Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
'Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.
CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.
CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.
[1   6.1.6   When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
[1 6.1.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       REVISION 34C0         I   PAGE 9 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C0 I
PAGE 9 OF 24


6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.
6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.
6.1.8 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
6.1.8 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.
6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.
6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.
6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.2.1.1     The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.@
6.2.1.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.@
6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.
6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.
6.2.3   The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
6.2.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.
I   PROCEDURE 5.7.6             1     REVISION 34C1         I PAGE 10 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 10 OF 24


6.3        NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES
NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES
[ ]6.3.1       The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.
[ ]6.3.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.
[ ]     6.3.2   The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.
[ ]
6.3.3   If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.
6.3.2 The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.
6.4         NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1   The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
6.3.3 If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.
6.4.2   The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.
6.4 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.
[ ]     6.4.2.1     Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
6.4.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.
6.4.3   The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1.
[ ]
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6               1     REVISION 34C]         I   PAGE 11 OF 24 ]
6.4.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.
: 7.           NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.
6.4.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in and provide them with the information from.
7.1           If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
7.2           The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:
REVISION 34C]
[ ]7.2.1           Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.
I PAGE 11 OF 24  
[     7.2.2     Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.
]
7.2.3     The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
6.3
7.2.4     Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.
: 7.
7.2.5     Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.
7.2.6     Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.
7.1 If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.
7.3           If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
7.2 The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:
: 8.             MISCELLANEOUS 8.1           Consider following information when making emergency notifications:
[ ]7.2.1 Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.
S]8.1.1         At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an PROCEDURE 5.7.6                 1     REVISION 34C1         I   PAGE 12 OF 24   I
[
7.2.2 Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.
7.2.3 The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
7.2.4 Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.
7.2.5 Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
7.2.6 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.
7.3 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
: 8.
MISCELLANEOUS 8.1 Consider following information when making emergency notifications:
S]8.1.1 At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 12 OF 24 I


open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.
open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.
[ ]8.1.2   The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.
[ ]8.1.2 The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.
[ ]8.1.3   The Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) shall be notified by pager by the CNS ANS and instructed to contact the Shift Communicator in the Control Room. Upon being contacted by the PADO, the Shift Communicator will ensure all information from the Initial CNS Notification Report is relayed to the PADO. In such cases that it is not feasible to relay the information via telephone in a timely manner, the Notification Report may be faxed to the PADO. PADO functions shall be superseded by the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). The JIC shall receive follow-up information from the Technical Information Coordinator in the EOF.
[ ]8.1.3 The Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) shall be notified by pager by the CNS ANS and instructed to contact the Shift Communicator in the Control Room. Upon being contacted by the PADO, the Shift Communicator will ensure all information from the Initial CNS Notification Report is relayed to the PADO. In such cases that it is not feasible to relay the information via telephone in a timely manner, the Notification Report may be faxed to the PADO. PADO functions shall be superseded by the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). The JIC shall receive follow-up information from the Technical Information Coordinator in the EOF.
8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).
8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).
[ ]   NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.
[ ]
[1   8.1.4.1     Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.
NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.
8.1.4.2     This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.
[1 8.1.4.1 Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.
[ ]   8.1.4.3     Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.
8.1.4.2 This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.
[ ]
8.1.4.3 Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.
8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.
8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6           1     REVISION 34C1           I   PAGE 13 OF 24   ]
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 13 OF 24  
]


ATTACHMENT 1                                   COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:                                                                       Time of Transmittal:
ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:
[ ] Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)                                                                                           [ I Follow-Up Report
Time of Transmittal:
: 1) Name of CNS Communicator:                                                                                         Call Back Number: 402-825
[ ] Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)
: 2) Classification: [] NOUE; [ ] Alert;                         [ Site Area; [ General                                   j EAL Number:
[ I Follow-Up Report
Event Declared (Date/Time):                                                 I Event Terminated                   (Date/Time):
: 1) Name of CNS Communicator:
: 3)   Meteorological               Wind Speed:                     MPH       Wind From:                       Degrees           Precipitation: [ Yes [     No Conditions Stability Class: [ ]A; [B;                       [C;     [D;   [E;[       ]F;[ ]G
Call Back Number: 402-825
: 4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:                                 There   [ ] is             [ ] no           Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pICi/sec                                                                                     than ODAM Limits.
: 2) Classification: [] NOUE; [ ] Alert; [ Site Area; [
TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCilsec                                               [] was             [] an airborne RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec                                               [ ]will be [ ]a liquid
General j EAL Number:
Event Declared (Date/Time):
I Event Terminated (Date/Time):
: 3) Meteorological Wind Speed:
MPH Wind From:
Degrees Precipitation: [ Yes [
No Conditions Stability Class: [ ]A; [B;
[C;
[D;
[E;[ ]F;[ ]G
: 4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:
There
[ ] is
[ ] no Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pICi/sec than ODAM Limits.
TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCilsec
[] was
[] an airborne RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec
[ ]will be [ ]a liquid
: 5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EASIEBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.
: 5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EASIEBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.
None             I         Evacuate Sectors                 i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors 0-2 Miles 4     4------------ ------------
None I
4 -----------------------                   4-----------------------------------------
Evacuate Sectors i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors 4 ----------
2-5 Miles         I                       ,
4 -----------------------
2     M   iles                                                         4 --------------------------------------------
4-----------------------------------------
5-10 Miles         ,
0-2 Miles 4-2-5 Miles I
: 6) Prognosis: [] Stable; [] Unstable                                                         Plant Status: [ ] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
2 M iles 4 --------------------------------------------
5-10 Miles,
: 6) Prognosis: [] Stable; [] Unstable Plant Status: [ ] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
: 7) Remarks:
: 7) Remarks:
: 8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):
: 8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):
Release From: [ ] ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ 3Turbine Building; 3Aug Radwaste Building; [] Other: ......
Release From: [ ] ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ 3 Turbine Building; 3 Aug Radwaste Building; [] Other:......
Release Height: [1 300 ft (ERP); [_ 30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [Other:                                                                 ft Release Rate (Ci/sec)
Release Height: [1 300 ft (ERP); [_ 30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [Other:
Estimated Duration:                                       (Hours)                                             Noble gas:                           Ci/sec Start Time:                                                                                     Iodides:                   N/A Stop Time:         ______Particulate:                                                                                   _N/A StpTm:----------------------------------------------atclt:----                                                               NA----------------
ft Release Rate (Ci/sec)
Distance                           Projected Integrated Dose (Rem)                               i             Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr)
Estimated Duration:
I---------------                                                                               -------- r From Plant               I                                         CDE (Thyroid)
(Hours)
TEDE ------------------------------------------------------------          TEDE DCDE(hrod                  (
Noble gas:
Site Boundary            - -..---
Ci/sec Start Time:
2Miles          4----------4--------------------l-----------------------
Iodides:
4Me 1*                                                                                                         ---------------------
N/A Stop Time: ______Particulate:
5 ..M Mie
_N/A StpTm:----------------------------------------------atclt:----
          . iles
NA----------------
                    . I . . . -. -. -. ---
Distance Projected Integrated Dose (Rem) i Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr)
                                                                                                  +-------------------4-----------------------------
I---------------  
                                                                                                  -..                                    -I-10 Mil eS                                                  1,                                  1'                                     1 Emergency Director Signature:                                                                     I Date:                                 Time:
-------- r From Plant I
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                                     REVISION 34C1                                         PAGE 14 OF 24
TEDE CDE (Thyroid)
TEDE
(
DCDE(hrod Site Boundary - -..---
4Me 4----------4--------------------l----------------------- ---------------------
2Miles 1*
Mie ---------------------
+-------------------4-----------------------------
5 M iles I
-I-10 M il e S 1
1' 1
Emergency Director Signature:
I Date:
Time:
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 14 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 2                   COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
: 1. ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per Attachment 4. Activation is not required if the ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.
: 1.
Activation Required                                       Performed By                                     Time
ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per. Activation is not required if the ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.
        ]Yes [ ]No
Activation Required Performed By Time  
: 2. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
]Yes [ ]No
Notify the Following Agencies             1   Phone         I             Name of Contact Patrol State---                                  I--
: 2.
NEMA via Nebraska
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
                    ---           --- --- --- -j      S tate    L--- I-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Notify the Following Agencies 1
I               i Nemaha County Sheriff                             Notification L___
Phone I
Atchison County Sheriff                             Telephone   1I System       V Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:
Name of Contact NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol I--
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- -j S ta te L
--- I-I i
Nemaha County Sheriff Notification L___
Atchison County Sheriff Telephone 1I System V
Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
: 3. NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.
: 3.
ENS Telephone                   Alternate                     Person Contacted               Time Dial # on Phone Sticker       ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                 REVISION 34Cl                   PAGE 15 OF 24
NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.
ENS Telephone Alternate Person Contacted Time Dial # on Phone Sticker ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 15 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 2                 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD
ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD
: 4. TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
: 4.
Name of ENS Communicator                                       Performed By                           Time
TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.
: 5. TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF.
Name of ENS Communicator Performed By Time
: 5.
TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF.
This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.
Name of Off-Site Communicator                                     Performed By                         Time Communicator Signature:                                                                             Date:
Name of Off-Site Communicator Performed By Time Communicator Signature:
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                 REVISION 34C]                     PAGE 16 OF 24
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C]
PAGE 1 6 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 3               COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:
: 1. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
: 1.
Notify the Following Agencies                   Phone       V-I                            Name of Contact NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol                                 L..........--------------------------------------------
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.
Nemaha County Sheriff N------- I Notification tate 1 State              i L- --------------------------------------------
Notify the Following Agencies Phone V
Atchison County Sheriff             ------- - -- Telephone * .... -__
Name of Contact  
II                   i Missouri SEMA via Missouri State                 System Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:
-I NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol L..........--------------------------------------------
Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.
1 State i
: 2. SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.
Nemaha County Sheriff I
Agency                     Phone                   Person Contacted                                               Time INPO                         1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear               (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)               (86_)_56_-3433 Communicator Signature:                                                                                                 Date:
tate N------- Notification L - --------------------------------------------
I           PROCEDURE 5.7.6                           REVISION 34Cl                                             PAGE 17 OF 24
Atchison County Sheriff Telephone *.... -__
II i
Missouri SEMA via Missouri State System Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:
: 2.
SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.
Agency Phone Person Contacted Time INPO 1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)
(86_)_56_-3433 Communicator Signature:
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 17 OF 24 Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.


ATTACHMENT 4                   ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
NOTE - If ERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.@
NOTE - If ERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.@
SCENARIO ID         SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100         NOUE- EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222           ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333           ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600           DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622           DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633           DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION - Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.
SCENARIO ID SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE-EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333 ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION - Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.
: 1. If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.
: 1.
: 2. At the ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.
If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.
: 3. Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.
: 2.
: 4. Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.
At the ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.
: 5. Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:
: 3.
5.1       If pagers activate, exit this attachment.
Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.
5.2       If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.
: 4.
: 6. Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.
Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.
: 7.     Enter ED password followed by # sign.
: 5.
: 8. To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =
Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:
: 9.     The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.
5.1 If pagers activate, exit this attachment.
: 10. If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.
5.2 If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                                 REVISION 34C]                 PAGE 18 OF 24
: 6.
Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.
: 7.
Enter ED password followed by # sign.
: 8.
To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =
: 9.
The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.
: 10.
If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C]
PAGE 18 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 4               ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)
: 11. To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2. speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". Ifnecessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.
: 11.
To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2. speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". If necessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.
Current Scenario Message: (tone)
Current Scenario Message: (tone)
(#)
(#)
: 12. If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.
: 12.
If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.
Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.
Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.
: 13. Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.
: 13.
: 14. PRESS 'W" to disconnect from the system.
Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.6                     1     REVISION 34CI                 I   PAGE 19 OF 24       ]
: 14.
PRESS 'W" to disconnect from the system.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34CI I
PAGE 19 OF 24  
]


I       ATTACHMENT 5                 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary if the CNS Automated Notification System is operational.
I ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary if the CNS Automated Notification System is operational.
If it is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the "Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "ANS Activation Module" below.
If it is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the "Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "ANS Activation Module" below.
Pager activation using the ANS Activation Module:
Pager activation using the ANS Activation Module:
: 1.       At ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.
: 1.
: 2.     When prompted for password, hit "password" button.
At ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.
: 3.       When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).
: 2.
: 4.       When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.
When prompted for password, hit "password" button.
: 5.       If pagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.
: 3.
: 6.       If pagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.
When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).
: 4.
When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.
: 5.
If pagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.
: 6.
If pagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.
Voice mail Message Preparation:
Voice mail Message Preparation:
: 1.       Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).
: 1.
: 2.       Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.
Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).
: 3.       Enter password, 5522 and #.
: 2.
: 4.       Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).
Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.
: 5.       Enter I (External Greeting).
: 3.
: 6.       Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.
Enter password, 5522 and #.
: 7.       Enter 5 (record command).
: 4.
: 8.       Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.
Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).
: 9.       Enter # when completed.
: 5.
: 10.     Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).
Enter I (External Greeting).
I               PROCEDURE 5.7.6                       1       REVISION 34C               I     PAGE 20 OF 24 ]
: 6.
Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.
: 7.
Enter 5 (record command).
: 8.
Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.
: 9.
Enter # when completed.
: 10.
Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C I
PAGE 20 OF 24 ]


ATTACHMENT 5                 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.
ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.
: 1. Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.
: 1.
: 2. When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.
Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.
: 3. Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.
: 2.
* The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in Attachment 4) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.
When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.
: 3.
Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.
The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in ) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.
Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSC/EOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.
Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSC/EOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.
0       The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (if necessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.
0 The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (if necessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.
: 4. You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".
: 4.
: 5. ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.
You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".
I           PROCEDURE 5.7.6                     1     REVISION 34C1               I   PAGE 21 OF 24
: 5.
ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 21 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 6             INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).
1.2   During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.
1.2 During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.
The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
1.3   Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.
1.3 Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.
1.4   During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
1.4 During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
1.5   Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.
1.5 Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.
1.5.1     If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.
1.5.1 If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.
1.6   Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.
1.6 Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                             REVISION 34C1             PAGE 22 OF 24 j
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 22 OF 24 j


ATTACHMENT 6           INFORMATION SHEET 1.6.1     Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.© 1.7 Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 1.6.1 Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.© 1.7 Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.
: 2. REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1     10CFR50.
: 2.
2.1.2     NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 10CFR50.
2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1     Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.
2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
2.2.2     Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.
2.2.3     Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.
2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.2.4     Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.
2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1     QA Report 86-06.
2.2.4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.
2.3.2     NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1 QA Report 86-06.
2.3.3     NCR 93-52.
2.3.2 NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.
2.3.4     QA Observation 93-05A.
2.3.3 NCR 93-52.
2.3.5     NRC Inspection Report 94-11.
2.3.4 QA Observation 93-05A.
2.3.6     NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.
2.3.5 NRC Inspection Report 94-11.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6                         REVISION 34C1               PAGE 23 OF 24
2.3.6 NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.
PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 23 OF 24


ATTACHMENT 6       INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1 @ NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.
2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1  
2.4.2 © NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).
@ NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.
2.4.2  
© NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).
Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.
Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.6           1     REVISION 34C1       I   PAGE 24 OF 24
I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1
REVISION 34C1 I
PAGE 24 OF 24


USE: REFERENCE EFEC     E: /30 CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.17                                                   APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC DOSE ASSESSMENT                                                    OWNER: J. A. BEDNAR DPRMN:E DEPARTMENT: EP
It© 11 USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E:  
: 1. PU RP O S E ............................................................                                             1
/30 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.17 APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: J. A. BEDNAR DOSE ASSESSMENT DPRMN:E DEPARTMENT: EP
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS .....................................                                                   2 It©  3. REQU IREM EN TS ......................................................                                               2
: 1.
: 4. COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE) ............................                                                     3
P U R P O S E............................................................
: 5. HAND-CALCULATED                         DOSE       PROJECTION                 (CENTERLINE)       ................. 5 11 6. HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE) ............                                                       8
1
: 7. CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS©
: 2.
            ...................................................................                                                12
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.....................................
: 8. CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION M O N ITO RS ..........................................................                                             14 ATTACHMENT 1                         HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON CENTERLINE) .....................................                             16 ATTACHMENT 2                         TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES                                 OF     NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES ........................                               18 ATTACHMENT 3                         HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
2
                                                  ..................................................                          19 ATTACHMENT 4                         CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS .....................................                             21 ATTACHMENT 5                         METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE ....................................                             22 ATTACHMENT 6                         PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE ....................                               23 0          ATTACHMENT 7 ATTACHMENT 8 CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION .......................
: 3.
INFORMATION SHEET .............................
REQU IREM EN TS......................................................
31 32
2
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1       This procedure provides instructions for performing a dose projection using the CNS-DOSE Computer Program.
: 4.
[ 1 1.2       This procedure provides a manual backup method for performing dose assessment.
COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE)............................
[ ] 1.3       This procedure provides instructions for making a rapid gross estimation of core damage based on in-containment high range radiation monitor readings 0                    for primary containment LOCA events.
3
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                                   1           REVISION 27                     PAGE 1 OF 34
: 5.
HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE).................
5
: 6.
HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)............
8
: 7.
CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS© 12
: 8.
CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION M O N ITO R S..........................................................
14 ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON CENTERLINE).....................................
16 ATTACHMENT 2 TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES OF NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES........................
18 ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE) 19 ATTACHMENT 4 CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS.....................................
21 ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE....................................
22 ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE....................
23 ATTACHMENT 7 CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION.......................
31 ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET.............................
32
: 1.
PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructions for performing a dose projection using the CNS-DOSE Computer Program.
[ 1 1.2 This procedure provides a manual backup method for performing dose assessment.
[ ] 1.3 This procedure provides instructions for making a rapid gross estimation of core damage based on in-containment high range radiation monitor readings for primary containment LOCA events.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 1 OF 34 0
0


1.4   This procedure provides instructions for obtaining meteorological data from alternate sources if the primary sources are not available. The general order of preference will be PMIS, MET System, National Weather Service, and then the use of historically determined default values.
1.4 This procedure provides instructions for obtaining meteorological data from alternate sources if the primary sources are not available. The general order of preference will be PMIS, MET System, National Weather Service, and then the use of historically determined default values.
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 2.
  ] 2.1   Actual dose rates will vary as a function of:
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS  
[ ]   2.1.1     The total curies released.
] 2.1 Actual dose rates will vary as a function of:
[ ]   2.1.2     Release rate.
[ ]
      ]   2.1.3     The duration of the release.
2.1.1 The total curies released.
      ]   2.1.4     The isotopic mixture of the release.
[ ]
      ]   2.1.5     Meteorological conditions.
2.1.2 Release rate.  
[ ] 2.2   Update and refine dose calculations upon significant changes in one or more of the above parameters.
]
  ] 2.3   Should a release occur which necessitates rapid decision making concerning the recommendation of protective actions, the guidance contained in Procedure 5.7.20 should be followed.
2.1.3 The duration of the release.  
  ] 2.4   Attachment 7 should be used to estimate core damage only in cases where the high range in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.
]
[1   2.5   If the needed KAMAN monitor(s) is(are) inoperable, Release Rate Determinations shall be performed using Procedure 5.7.16.
2.1.4 The isotopic mixture of the release.  
: 3. REQUIREMENTS
]
[ ] 3.1   Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
2.1.5 Meteorological conditions.
[     3.1.1     COMPUTERIZED DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE)
[ ] 2.2 Update and refine dose calculations upon significant changes in one or more of the above parameters.  
[ ]       3.1.1.1     Computer terminals.
]
              ]       3.1.1.2     Computer printers.
2.3 Should a release occur which necessitates rapid decision making concerning the recommendation of protective actions, the guidance contained in Procedure 5.7.20 should be followed.  
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27       1   PAGE 2 OF 34       1
]
2.4 should be used to estimate core damage only in cases where the high range in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.
[1 2.5 If the needed KAMAN monitor(s) is(are) inoperable, Release Rate Determinations shall be performed using Procedure 5.7.16.
: 3.
REQUIREMENTS
[ ] 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
[
3.1.1 COMPUTERIZED DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE)
[ ]
3.1.1.1 Computer terminals.  
]
3.1.1.2 Computer printers.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 2 OF 34 1


[]     3.1.2     MANUALLY CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION
[ ]
[]         3.1.2.1   Environs map.
3.1.2 MANUALLY CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION
[ ]       3.1.2.2   x/Q isopleths (off-centerline only).
[ ]
              ]       3.1.2.3   Scientific calculator.
3.1.2.1 Environs map.
  ] 3.2   A release of airborne radioactive material has or may occur NOTE 1 - When Meteorological or Radiological data needed to perform dose assessment is unavailable or "unhealthy", refer to Attachment 5 for alternate sources of data. Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6.
[ ]
  ] NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.
3.1.2.2 x/Q isopleths (off-centerline only).  
: 4. COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE) 4.1   To start the dose projection program on a PMIS terminal, enter the turn-on code "DOSE" on a terminal logged into either the Primary or Backup System.
]
[ ] 4.2     The dose projection program can also be run on a non-PMIS terminal.
3.1.2.3 Scientific calculator.  
]
3.2 A release of airborne radioactive material has or may occur NOTE 1 - When Meteorological or Radiological data needed to perform dose assessment is unavailable or "unhealthy", refer to Attachment 5 for alternate sources of data. Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6.  
] NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.
: 4.
COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE) 4.1 To start the dose projection program on a PMIS terminal, enter the turn-on code "DOSE" on a terminal logged into either the Primary or Backup System.
[ ] 4.2 The dose projection program can also be run on a non-PMIS terminal.
However, this is reserved for personnel having access to an account on the computer and familiar with its use. To start the dose projection program on a non-PMIS terminal, on either PMIS computer, login to an account that has privileges to run PMIS software and run program
However, this is reserved for personnel having access to an account on the computer and familiar with its use. To start the dose projection program on a non-PMIS terminal, on either PMIS computer, login to an account that has privileges to run PMIS software and run program
[NPPD.EXECUTE] NPDOSEZ.
[NPPD.EXECUTE] NPDOSEZ.
[ ] 4.3     Each time the program is started or the "New Sample" option is selected, new data will be loaded into the program. Verify that Field 1 correctly indicates the origin of the release and the data displayed is "healthy" and correct.
[ ] 4.3 Each time the program is started or the "New Sample" option is selected, new data will be loaded into the program. Verify that Field 1 correctly indicates the origin of the release and the data displayed is "healthy" and correct.
Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6. Alternate sources of meteorological and radiological data needed to run CNS-DOSE or perform a hand-calculation are found in Attachment 5.
Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6. Alternate sources of meteorological and radiological data needed to run CNS-DOSE or perform a hand-calculation are found in Attachment 5.  
  ] 4.4   Estimate the duration of release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use the 4 hour default value.
]
  ] 4.5   Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream and if it is functional. Consult with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel for this determination, if available.
4.4 Estimate the duration of release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use the 4 hour default value.  
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27           1   PAGE 3 OF 34     ]
]
4.5 Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream and if it is functional. Consult with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel for this determination, if available.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 3 OF 34  
]


NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.
NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.
4.6   Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
4.6 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
4.6.1     SJAE reading _>15,000 mrem/hr.
4.6.1 SJAE reading _> 15,000 mrem/hr.
4.6.2     Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 [iCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
4.6.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 [iCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
4.6.3     Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
4.6.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
4.6.4     Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
4.6.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
[] 4.7   DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 4.7.1     If release bypasses secondary containment (i.e., direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter Y.
[] 4.7 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 4.7.1 If release bypasses secondary containment (i.e., direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter Y.
4.7.2     If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter N.
4.7.2 If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter N.  
  ] 4.8   Make corrections or changes, as necessary.
] 4.8 Make corrections or changes, as necessary.  
  ] 4.9   Use the ENTER key to accept data and move to the next field.
] 4.9 Use the ENTER key to accept data and move to the next field.  
  ] 4.10   Press the RESULTS option to display the dose projections.
] 4.10 Press the RESULTS option to display the dose projections.  
  ] 4.11   Select either the PRINT or HARD COPY option to make a hard copy of the results.
] 4.11 Select either the PRINT or HARD COPY option to make a hard copy of the results.  
  ] 4.12   Select the "New Sample" or "Edit" option to return to the previous display and obtain new data or make additional changes.
] 4.12 Select the "New Sample" or "Edit" option to return to the previous display and obtain new data or make additional changes.  
  ] 4.13 Exit the program by entering "Q" or pressing the "CANC" key on PMIS terminals.
] 4.13 Exit the program by entering "Q" or pressing the "CANC" key on PMIS terminals.  
  ] 4.14   Select the "Help" option for additional program operational information.
] 4.14 Select the "Help" option for additional program operational information.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27           1   PAGE 4 OF 34       ]
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
: 5. HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 4 OF 34  
]
: 5.
HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
NOTE - This method reflects the methodology used in the CNS-DOSE Program. It gives only downwind dose values for plume centerline at distances of 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from the site. For calculating doses at specific receptor locations, the method in Section 7 is used.
NOTE - This method reflects the methodology used in the CNS-DOSE Program. It gives only downwind dose values for plume centerline at distances of 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from the site. For calculating doses at specific receptor locations, the method in Section 7 is used.
[1   5.1   Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in kCi/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 3. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete the appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (pCi/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 3.
[1 5.1 Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in kCi/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 3. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete the appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (pCi/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 3.
[ ] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.©
[ ] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.©
[ ] 5.2     Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream.
[ ] 5.2 Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream.  
      ]   5.2.1   If SGT is in the effluent stream, enter 0.01 in Block 2 of Attachment 3.
]
      ]   5.2.2   If SGT is not in the effluent stream, enter 1 in Block 2 of Attachment 3.
5.2.1 If SGT is in the effluent stream, enter 0.01 in Block 2 of.  
[ ] NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.
]
  ] 5.3   Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
5.2.2 If SGT is not in the effluent stream, enter 1 in Block 2 of.
5.3.1   SJAE reading   Ž: 15,000 mrem/hr.
[ ] NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.  
[ ]   5.3.2   Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 pCilgm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
]
[ ]   5.3.3   Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
5.3 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
[ ]   5.3.4   Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
5.3.1 SJAE reading Ž: 15,000 mrem/hr.
[ ]   5.3.5   If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 3 and enter that value in Block 3 of Attachment 3.
[ ]
PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1     REVISION 27           1   PAGE 5 OF 34
5.3.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 pCilgm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
[ ]
5.3.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
[ ]
5.3.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
[ ]
5.3.5 If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 3 and enter that value in Block 3 of Attachment 3.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 5 OF 34


[ ]   5.3.6       If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-7 in Block 3 of Attachment 3.
[ ]
[] 5.4   Obtain the Noble Gas energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours from Table 2 on Attachment 3 and enter this value in Block 4 on Attachment 3.
5.3.6 If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-7 in Block 3 of Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.5   Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 of Attachment 3. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.
[ ]
      ]   5.5.1       If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.
5.4 Obtain the Noble Gas energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours from Table 2 on Attachment 3 and enter this value in Block 4 on Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.5 Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 of Attachment 3. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.  
]
5.5.1 If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.
If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.
If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.
5.5.2       If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.
5.5.2 If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.  
  ] 5.6   Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 6 on Attachment 3.
]
5.6 Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 6 on Attachment 3.
If the stability class cannot be obtained from PMIS or Met System, and the National Weather Service cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.
If the stability class cannot be obtained from PMIS or Met System, and the National Weather Service cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.
[1   5.6.1       If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:
[1 5.6.1 If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:
100 M 'C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T &deg;C     < -1.7 -1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6 > 3.6 Stability Class     A         B           C           D             E           F       G I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17                   1       REVISION 27                 1   PAGE 6 OF 34       ]
100 M 'C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T &deg;C  
< -1.7  
-1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6  
> 3.6 Stability Class A
B C
D E
F G
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 6 OF 34  
]


[1   5.7   DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
[1 5.7 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT  
      ]   5.7.1   If release bypasses secondary containment (for example, direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.
]
      ]   5.7.2   If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.
5.7.1 If release bypasses secondary containment (for example, direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.  
[1   5.8   Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 8 on Attachment 3.
]
[1   5.9   Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 3.
5.7.2 If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.
[1   5.10   Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 3.
[1 5.8 Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 8 on Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.11   Compute TEDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 11 of Attachment 3.
[1 5.9 Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 3.
r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)] + [(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)1 (Block 5)
[1 5.10 Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 3.
  ] 5.12 Using the appropriate release point (ERP or other) and stability class (Block 6), obtain the mixing factors (x/Qs) for distances 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from Table 4 on Attachment 3 and record in Block 12 of Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.11 Compute TEDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 11 of.
[ ]5.13     Compute the TEDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 13 on Attachment 3.
r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)] + [(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)1 (Block 5)  
(Block 11) x (Block 12)
]
  ] 5.14   Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record value in Block 14 on Attachment 3. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours as a default value.
5.12 Using the appropriate release point (ERP or other) and stability class (Block 6), obtain the mixing factors (x/Qs) for distances 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from Table 4 on Attachment 3 and record in Block 12 of Attachment 3.
  ] 5.15   Compute integrated TEDE doses for each distance and record values in Blocks 15 on Attachment 3.
[ ]5.13 Compute the TEDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 13 on Attachment 3.
(Block 11) x (Block 12)  
]
5.14 Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record value in Block 14 on. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours as a default value.  
]
5.15 Compute integrated TEDE doses for each distance and record values in Blocks 15 on Attachment 3.
(Block 13) x (Block 14)
(Block 13) x (Block 14)
[ ] 5.16   Compute CDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 16 of Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.16 Compute CDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 16 of Attachment 3.
(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)
(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)
(Block 5)
(Block 5)
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                     REVISION 27                 PAGE 7 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 7 OF 34


  ] 5.17 Compute the CDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 17 on Attachment 3.
] 5.17 Compute the CDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 17 on.
(Block 16) x (Block 12)
(Block 16) x (Block 12)
[ ] 5.18   Compute the CDE dose for each distance and record values in Block 18 on Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.18 Compute the CDE dose for each distance and record values in Block 18 on.
(Block 17) x (Block 14)
(Block 17) x (Block 14)  
  ] 5.19 Refer to Procedure 5.7.1 to determine if an emergency should be declared due to radiological effluent (dose rate or integrated dose to a member of the public) calculated at or beyond 1 mile.
] 5.19 Refer to Procedure 5.7.1 to determine if an emergency should be declared due to radiological effluent (dose rate or integrated dose to a member of the public) calculated at or beyond 1 mile.
5.20   Refer to Procedure 5.7.20 to determine if any protective action recommendations should be made to off-site authorities.
5.20 Refer to Procedure 5.7.20 to determine if any protective action recommendations should be made to off-site authorities.
[ ] 5.21 Recalculate dose projections whenever conditions change significantly.
[ ] 5.21 Recalculate dose projections whenever conditions change significantly.
[ ] 5.22   Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 3.
[ ] 5.22 Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 3.
: 6. HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
: 6.
[ ] 6.1     Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in 4Ci/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 1. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (4Ci/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 1.
HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
  ] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.
[ ] 6.1 Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in 4Ci/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 1. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (4Ci/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 1.  
[ ]6.2     Determine if SGT is in the effluent path.
] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.
6.2.1   If SGT is in effluent path, enter 0.01 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.
[ ]6.2 Determine if SGT is in the effluent path.
6.2.2   If SGT is not in effluent path, enter 1 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.
6.2.1 If SGT is in effluent path, enter 0.01 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27           1   PAGE 8 OF 34
6.2.2 If SGT is not in effluent path, enter 1 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 8 OF 34


NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.
NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.
[ ] 6.3   Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
[ ] 6.3 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:
[   6.3.1   SJAE reading >&#x17d;15,000 mrem/hr.
[
[   6.3.2   Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 &#xfd;Ci/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.
6.3.1 SJAE reading >&#x17d; 15,000 mrem/hr.
      ]   6.3.3   Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
[
[1     6.3.4   Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
6.3.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 &#xfd;Ci/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.  
[   6.3.5   If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 1 and enter that value in Block 3 on Attachment 1.
]
[1     6.3.6   If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-07 in Block 3 on Attachment 1.
6.3.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.
  ] 6.4   Determine the energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours and Table 2 on Attachment 1, and enter value in Block 4 on Attachment 1.
[1 6.3.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).
6.5   Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 on Attachment 1. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.
[
[ ]   6.5.1   If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.
6.3.5 If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 1 and enter that value in Block 3 on Attachment 1.
[1 6.3.6 If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-07 in Block 3 on Attachment 1.  
]
6.4 Determine the energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours and Table 2 on Attachment 1, and enter value in Block 4 on.
6.5 Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 on Attachment 1. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.
[ ]
6.5.1 If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.
If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.
If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1     REVISION 27               PAGE 9 OF 34       ]
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 9 OF 34  
]


[ ]   6.5.2       If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.
[ ]
  ] 6.6   Determine the wind direction (from) in degrees from PMIS or MET and record in Block 6 on Attachment 1. If wind direction is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind direction at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.
6.5.2 If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.  
[ ] 6.7     Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 7 on Attachment 1.
]
6.6 Determine the wind direction (from) in degrees from PMIS or MET and record in Block 6 on Attachment 1. If wind direction is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind direction at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.
[ ] 6.7 Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 7 on Attachment 1.
If the stability class cannot be obtained from the PMIS or MET System, and the NWS cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.
If the stability class cannot be obtained from the PMIS or MET System, and the NWS cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.
[ ]   6.7.1       If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:
[ ]
100 M &deg;C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T &deg;C     < -1.7 -1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6 > 3.6 Stability Class     A         B             C           D           E           F       G
6.7.1 If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:
[ ]6.8     DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
100 M &deg;C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T &deg;C  
[   6.8.1       If the release bypasses secondary containment (for example direct venting of the drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.
< -1.7  
[ ]   6.8.2     If the release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.
-1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6  
[ ] 6.9     Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 1.
> 3.6 Stability Class A
[ 6.10   Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 1.
B C
[ 6.11   Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 11 on Attachment 1.
D E
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                   1         REVISION 27                     PAGE 10 OF 34
F G
[ ]6.8 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
[
6.8.1 If the release bypasses secondary containment (for example direct venting of the drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.
[ ]
6.8.2 If the release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.
[ ] 6.9 Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 1.
[
6.10 Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 1.
[
6.11 Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 11 on Attachment 1.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 10 OF 34


[ ] 6.12   Obtain the mixing factor (x/Q) for the receptor point or location.
[ ] 6.12 Obtain the mixing factor (x/Q) for the receptor point or location.
6.12.1     Record location or receptor point ID at the top of Attachment 1.
6.12.1 Record location or receptor point ID at the top of Attachment 1.
[ ]   6.12.2     Obtain the proper x/Q isopleth overlay based on stability class and release point.
[ ]
            ]       6.12.2.1     Overlays are available in the TSC or EOF for both elevated and ground level releases for each stability class.
6.12.2 Obtain the proper x/Q isopleth overlay based on stability class and release point.  
]
6.12.2.1 Overlays are available in the TSC or EOF for both elevated and ground level releases for each stability class.
Use ground level isopleths for all releases which are not from the ERP.
Use ground level isopleths for all releases which are not from the ERP.
[1     6.12.3     Place the isopleth overlay on an Emergency Planning Zone map scaled to 1" per mile. The preferred map is the "Cooper Nuclear Station 20 Mile Plume Exposure" map with sectors, radii, and wind direction labeled. One is posted in the TSC and EOF.
[1 6.12.3 Place the isopleth overlay on an Emergency Planning Zone map scaled to 1" per mile. The preferred map is the "Cooper Nuclear Station 20 Mile Plume Exposure" map with sectors, radii, and wind direction labeled. One is posted in the TSC and EOF.  
      ]   6.12.4     Orient the isopleth overlay so the centerline of the isopleth is over the wind direction radius, the open end of the isopleth is downwind, and the asterisk is over CNS.
]
[ ]   6.12.5     Lightly mark the desired receptor location on the isopleth with a pencil.
6.12.4 Orient the isopleth overlay so the centerline of the isopleth is over the wind direction radius, the open end of the isopleth is downwind, and the asterisk is over CNS.
[]   NOTE - All x/Qs have negative exponents.
[ ]
[]   6.12.6     Using the legend in the lower right hand corner of the isopleth overlay, linearly interpolating as necessary, determine a X/Q value for the receptor site.
6.12.5 Lightly mark the desired receptor location on the isopleth with a pencil.
6.12.7     Record the X/Q value in Block 12 on Attachment 1.
[]
[ ] 6.13   Compute TEDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 13 on Attachment 1.
NOTE - All x/Qs have negative exponents.
[]
6.12.6 Using the legend in the lower right hand corner of the isopleth overlay, linearly interpolating as necessary, determine a X/Q value for the receptor site.
6.12.7 Record the X/Q value in Block 12 on Attachment 1.
[ ] 6.13 Compute TEDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 13 on Attachment 1.
r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)] x (Block 12)
r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)] x (Block 12)
(Block 5)
(Block 5)  
  ] 6.14   Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record the value in Block 14 on Attachment 1. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours as a default value.
]
6.15   Compute the integrated TEDE dose (rem) and record in Block 15 on Attachment 1.
6.14 Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record the value in Block 14 on Attachment 1. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours as a default value.
6.15 Compute the integrated TEDE dose (rem) and record in Block 15 on.
(Block 13) x (Block 14)
(Block 13) x (Block 14)
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                             REVISION 27                   PAGE 11 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 11 OF 34


6.16     Compute CDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 16 on Attachment 1.
6.16 Compute CDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 16 on Attachment 1.
(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11) x (Block 12)
(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11) x (Block 12)
(Block 5)
(Block 5)
[ ] 6.17     Compute CDE dose (rem) and record in Block 17 on Attachment 1.
[ ] 6.17 Compute CDE dose (rem) and record in Block 17 on Attachment 1.
(Block 14) x (Block 16)
(Block 14) x (Block 16)  
  ] 6.18     Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 1.
]
: 7. CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS&#xa9;
6.18 Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 1.
[1]NOTE 1 - This section describes the methodology to be used to correlate CNS-DOSE results (estimated gross iodine concentrations) with gross iodine concentrations sampled in the field.
: 7.
[ NOTE 2 - This section is to be used by dose assessment personnel in the EOF once field teams have been dispatched and sample results become available.
CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS&#xa9;
[ NOTE 3 - Initial dose projections (computer and hand-calculated) are based upon assumed radionuclide concentrations until actual concentrations have been measured. Off-site sample results are used to determine a dose correction factor which may be applied to adjust the CNS-DOSE Program.
[1 ]NOTE 1 - This section describes the methodology to be used to correlate CNS-DOSE results (estimated gross iodine concentrations) with gross iodine concentrations sampled in the field.
[1]7.1       FIELD TEAM SAMPLE TO CNS-DOSE COMPARISON
[ NOTE 2 - This section is to be used by dose assessment personnel in the EOF once field teams have been dispatched and sample results become available.
[ ]     7.1.1     Radiological Assessment Supervisor shall:
[
NOTE 3 - Initial dose projections (computer and hand-calculated) are based upon assumed radionuclide concentrations until actual concentrations have been measured. Off-site sample results are used to determine a dose correction factor which may be applied to adjust the CNS-DOSE Program.
[1 ]7.1 FIELD TEAM SAMPLE TO CNS-DOSE COMPARISON
[ ]
7.1.1 Radiological Assessment Supervisor shall:
NOTE 1 - Prior to comparing field team air sample results, ensure that the time of the field team air sample and the time of "CNS-DOSE" dose assessment are comparable.
NOTE 1 - Prior to comparing field team air sample results, ensure that the time of the field team air sample and the time of "CNS-DOSE" dose assessment are comparable.
NOTE 2 - If the field team air sample is reported from a distance other than 1, 2, 5, or 10 miles, use the appropriate stability class/release point isopleth to determine what CNS-DOSE predicted iodine air sample results would be at that distance prior to performing the field team sample comparison.
NOTE 2 - If the field team air sample is reported from a distance other than 1, 2, 5, or 10 miles, use the appropriate stability class/release point isopleth to determine what CNS-DOSE predicted iodine air sample results would be at that distance prior to performing the field team sample comparison.
[     7.1.1.1     Compare the field team iodine air sample concentrations with the predicted CNS-Dose iodine air sample concentrations using the decision tree in Step 7.1.2.
[
[1       7.1.1.2     Radiological Control Manager shall review the field team corrected dose assessment results and communicate any change in PARs or Classification to the Emergency Director.
7.1.1.1 Compare the field team iodine air sample concentrations with the predicted CNS-Dose iodine air sample concentrations using the decision tree in Step 7.1.2.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                 1     REVISION 27             1 PAGE 12 OF 34     1
[1 7.1.1.2 Radiological Control Manager shall review the field team corrected dose assessment results and communicate any change in PARs or Classification to the Emergency Director.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 12 OF 34 1


I []  7.1.2 Field Team air sample >
7.1.2 Field Team air sample >
CNS-Dose results?
CNS-Dose results?
Y Correct CNS-Dose using step 7.2 and re-perform dose assessment Provide dose assessment results and att. 4 to Radiological Control Manager PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1         REVISION 27 PAGE 13 OF 34 1
Y Correct CNS-Dose using step 7.2 and re-perform dose assessment Provide dose assessment results and att. 4 to Radiological Control Manager PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 13 OF 34 1
I
[]


[ ] 7.2     APPLYING FIELD TEAM CORRECTION TO CNS-DOSE
[ ]
[]     7.2.1   Apply the correction to CNS-Dose using the "Field Adjust" OPTION of CNS-DOSE.
7.2 APPLYING FIELD TEAM CORRECTION TO CNS-DOSE
              ]     7.2.1.1   At the MAIN CNS-DOSE screen, select option "Field Adjust".
[ ]
              ]     7.2.1.2   Enter the radius distance from CNS in miles at the prompt (1, 2, 5, and 10 are the only options).
7.2.1 Apply the correction to CNS-Dose using the "Field Adjust" OPTION of CNS-DOSE.  
7.2.1.3   Enter the gross iodine concentration (in iCi/cc) obtained from the field at the prompt.
]
[]       7.2.1.4   After obtaining new Results from CNS-DOSE, compare new PARs to any PARs previously transmitted to off-site authorities.
7.2.1.1 At the MAIN CNS-DOSE screen, select option "Field Adjust".  
: 8. CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION MONITORS
]
[ ] NOTE 1 - Attachment 7 is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences, a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.
7.2.1.2 Enter the radius distance from CNS in miles at the prompt (1, 2, 5, and 10 are the only options).
  ] NOTE 2 - The release from the core may bypass the containment, be retained in the primary system, or not be uniformly mixed. Therefore, a low containment radiation reading does not guarantee a lack of core damage. The levels of damage indicated by the value in Attachment 7 are considered minimum levels unless there are inconsistent monitor readings.
7.2.1.3 Enter the gross iodine concentration (in iCi/cc) obtained from the field at the prompt.
  ] NOTE 3 - Inconsistent monitor readings may be due to the uneven mixing in containment (e.g., steam rising to the top of the dome). It may take hours for uniform mixing.
[ ]
  ] 8.1   The Chem/RP Coordinator or designee, shall perform following steps to determine an estimate of core damage, if decisions must be made which are based on core conditions and PASS results are not available.
7.2.1.4 After obtaining new Results from CNS-DOSE, compare new PARs to any PARs previously transmitted to off-site authorities.
      ]   8.1.1   Obtain highest in-containment hi-range radiation monitor reading from RMA-RM-40A(B), DRYWELL RAD MONITOR, and record in Block 1 on Attachment 7.
: 8.
[   8.1.2   Complete the calculations on Attachment 7.
CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION MONITORS
PROCEDURE 5.7.17             1     REVISION 27             PAGE 14 OF 34
[ ] NOTE 1 - Attachment 7 is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences, a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.  
] NOTE 2 - The release from the core may bypass the containment, be retained in the primary system, or not be uniformly mixed. Therefore, a low containment radiation reading does not guarantee a lack of core damage. The levels of damage indicated by the value in Attachment 7 are considered minimum levels unless there are inconsistent monitor readings.  
] NOTE 3 - Inconsistent monitor readings may be due to the uneven mixing in containment (e.g., steam rising to the top of the dome). It may take hours for uniform mixing.  
] 8.1 The Chem/RP Coordinator or designee, shall perform following steps to determine an estimate of core damage, if decisions must be made which are based on core conditions and PASS results are not available.  
]
8.1.1 Obtain highest in-containment hi-range radiation monitor reading from RMA-RM-40A(B), DRYWELL RAD MONITOR, and record in Block 1 on Attachment 7.
[
8.1.2 Complete the calculations on Attachment 7.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 14 OF 34


I[I  8.1.3 Report results to the TSC Director.
8.1.3 Report results to the TSC Director.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17           1     REVISION 27 PAGE 15 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 15 OF 34 I[I


I               ATTACHMENT 1                     HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
I ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
Location or Receptor ID:
Location or Receptor ID:
(1) Noble Gas Release       (2) Release Path           (3) Iodine/Noble Gas     (4) Energy Factor     (5) Wind Speed (mph)             (6) Wind         (7) Stability         (8) Secondary Rate from KAMAN or         through SBGT?               Ratio                                                                             Direction       Class                 Containment 5.7.16 (pCi/Sec)                                                                                                                                                                 Bypassed?
(1) Noble Gas Release (2) Release Path (3) Iodine/Noble Gas (4) Energy Factor (5) Wind Speed (mph)
Yes = 0.01; No = 1         (from Table 1)           (from Table 2)         ERP = 13; Other = 8             (0 from)         Default = D           No = 0.5; Yes = 1 For Columns 5, 6, and 7, use PMIS, MET, NWS, or Defaults.
(6) Wind (7) Stability (8) Secondary Rate from KAMAN or through SBGT?
Mixing Factor Conversion Factors (from Table 3)                       (from Isopleths)
Ratio Direction Class Containment 5.7.16 (pCi/Sec)
TEDE Noble Gas         (9)                               (12)
Bypassed?
TEDE Iodine           (10)
Yes = 0.01; No = 1 (from Table 1)
CDE Iodine             (11)
(from Table 2)
TEDE Dose Rate (13):                       (rem/hr)                                                 Duration (Hours)                       TEDE Dose (rem)
ERP = 13; Other = 8 (0 from)
Default = 4 hrs                   (Block 13) x (Block 14)
Default = D No = 0.5; Yes = 1 For Columns 5, 6, and 7, use PMIS, MET, NWS, or Defaults.
[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)1 x (Block 12)(1)15                                     (14)                              (15)
Mixing Factor Conversion Factors (from Table 3)
(rem/hr)                                     CDE Dose (rem)
(from Isopleths)
CDE Dose Rate (16):
TEDE Noble Gas (9)
(12)
TEDE Iodine (10)
CDE Iodine (11)
TEDE Dose Rate (13):
(rem/hr)
Duration (Hours)
TEDE Dose (rem)
Default = 4 hrs (Block 13) x (Block 14)
[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)1 (14)
(15) x (Block 12)(1)15 CDE Dose Rate (16):
(rem/hr)
CDE Dose (rem)
(Block 14) x (Block 16)
(Block 14) x (Block 16)
[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11)1                                   (17)
[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11)1 (17)
(Block 5)               x (Block 12)
(Block 5) x (Block 12)
Name/Time/Date:
Name/Time/Date:
I                     PROCEDURE 5.7.17                                                               REVISION 27                                                 PAGE 16 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 16 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 1         HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)
TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.           TABLE 2 - ENERGY FACTORS TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN TIME SINCE       IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO         TIME SINCE           ENERGY SHUTDOWN NON-DEGRADED DEGRADED                   SHUTDOWN             FACTOR (hrs)           CORE           CORE               (hrs)           (MeV/dis) t < 1           1.86 E-7       2.71 E-1           t<1               0.75 1:5 t < 2         1.86 E-7       3.57 E-1         1 _<t < 2           0.60 2 <_t < 4         1.86 E-7       3.41 E-1         2:< t < 4             0.40 4< t<10           1.86 E-7       2.81 E-1       4:_ t < 10             0.25 10:< t < 30       1.86 E-7       2.30 E-1       10** t < 30           0.15 30
TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.
* t < 100       1.86 E-7       1.65 E-1       30*< t < 100           0.09 100 _<t         1.86 E-7       1.40 E-1           100
TABLE 2 - ENERGY FACTORS TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN TIME SINCE IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO TIME SINCE ENERGY SHUTDOWN NON-DEGRADED DEGRADED SHUTDOWN FACTOR (hrs)
* t           0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE             DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas                       1.48 E-3                     9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine                         8.77 E-2                     2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine                           2.04 E 0                     4.96 E-1 I         PROCEDURE 5.7.17         1       REVISION 27           1 PAGE 17 OF 34
CORE CORE (hrs)
(MeV/dis) t < 1 1.86 E-7 2.71 E-1 t<1 0.75 1:5 t < 2 1.86 E-7 3.57 E-1 1 _< t < 2 0.60 2 <_ t < 4 1.86 E-7 3.41 E-1 2:< t < 4 0.40 4< t<10 1.86 E-7 2.81 E-1 4:_ t < 10 0.25 10:< t < 30 1.86 E-7 2.30 E-1 10** t < 30 0.15 30
* t < 100 1.86 E-7 1.65 E-1 30*< t < 100 0.09 100 _< t 1.86 E-7 1.40 E-1 100
* t 0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas 1.48 E-3 9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine 8.77 E-2 2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine 2.04 E 0 4.96 E-1 I
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 17 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 2             TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES OF NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES
ATTACHMENT 2 TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES OF NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES
: 1. Effective Age is defined as time elapsed (hrs) since shutdown. For off-site locations, the effective aye of the isotopic mixture may be obtained through summarizing following components:
: 1.
  ] 1.1     The effective aye at the time of release onset.
Effective Age is defined as time elapsed (hrs) since shutdown. For off-site locations, the effective aye of the isotopic mixture may be obtained through summarizing following components:  
  ] 1.2     The transit time from the release point to the receptor site (refer to Section 2 below).
]
: 2. CALCULATION OF TRANSIT TIME FROM THE RELEASE POINT TO THE RECEPTOR LOCATION
1.1 The effective aye at the time of release onset.  
[ ] 2.1       Estimate the downwind distance (miles) to the receptor location.
]
[ ] 2.2       Divide the distance in miles by the 100m meter level wind speed (mph) to determine the plume transit time.
1.2 The transit time from the release point to the receptor site (refer to Section 2 below).
(1) RECEPTOR SITE             (2) 100 METER LEVEL         (3) PLUME TRANSIT DOWNWIND DISTANCE                     WIND SPEED                   TIME (hrs)
: 2.
(miles)                       (mph)                     (1) - (2)
CALCULATION OF TRANSIT TIME FROM THE RELEASE POINT TO THE RECEPTOR LOCATION
: 3. DETERMINATION OF EFFECTIVE AGES AT RECEPTOR SITES (3) EFFECTIVE AGE OF (1) EFFECTIVE AGE OF           (2) TRANSIT TIME FROM ISOTOPIC MIXTURE AT MIXTURE AT TIME                 RELEASE POINT TO       RECEPTOR LOCATION OF RELEASE ONSET               RECEPTOR LOCATION                     (hrs)
[ ] 2.1 Estimate the downwind distance (miles) to the receptor location.
(hrs)                         (hrs)                     (1) + (2)
[ ] 2.2 Divide the distance in miles by the 100m meter level wind speed (mph) to determine the plume transit time.
I.                        4 I.                        4 t                          I 1                          4 Name/Time/Date:                                                   I               /
(1) RECEPTOR SITE (2) 100 METER LEVEL (3) PLUME TRANSIT DOWNWIND DISTANCE WIND SPEED TIME (hrs)
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.17                 1     REVISION 27             PAGE 18 OF 34
(miles)
(mph)
(1) - (2)
DETERMINATION OF EFFECTIVE AGES AT RECEPTOR SITES (3) EFFECTIVE AGE OF (1) EFFECTIVE AGE OF (2) TRANSIT TIME FROM ISOTOPIC MIXTURE AT MIXTURE AT TIME RELEASE POINT TO RECEPTOR LOCATION OF RELEASE ONSET RECEPTOR LOCATION (hrs)
(hrs)
(hrs)
(1) + (2)
Name/Time/Date:
I
/
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 18 OF 34 3.
I.
4 I.
4 t
I 1
4


ATTACHMENT 3                     HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
(1) Noble Gas Release Rate       (2) Release Path             (3) Iodine/Noble Gas     (4) Energy Factor       (5) Wind Speed (mph)                       (6) Stability         (7) Secondary from KAMAN or                   through SBGT?               Ratio                   (MeV/dis)                                                         Class                 Containment 5.7.16 (liCilSec)                                                                                                                                                               Bypassed?
(1) Noble Gas Release Rate (2) Release Path (3) Iodine/Noble Gas (4) Energy Factor (5) Wind Speed (mph)
Yes = 0.01; No   1         (from Table 1)           (from Table 2)         Defaults ERP = 13; Other = 8               Default = D           No = 0.5; Yes =1 For Columns 5 and 6, use PMIS, MET, NWS or Defaults.
(6) Stability (7) Secondary from KAMAN or through SBGT?
Conversion Factors (from Table 3)                                                                 TEDE Sub-Calculation (11):
Ratio (MeV/dis)
TEDE Noble Gas           (8)
Class Containment 5.7.16 (liCilSec)
Bypassed?
Yes = 0.01; No 1
(from Table 1)
(from Table 2)
Defaults ERP = 13; Other = 8 Default = D No = 0.5; Yes =1 For Columns 5 and 6, use PMIS, MET, NWS or Defaults.
Conversion Factors (from Table 3)
TEDE Sub-Calculation (11):
TEDE Noble Gas (8)
[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)A (Block 5)
[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)A (Block 5)
CDE Iodine               (10)
CDE Iodine (10)
TEDE RATE (rem/hr)                             Duration (hours)                               TEDE Dose (rem)
TEDE RATE (rem/hr)
Mixing Factors (from Table 4)                                 (Block 11 x Block 12)                           Default 4 hrs                               (Block 13 x Block 14) 1 Mile           (12)                                     1 Mile         (13)                                 (14)                               1 Mile         (15) 2 Mile           (12)                                     2 Mile         (13)                                                                     2 Mile         (15) 5 Mile           (12)                                     5 Mile         (13)                                                                     5 Mile         (15) 10 Mile         (12)                                   10 Mile         (13)                                                                     10 Mile         (15)
Duration (hours)
CDE Sub-Calculation (16):                                                             CDE Rate (rem/hr)                                               CDE Dose (rem)
TEDE Dose (rem)
(Block 16 x Block 12)                                         (Block 14 x Block 17) 1 Mile         (17)                                         1 Mile         (18)
Mixing Factors (from Table 4)
[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)1                             2 Mile         (17)                                       2 Mile           (18)
(Block 11 x Block 12)
(Block 5) 5 Mile         (17)                                         5 Mile         (18) 10 Mile         (17)                                       10 Mile         (18)
Default 4 hrs (Block 13 x Block 14) 1 Mile (12) 1 Mile (13)
(14) 1 Mile (15) 2 Mile (12) 2 Mile (13) 2 Mile (15) 5 Mile (12) 5 Mile (13) 5 Mile (15) 10 Mile (12) 10 Mile (13) 10 Mile (15)
CDE Sub-Calculation (16):
CDE Rate (rem/hr)
CDE Dose (rem)
(Block 16 x Block 12)
(Block 14 x Block 17) 1 Mile (17) 1 Mile (18)
[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)1 2 Mile (17) 2 Mile (18)
(Block 5) 5 Mile (17) 5 Mile (18) 10 Mile (17) 10 Mile (18)
Name/Time/Date:
Name/Time/Date:
I                         PROCEDURE 5.7.17                                                           REVISION 27                                                 PAGE 19 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 19 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 3           HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)
TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.                         TABLE 2 - ENERGY TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN                                     FACTORS IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO               TIME SINCE       ENERGY TIME SINCE           NON-DEGRADED         DEGRADED           SHUTDOWN         FACTOR SHUTDOWN (hrs)               CORE                 CORE               (hrs)       (MeV/dis) t<1               1.86 E-7           2.71 E-1             t< 1           0.75 1 <t<2               1.86 E-7           3.57 E-1           1 <t<2           0.60 2 _t < 4             1.86 E-7           3.41 E-1           2:g t < 4       0.40 4 *< t < 10           1.86 E-7           2.81 E-1           4< t< 10         0.25 10*< t < 30           1.86 E-7           2.30 E-1           10*< t < 30       0.15 30 _<t < 100           1.86 E-7             1.65 E-1         30
TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.
* t < 100       0.09 100 *< t           1.86 E-7             1.40 E-1           100 < t         0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE               DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas                             1.48 E-3                     9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine                                 8.77 E-2                     2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine                                 2.04 E 0                     4.96 E-1 TABLE 4- PLUME CENTERLINE X/Q'S (MIXING FACTORS)
TABLE 2 - ENERGY TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN FACTORS IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO TIME SINCE ENERGY TIME SINCE NON-DEGRADED DEGRADED SHUTDOWN FACTOR SHUTDOWN (hrs)
RELEASE POINT         rTABILI lCLASS     I   A   IB_ _      IC       ID     IE       IFG 1 MILE     2.87E-6 6.04E-6   1.17E-5 8.35E-6 1.03E-6 2.35E-11     1.31E-23 ERP           2 MILE     7.94E-7 1.78E-6 4.55E-6 8.21E-6 4.98E-6 8.12E-8       5.62E-13 (ELEVATED)         5 MILE     1.50E-7 3.42E-7 1.18E-6 3.77E-6 4.66E-6 1.09E-6         5.67E-9 10 MILE     4.51E-8,1.03E-7 4.58E-7,1.82E-6 3.13E-611.44E-6         4.OOE-8 OTHER             1 MILE     3.01E-6 6.90E-6 1.73E-5 5.10E-5 1.09E-4 3.07E-4         7.67E-4 THAN ERP           2 MILE     8.03E-7 1.84E-6 5.15E-6 1.78E-5 3.86E-5 1.09E-4         2.71E-4 (GROUND           5 MILE     1.50E-7 3.44E-7 1.21E-6 4.98E-6 1.25E-5 3.52E-5         8.81E-5 LEVEL)           10 MILE     4.51E-8 1.03E-7 4.63E-7 2.07E-61 6.43E-6 1.81E-5         4.52E-5 PROCEDURE 5.7.17                       REVISION 27         1   PAGE 20 OF 34
CORE CORE (hrs)
(MeV/dis) t<1 1.86 E-7 2.71 E-1 t< 1 0.75 1 <t<2 1.86 E-7 3.57 E-1 1 <t<2 0.60 2 _ t < 4 1.86 E-7 3.41 E-1 2:g t < 4 0.40 4 *< t < 10 1.86 E-7 2.81 E-1 4< t< 10 0.25 10*< t < 30 1.86 E-7 2.30 E-1 10*< t < 30 0.15 30 _< t < 100 1.86 E-7 1.65 E-1 30
* t < 100 0.09 100 *< t 1.86 E-7 1.40 E-1 100 < t 0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas 1.48 E-3 9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine 8.77 E-2 2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine 2.04 E 0 4.96 E-1 TABLE 4-PLUME CENTERLINE X/Q'S (MIXING FACTORS)
RELEASE rTABILI POINT lCLASS I
A IB IC ID IE IFG 1 MILE 2.87E-6 6.04E-6 1.17E-5 8.35E-6 1.03E-6 2.35E-11 1.31E-23 ERP 2 MILE 7.94E-7 1.78E-6 4.55E-6 8.21E-6 4.98E-6 8.12E-8 5.62E-13 (ELEVATED) 5 MILE 1.50E-7 3.42E-7 1.18E-6 3.77E-6 4.66E-6 1.09E-6 5.67E-9 10 MILE 4.51E-8,1.03E-7 4.58E-7,1.82E-6 3.13E-611.44E-6 4.OOE-8 OTHER 1 MILE 3.01E-6 6.90E-6 1.73E-5 5.10E-5 1.09E-4 3.07E-4 7.67E-4 THAN ERP 2 MILE 8.03E-7 1.84E-6 5.15E-6 1.78E-5 3.86E-5 1.09E-4 2.71E-4 (GROUND 5 MILE 1.50E-7 3.44E-7 1.21E-6 4.98E-6 1.25E-5 3.52E-5 8.81E-5 LEVEL) 10 MILE 4.51E-8 1.03E-7 4.63E-7 2.07E-61 6.43E-6 1.81E-5 4.52E-5 PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1
PAGE 20 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 4         CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS
ATTACHMENT 4 CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS
: 1. CORRECTION FACTOR DETERMINATIONS USING OFF-SITE SAMPLING DATA (3) FIELD GROSS     (4) CNS-DOSE             (5)
: 1.
(2)           IODINE             IODINE       CORRECTION (1) SAMPLE     SAMPLE CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION FACTOR (CF)
CORRECTION FACTOR DETERMINATIONS USING OFF-SITE SAMPLING DATA Name/Time/Date:
LOCATION         TIME             ([Ci/cc)           (1Ci/cc)         (3) - (4)
I
                            -I-                   4                 4-4       -                     4                 4-Name/Time/Date:                                            I          /
/
: 3. Route completed form to Emergency Preparedness Department.
: 3.
I      PROCEDURE 5.7.17              1        REVISION 27          1 PAGE 21 OF 34
Route completed form to Emergency Preparedness Department.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 21 OF 34 (3) FIELD GROSS (4) CNS-DOSE (5)
(2)
IODINE IODINE CORRECTION (1) SAMPLE SAMPLE CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION FACTOR (CF)
LOCATION TIME
([Ci/cc)
(1Ci/cc)
(3) - (4)
-I-4 4-4  
-
4 4-


ATTACHMENT 5               METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE NOTE 1 - When the normal source of meteorological data (PMIS MET screen) is not available or is "unhealthy", attempt to obtain the data by PMIS point ID or obtain it from the MET Chart recorders in the Computer Room. If neither PMIS or the MET chart recorders are available, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE to obtain the data. The telephone number is contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB. If the NWS cannot be contacted, use default values.
ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE NOTE 1 - When the normal source of meteorological data (PMIS MET screen) is not available or is "unhealthy", attempt to obtain the data by PMIS point ID or obtain it from the MET Chart recorders in the Computer Room. If neither PMIS or the MET chart recorders are available, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE to obtain the data. The telephone number is contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB. If the NWS cannot be contacted, use default values.
NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.
NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.
NOTE 3 - The Turn-On-Code "VALUE" is used to display single point values and qualities.
NOTE 3 - The Turn-On-Code "VALUE" is used to display single point values and qualities.
NOTE 4 - The Turn-On-Code "MET" is used to display most meteorological point values and stability classes.
NOTE 4 - The Turn-On-Code "MET" is used to display most meteorological point values and stability classes.
PMIS POINT ID                           DESCRIPTION                         ALTERNATE SOURCE MET001               100M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET004                       100M LVL TEMPERATURE                         MET Chart Recorder MET005                 DELTA TEMPERATURE (10OM-10M)                       MET Chart Recorder MET006                 100M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)                   MET Chart Recorder MET007               100M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET009               60M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET012                       60M LVL TEMPERATURE                           MET Chart Recorder MET013                 DELTA TEMPERATURE (100M-60M)                       MET Chart Recorder MET014                 60M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET015                 60M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET017               10M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET020                       10M LVL TEMPERATURE                         MET Chart Recorder MET021                 DELTA TEMPERATURE (60M-10M)                       MET Chart Recorder MET023                   10M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)                   MET Chart Recorder MET024                 10M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET027                 PRECIPITATION (15 MIN PERIOD)                     MET Chart Recorder MET028               10M TWR SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET029                       10M TWR TEMPERATURE                           MET Chart Recorder MET030                 10M TWR WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder MET031               10M TWR WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)                     MET Chart Recorder N8000                 RX BLDG EFFLUENT FLOW AVE N8001               TURB BLDG EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8002             TURB BLDG EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8003                     TURB BLDG FLOW AVE N8004                 AOG & RW EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8005             AOG & RW EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8006                   RX BLDG EFF RAD MON AVE N8007                 AOG & RW BLDG EFF FLOW AVE N8010                       ERP HI RAD MON AVE N8011                   ERP NORMAL RAD MON AVE N8012                           ERP FLOW AVE N8013                       SGT FLOW TO ERP AVE PROCEDURE 5.7.17                           REVISION 27                 PAGE 2OF
PMIS POINT ID DESCRIPTION ALTERNATE SOURCE MET001 100M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET004 100M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET005 DELTA TEMPERATURE (10OM-10M)
MET Chart Recorder MET006 100M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET007 100M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET009 60M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET012 60M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET013 DELTA TEMPERATURE (100M-60M)
MET Chart Recorder MET014 60M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET015 60M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET017 10M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET020 10M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET021 DELTA TEMPERATURE (60M-10M)
MET Chart Recorder MET023 10M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET024 10M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET027 PRECIPITATION (15 MIN PERIOD)
MET Chart Recorder MET028 10M TWR SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET029 10M TWR TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET030 10M TWR WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder MET031 10M TWR WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)
MET Chart Recorder N8000 RX BLDG EFFLUENT FLOW AVE N8001 TURB BLDG EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8002 TURB BLDG EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8003 TURB BLDG FLOW AVE N8004 AOG & RW EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8005 AOG & RW EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8006 RX BLDG EFF RAD MON AVE N8007 AOG & RW BLDG EFF FLOW AVE N8010 ERP HI RAD MON AVE N8011 ERP NORMAL RAD MON AVE N8012 ERP FLOW AVE N8013 SGT FLOW TO ERP AVE PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 2OF


ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE PLANT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (PMIS) 1.1   The PMIS System (PMIS) is a set of programs and hardware provided by NPPD that make use of VMS functions and additional peripherals (Data Concentrators) which provides access to plant parameters.
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE PLANT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (PMIS) 1.1 The PMIS System (PMIS) is a set of programs and hardware provided by NPPD that make use of VMS functions and additional peripherals (Data Concentrators) which provides access to plant parameters.
: 2. PMIS COMPUTERS 2.1   PMIS computers share a common set of peripherals (disk drives, tape drives, terminals, etc.) and software.
: 2.
: 3. VMS OPERATING SYSTEM 3.1   The VMS Operating System (VMS) is the host operating system for the PMIS computers. It is a set of programs that interface with the computer hardware and peripherals, and allows the computers to recognize and process commands.
PMIS COMPUTERS 2.1 PMIS computers share a common set of peripherals (disk drives, tape drives, terminals, etc.) and software.
: 4. PMIS MODES 4.1   PMIS has three operational modes, Primary, Primary/Backup, and Backup, and will operate on either computer in one of the three modes. A computer with PMIS operating in either the Primary or Primary/Backup Mode is referred to as the Primary System and the one with PMIS operating in the Backup Mode is referred to as the Backup System.
: 3.
4.2   The Primary and Primary/Backup Modes provide full PMIS capabilities, consisting (in part) of data acquisition and conversion, data display, data archiving, alarm processing, self monitoring, and many other functions that perform specialized calculations and displays.
VMS OPERATING SYSTEM 3.1 The VMS Operating System (VMS) is the host operating system for the PMIS computers. It is a set of programs that interface with the computer hardware and peripherals, and allows the computers to recognize and process commands.
4.3   The Backup Mode monitors the Primary System, transfers information necessary to keep the Backup System files and tables up-to-date, and automatically changes to the Primary Mode when a loss of the Primary System is detected (referred to as a FAILOVER). Although many functions are available on the Backup System, their use is discouraged because the lack of real-time data results in the display of inaccurate information (CNS-DOSE is an exception).
: 4.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1     REVISION 27           1 PAGE 23 OF 34
PMIS MODES 4.1 PMIS has three operational modes, Primary, Primary/Backup, and Backup, and will operate on either computer in one of the three modes. A computer with PMIS operating in either the Primary or Primary/Backup Mode is referred to as the Primary System and the one with PMIS operating in the Backup Mode is referred to as the Backup System.
4.2 The Primary and Primary/Backup Modes provide full PMIS capabilities, consisting (in part) of data acquisition and conversion, data display, data archiving, alarm processing, self monitoring, and many other functions that perform specialized calculations and displays.
4.3 The Backup Mode monitors the Primary System, transfers information necessary to keep the Backup System files and tables up-to-date, and automatically changes to the Primary Mode when a loss of the Primary System is detected (referred to as a FAILOVER). Although many functions are available on the Backup System, their use is discouraged because the lack of real-time data results in the display of inaccurate information (CNS-DOSE is an exception).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 23 OF 34


S ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
S ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 5. PMIS ACCESS 5.1   Access to PMIS is gained through various video display terminals, printer/plotters, and printers, including color graphic Information Display Terminals (IDTs) dedicated exclusively for PMIS access in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
: 5.
5.2   The IDTs and printers are selectively connected to either computer through a switching device controlled by PMIS. At system start or during a FAILOVER, all terminals and printers are switched to the Primary System. However, the SWITCH position may be changed at any time after that.
PMIS ACCESS 5.1 Access to PMIS is gained through various video display terminals, printer/plotters, and printers, including color graphic Information Display Terminals (IDTs) dedicated exclusively for PMIS access in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
: 6. SCREEN FORMAT 6.1   When a terminal is under control of PMIS (instead of VMS), the screen display will be in a standard format consisting of four areas, OCA, GGDA, SSA, and FKA.
5.2 The IDTs and printers are selectively connected to either computer through a switching device controlled by PMIS. At system start or during a FAILOVER, all terminals and printers are switched to the Primary System. However, the SWITCH position may be changed at any time after that.
6.2   The OCA (Operator Communication Area) consists of the top two (one and two lines on the screen. This area is generally used to prompt-for and receive user inputs and display advisory and warning messages. In addition, some displays that require only one or two lines of screen use the OCA for display. Also (though technically not part of the OCA), the current date and time (updated once a second) is displayed at the right side of the screen on lines 1 and 2.
: 6.
6.3   The GGDA (General and Graphic Display Area) consists of lines 4 through 47 and is used for most displays. In addition, some displays (chiefly functions requiring significant editing) also prompt-for and receive user inputs in the GGDA.
SCREEN FORMAT 6.1 When a terminal is under control of PMIS (instead of VMS), the screen display will be in a standard format consisting of four areas, OCA, GGDA, SSA, and FKA.
6.4   The SSA (SPDS Status Area) consists of lines 45 through 48 and contain four boxes that represent (by color code) the status of the SPDS (Safety Parameter Display System), which is a software system that monitors selected plant parameters and determines overall plant safety status.
6.2 The OCA (Operator Communication Area) consists of the top two (one and two lines on the screen. This area is generally used to prompt-for and receive user inputs and display advisory and warning messages. In addition, some displays that require only one or two lines of screen use the OCA for display. Also (though technically not part of the OCA), the current date and time (updated once a second) is displayed at the right side of the screen on lines 1 and 2.
6.5   The FKA (Function Key Area) consists of the bottom two (50 and 51) lines of the screen. The FKA is used to indicate which of the definable function keys are enabled. It also indicates which mode PMIS is in, the Plant Mode, and whether or not a PMIS "event" has occurred.
6.3 The GGDA (General and Graphic Display Area) consists of lines 4 through 47 and is used for most displays. In addition, some displays (chiefly functions requiring significant editing) also prompt-for and receive user inputs in the GGDA.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.17             1       REVISION 27               PAGE 24 OF 34
6.4 The SSA (SPDS Status Area) consists of lines 45 through 48 and contain four boxes that represent (by color code) the status of the SPDS (Safety Parameter Display System), which is a software system that monitors selected plant parameters and determines overall plant safety status.
6.5 The FKA (Function Key Area) consists of the bottom two (50 and 51) lines of the screen. The FKA is used to indicate which of the definable function keys are enabled. It also indicates which mode PMIS is in, the Plant Mode, and whether or not a PMIS "event" has occurred.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 24 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 7. SCREEN-COPY FUNCTION 7.1   The screen-copy function, which is activated by pressing the HARD COPY key, provides full screen reproduction in color on a printer located in the same general area as the terminal.
: 7.
: 8. PRINTER 8.1   The printers are connected to a specific computer and are generally accessed when a "...PRINT..." option is selected and a "logical name" is entered.
SCREEN-COPY FUNCTION 7.1 The screen-copy function, which is activated by pressing the HARD COPY key, provides full screen reproduction in color on a printer located in the same general area as the terminal.
: 9. LOGICAL NAME 9.1   Printers and terminals are usually referenced by "logical names", in the format of TTOO, TT01, etc. (IDTs), and LA00, LA01, etc. (printers). The "logical name" for a device can usually be found on a tag on the device.
: 8.
: 10. RESET FUNCTION 10.1   This function, which is activated by pressing the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), clears the screen, sounds the bell, and resets internal parameters to the default settings, producing the same effect as a re-boot or turning power off and on.
PRINTER 8.1 The printers are connected to a specific computer and are generally accessed when a "...PRINT..." option is selected and a "logical name" is entered.
: 11. IDE FIELD 11.1   User input to PMIS Programs is through an open IDE (Interactive Data Entry) field on the terminal. An open IDE field is denoted by a yellow box that appears in the OCA or GGDA area. Anything typed on the keyboard will be echoed in the box. Erasing or back-spacing is accomplished with the DEL key.
: 9.
LOGICAL NAME 9.1 Printers and terminals are usually referenced by "logical names", in the format of TTOO, TT01, etc. (IDTs), and LA00, LA01, etc. (printers). The "logical name" for a device can usually be found on a tag on the device.
: 10. RESET FUNCTION 10.1 This function, which is activated by pressing the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), clears the screen, sounds the bell, and resets internal parameters to the default settings, producing the same effect as a re-boot or turning power off and on.
: 11. IDE FIELD 11.1 User input to PMIS Programs is through an open IDE (Interactive Data Entry) field on the terminal. An open IDE field is denoted by a yellow box that appears in the OCA or GGDA area. Anything typed on the keyboard will be echoed in the box. Erasing or back-spacing is accomplished with the DEL key.
All entries into an IDE field must be terminated by pressing the ENTER key unless the field is overfilled or a function key is pressed (the terminal automatically adds a carriage return character in those cases).
All entries into an IDE field must be terminated by pressing the ENTER key unless the field is overfilled or a function key is pressed (the terminal automatically adds a carriage return character in those cases).
: 12. TURN-ON-CODE 12.1 The Turn-On-Code (TOC) is the mechanism by which commands are issued to PMIS. This is a one to eight character code which is interpreted by PMIS and a corresponding command is issued.
: 12. TURN-ON-CODE 12.1 The Turn-On-Code (TOC) is the mechanism by which commands are issued to PMIS. This is a one to eight character code which is interpreted by PMIS and a corresponding command is issued.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27           1   PAGE 25 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 25 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 13. PMIS DATABASE 13.1   All plant parameters (or additional data based on plant or PMIS parameters) that are processed by PMIS SYSTEM are defined in the PMIS DATABASE, which is a file that specifies the origin of the data, the frequency at which it is processed, the type of processing to be performed, etc. Each parameter is referred to as a "point" and is identified by a one to eight character name or POINT-ID (PID).
: 13. PMIS DATABASE 13.1 All plant parameters (or additional data based on plant or PMIS parameters) that are processed by PMIS SYSTEM are defined in the PMIS DATABASE, which is a file that specifies the origin of the data, the frequency at which it is processed, the type of processing to be performed, etc. Each parameter is referred to as a "point" and is identified by a one to eight character name or POINT-ID (PID).
: 14. PMIS DATA PROCESSING 14.1   Some PMIS points are processed by scanning plant sensors (through the Data Concentrator) while others are calculated based on the values of previously processed points or PMIS parameters. All points values are then assigned a quality code stored in the Current Value Table (CVT).
: 14. PMIS DATA PROCESSING 14.1 Some PMIS points are processed by scanning plant sensors (through the Data Concentrator) while others are calculated based on the values of previously processed points or PMIS parameters. All points values are then assigned a quality code stored in the Current Value Table (CVT).
14.2   Data in the CVT is considered to be "real-time" and representative of current plant and system conditions.
14.2 Data in the CVT is considered to be "real-time" and representative of current plant and system conditions.
14.3   At regular intervals (and other special circumstances) point values are also stored in an Archive File, which provides - 24 hours of on-line historical information.
14.3 At regular intervals (and other special circumstances) point values are also stored in an Archive File, which provides - 24 hours of on-line historical information.
: 15. PMIS DATA ACCESS 15.1   All point values in the CVT and Archive File are accessed by the POINT-ID.
: 15. PMIS DATA ACCESS 15.1 All point values in the CVT and Archive File are accessed by the POINT-ID.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27               PAGE 26 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 PAGE 26 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 16. QUALITY CODES 16.1   The Quality Code, assigned when point values are assigned, represents the general status and "health" of the point, and determines how it is used by PMIS Programs. The following is a list of PMIS quality codes and related information.
: 16. QUALITY CODES 16.1 The Quality Code, assigned when point values are assigned, represents the general status and "health" of the point, and determines how it is used by PMIS Programs. The following is a list of PMIS quality codes and related information.
CODE                   DESCRIPTION                   COLOR       HEALTH UNK     Value unknown - not yet processed             White         Bad DEL   Processing has been disabled                 Magenta         Bad INVL   Data concentrator error                       Magenta         Bad RDER   Data concentrator error                       Magenta         Bad OIC   Data concentrator error                       Magenta         Bad BAD   Outside instrument range                     Magenta         Bad STAG   Point failed stagnation check                 Magenta         Bad UDEF   Undefined (spare)                             Magenta         Bad REDU   Fails redundant point check                   Magenta         Bad HALM     Above high alarm limit                         Red         Good LALM   Below low alarm limit                           Red         Good HWRN     Above high warning limit                       Yellow       Good LWRN     Below low warning limit                       Yellow       Good ALM     State/Change-of-State alarm                   Red         Good SUB   Value has been substituted                     Blue         Good DALM     Alarm checking has been disabled               Green         Good NCAL   Value cannot be calculated                     White         Good INHB   Alarm inhibited by cut-out point               Green         Good GOOD     Passes all other checks                       Green         Good 16.2   Not listed above is quality code OSUB (Operator Substituted), which is treated the same as SUB, and indicates that the value was substituted within that program. OSUB is not used in the CVT.
CODE DESCRIPTION COLOR HEALTH UNK Value unknown - not yet processed White Bad DEL Processing has been disabled Magenta Bad INVL Data concentrator error Magenta Bad RDER Data concentrator error Magenta Bad OIC Data concentrator error Magenta Bad BAD Outside instrument range Magenta Bad STAG Point failed stagnation check Magenta Bad UDEF Undefined (spare)
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17             1     REVISION 27         1   PAGE 27 OF 34
Magenta Bad REDU Fails redundant point check Magenta Bad HALM Above high alarm limit Red Good LALM Below low alarm limit Red Good HWRN Above high warning limit Yellow Good LWRN Below low warning limit Yellow Good ALM State/Change-of-State alarm Red Good SUB Value has been substituted Blue Good DALM Alarm checking has been disabled Green Good NCAL Value cannot be calculated White Good INHB Alarm inhibited by cut-out point Green Good GOOD Passes all other checks Green Good 16.2 Not listed above is quality code OSUB (Operator Substituted), which is treated the same as SUB, and indicates that the value was substituted within that program. OSUB is not used in the CVT.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 27 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 6             PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 17. PMIS LOGIN 17.1   If the current date and time is displayed in the OCA and is being updated about once a second:
: 17. PMIS LOGIN 17.1 If the current date and time is displayed in the OCA and is being updated about once a second:
17.1.1   If "ENTER PASSWORD..." is displayed on line 2, press the ENTER key.
17.1.1 If "ENTER PASSWORD..." is displayed on line 2, press the ENTER key.
17.1.2   If "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." and an open IDE field is displayed on line 2, the IDT is logged into PMIS. No further action is necessary.
17.1.2 If "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." and an open IDE field is displayed on line 2, the IDT is logged into PMIS. No further action is necessary.
17.1.3   If a display is operating, press the CANC key.
17.1.3 If a display is operating, press the CANC key.
17.1.4   If terminal does not respond or does not meet any of the above criteria, press the XOFF key once. The terminal should be automatically reset (screen clears and the bell sounds) after about 30 seconds, and either the "ENTER PASSWORD..." or
17.1.4 If terminal does not respond or does not meet any of the above criteria, press the XOFF key once. The terminal should be automatically reset (screen clears and the bell sounds) after about 30 seconds, and either the "ENTER PASSWORD..." or  
                    "...TURN-ON-CODE..." prompt should be displayed. Refer to the applicable previous step for more instruction.
"...TURN-ON-CODE..." prompt should be displayed. Refer to the applicable previous step for more instruction.
17.2   If the current date and time is NOT displayed or is displayed but is not being updated:
17.2 If the current date and time is NOT displayed or is displayed but is not being updated:
17.2.1   Press the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), wait at least 10 seconds, and press the ENTER key. If the date and time appear and began updating, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step.
17.2.1 Press the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), wait at least 10 seconds, and press the ENTER key. If the date and time appear and began updating, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step.
17.2.2   If a "$" is displayed at the left of the screen, enter "LO" and press the ENTER key. After the "...LOGGED OFF..." message is displayed, press the ENTER key again.
17.2.2 If a "$" is displayed at the left of the screen, enter "LO" and press the ENTER key. After the "...LOGGED OFF..." message is displayed, press the ENTER key again.
17.2.3   After "Username:" is displayed, enter "PMIS" and press the ENTER key. A welcome message followed by "PMIS LOGGED OUT..." will be displayed. Do not press any keys for 5 minutes or until the PMIS login display appears. When the "ENTER PASSWORD..." prompt is issued, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step and login to PMIS.
17.2.3 After "Username:" is displayed, enter "PMIS" and press the ENTER key. A welcome message followed by "PMIS LOGGED OUT..." will be displayed. Do not press any keys for 5 minutes or until the PMIS login display appears. When the "ENTER PASSWORD..." prompt is issued, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step and login to PMIS.
17.3   If neither of the above criteria is met or the specified sequence of events does not occur, contact the Nuclear Information Services (NIS) Department for assistance.
17.3 If neither of the above criteria is met or the specified sequence of events does not occur, contact the Nuclear Information Services (NIS) Department for assistance.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                       REVISION 27                 PAGE 28 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 28 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 6           PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 18. ACTIVATING A TURN-ON-CODE 18.1   If a display is currently operating in the area of the screen that the desired TOC requires, press the CANC key.
: 18. ACTIVATING A TURN-ON-CODE 18.1 If a display is currently operating in the area of the screen that the desired TOC requires, press the CANC key.
18.2   When "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." is displayed followed by an open IDE field, enter one of following:
18.2 When "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." is displayed followed by an open IDE field, enter one of following:
18.2.1   A TOC (i.e., "GROUP" -- activates the Group Display Program; the program will then prompt the user to select a menu option).
18.2.1 A TOC (i.e., "GROUP" -- activates the Group Display Program; the program will then prompt the user to select a menu option).
18.2.2   A TOC followed by a space and optional text (i.e., "PLOT ARMI" -
18.2.2 A TOC followed by a space and optional text (i.e., "PLOT ARMI" -
activates the Real-Time Plot Program and plots the group "ARMI" without further user input; note that optional text is recognized by only selected TOCs).
activates the Real-Time Plot Program and plots the group "ARMI" without further user input; note that optional text is recognized by only selected TOCs).
18.2.3   Press one of the programmable function keys on the right hand key pad or top row of function keys (i.e., blue "GROUP DISP" key -
18.2.3 Press one of the programmable function keys on the right hand key pad or top row of function keys (i.e., blue "GROUP DISP" key -
functions the same as the first example).
functions the same as the first example).
18.3   Refer to the FKA for the function keys that are enabled and their descriptions.
18.3 Refer to the FKA for the function keys that are enabled and their descriptions.
Use other options as provided by each program.
Use other options as provided by each program.
18.4   To exit a program, use the specified exit option (if provided) or press the CANC function key.
18.4 To exit a program, use the specified exit option (if provided) or press the CANC function key.
: 19. DETERMINING TO WHICH SYSTEM A TERMINAL IS CONNECTED The PMIS System to which a terminal is connected is indicated by the "CONSOLE =..." on the bottom line of the FKA as follows:
: 19. DETERMINING TO WHICH SYSTEM A TERMINAL IS CONNECTED The PMIS System to which a terminal is connected is indicated by the "CONSOLE =..." on the bottom line of the FKA as follows:
CONSOLE = PRIMARY           --  Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary Mode.
CONSOLE = PRIMARY Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary Mode.
CONSOLE = PRIM/BAC           --  Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary/Backup Mode.
CONSOLE = PRIM/BAC Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary/Backup Mode.
CONSOLE = BACKUP             --  Connected to the Backup System.
CONSOLE = BACKUP Connected to the Backup System.
CONSOLE = UNKNOWN           --   PMIS is in a transition or unknown state.
CONSOLE = UNKNOWN --
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                       REVISION 27           1 PAGE 29 OF 34
PMIS is in a transition or unknown state.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1
PAGE 29 OF 34


SATTACHMENT 6               PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
SATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE
: 20. SWITCHING A DEVICE TO THE OTHER SYSTEM 20.1   On a terminal located in the same area as the device to be switched and connected to either PMIS System, activate the TOC "SWITCH".
: 20. SWITCHING A DEVICE TO THE OTHER SYSTEM 20.1 On a terminal located in the same area as the device to be switched and connected to either PMIS System, activate the TOC "SWITCH".
20.2   A list of all devices that can be switched from that terminal will be displayed.
20.2 A list of all devices that can be switched from that terminal will be displayed.
Included will be their logical names, description, and the CPU to which the device is connected.
Included will be their logical names, description, and the CPU to which the device is connected.
20.3   To switch a device, press function key F1 and then enter the logical name at the prompt.
20.3 To switch a device, press function key F1 and then enter the logical name at the prompt.
20.4   If the device is an IDT, it will be logged off PMIS.
20.4 If the device is an IDT, it will be logged off PMIS.
20.5   If the device being switched is a terminal other than the one running SWITCH, both are connected to the same system and a TOC is currently active, a message will be displayed to that effect, and the user will be asked if it is to be switched anyway. If the answer is not YES, the device is not switched.
20.5 If the device being switched is a terminal other than the one running SWITCH, both are connected to the same system and a TOC is currently active, a message will be displayed to that effect, and the user will be asked if it is to be switched anyway. If the answer is not YES, the device is not switched.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17               1       REVISION 27         1   PAGE 30 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 30 OF 34


I   ATTACHMENT 7         CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION NOTE - This attachment is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accidents sequences, utilize the Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM).
I ATTACHMENT 7 CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION NOTE - This attachment is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accidents sequences, utilize the Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM).
(1) HIGHEST DRYWELL                               (3) CORE                       (5) PERCENT RAD MONITOR             (2) 100%         MELT       (4) PERCENT           CLAD READING           CORE MELT       FRACTION       CORE MELT           FAILURE (RMA-RM-40A,B)           FACTOR           (1)- (2)       (3) x 100         (4) x 10 2.44E+6 Report the results of the core damage estimate (Blocks 4 and 5) to the TSC Director.
(1) HIGHEST DRYWELL (3) CORE (5) PERCENT RAD MONITOR (2) 100%
MELT (4) PERCENT CLAD READING CORE MELT FRACTION CORE MELT FAILURE (RMA-RM-40A,B)
FACTOR (1)-
(2)
(3) x 100 (4) x 10 2.44E+6 Report the results of the core damage estimate (Blocks 4 and 5) to the TSC Director.
Name/Time/Date:
Name/Time/Date:
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.17                     REVISION 27             PAGE 31 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 31 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 8           INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1   This procedure covers dose projection. Dose projection represents calculation of an accumulated dose at some time in the future if current conditions continue.
ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 This procedure covers dose projection. Dose projection represents calculation of an accumulated dose at some time in the future if current conditions continue.
1.2   The CNS-DOSE Computer Program is a software application operated on the PMIS computers. It makes use of current meteorological and radiological data from PMIS and manually entered data to perform dose projection for the area surrounding CNS. CNS-DOSE is the primary method of dose projection.
1.2 The CNS-DOSE Computer Program is a software application operated on the PMIS computers. It makes use of current meteorological and radiological data from PMIS and manually entered data to perform dose projection for the area surrounding CNS. CNS-DOSE is the primary method of dose projection.
1.2.1     The PMIS Computer System consists of two computers operating in a Primary and Backup Mode. Historical data may be obtained from either system; however, current data may be obtained only from the Primary System.
1.2.1 The PMIS Computer System consists of two computers operating in a Primary and Backup Mode. Historical data may be obtained from either system; however, current data may be obtained only from the Primary System.
1.2.2     Personal unfamiliar with the operation of PMIS should reference procedures governing the operation of PMIS or refer to Attachment 6.
1.2.2 Personal unfamiliar with the operation of PMIS should reference procedures governing the operation of PMIS or refer to Attachment 6.
1.3   The manual dose projection methods in this procedure are intended to be used when CNS-DOSE is unavailable. Where possible, data used is from the same source as that used by the computer programs. The hand calculations are divided into two sections. Section 5 is intended to be used by the on-shift personnel for centerline dose projections. Section 6 is intended for dose assessment personnel in projecting non-centerline values.
1.3 The manual dose projection methods in this procedure are intended to be used when CNS-DOSE is unavailable. Where possible, data used is from the same source as that used by the computer programs. The hand calculations are divided into two sections. Section 5 is intended to be used by the on-shift personnel for centerline dose projections. Section 6 is intended for dose assessment personnel in projecting non-centerline values.
1.4   The correlation methodology as described in Section 8 provides EOF dose assessment personnel with a means of correlating field team iodine concentration data with CNS-DOSE projected iodine concentration. Such a correlation is necessary to determine if initial Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) were adequate to protect the health and safety of the public.
1.4 The correlation methodology as described in Section 8 provides EOF dose assessment personnel with a means of correlating field team iodine concentration data with CNS-DOSE projected iodine concentration. Such a correlation is necessary to determine if initial Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) were adequate to protect the health and safety of the public.
1.5   Containment radiation level provides a measure of core damage, because it is an indication of the inventory of airborne fission products (i.e., noble gases, a fraction of the halogens, and a much smaller fraction of the particulates) released from the fuel to the containment (refer to NEDO-22215, Pages 1 and 2).
1.5 Containment radiation level provides a measure of core damage, because it is an indication of the inventory of airborne fission products (i.e., noble gases, a fraction of the halogens, and a much smaller fraction of the particulates) released from the fuel to the containment (refer to NEDO-22215, Pages 1 and 2).
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.17             1       REVISION 27           1   PAGE 32 OF 34
I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1
REVISION 27 1
PAGE 32 OF 34


I ATTACHMENT 8       INFORMATION SHEET
I ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET
: 2. REFERENCES 2.1   CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.109, Revision 1, October 1977, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix I, Iodine Inhalation Dose Factors.
: 2.
REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.109, Revision 1, October 1977, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix I, Iodine Inhalation Dose Factors.
2.1.2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.111, July 1977, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors.
2.1.2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.111, July 1977, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors.
2.1.3 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, August 1979, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants.
2.1.3 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, August 1979, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants.
2.1.4 Health Physics Journal, November 1981, Noble Gas Dose Rate Conversion Factors.
2.1.4 Health Physics Journal, November 1981, Noble Gas Dose Rate Conversion Factors.
2.1.5 ICRP 59, Working Breathing Rate.
2.1.5 ICRP 59, Working Breathing Rate.
2.1.6 EPA 400-R-92-001, May 1992, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents.
2.1.6 EPA 400-R-92-001, May 1992, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents.
2.2   DRAWINGS (MAPS) 2.2.1 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-102, Atmospheric Dispersion Model (EPM2)
2.2 DRAWINGS (MAPS) 2.2.1 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-102, Atmospheric Dispersion Model (EPM2)
Special Receptor Points, 10 Mile Radius.
Special Receptor Points, 10 Mile Radius.
2.2.2 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-03, Preselected Radiological Sampling and Monitoring Points in the Vicinity of Cooper Nuclear Station, 10 Mile Radius.
2.2.2 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-03, Preselected Radiological Sampling and Monitoring Points in the Vicinity of Cooper Nuclear Station, 10 Mile Radius.
2.2.3 NPPD Drawing 2.2 (P3-A-45), Revision 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Site and Property Boundary, 1 Mile Radius.
2.2.3 NPPD Drawing 2.2 (P3-A-45), Revision 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Site and Property Boundary, 1 Mile Radius.
2.2.4 Cooper Nuclear Station 50 Mile Emergency Planning Zone, Revision 2, 50 Mile Radius.
2.2.4 Cooper Nuclear Station 50 Mile Emergency Planning Zone, Revision 2, 50 Mile Radius.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                   REVISION 27         1   PAGE 33 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1
PAGE 33 OF 34


ATTACHMENT 8       INFORMATION SHEET 2.3   VENDOR MANUALS 2.3.1 CNS Number 0984, PMIS Operator's Manual - SAIC Document 502-85500107-72.
ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3 VENDOR MANUALS 2.3.1 CNS Number 0984, PMIS Operator's Manual - SAIC Document 502-85500107-72.
2.4   PROCEDURES 2.4.1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.4 PROCEDURES 2.4.1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.4.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.16, Release Rate Determination.
2.4.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.16, Release Rate Determination.
2.4.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations.
2.4.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations.
2.5   MISCELLANEOUS 2.5.1 NRC Inspection Report 89-35.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS 2.5.1 NRC Inspection Report 89-35.
2.5.2 &#xa9; NRC Inspection Report 91-12, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report. Affects Section 7 and NOTE prior to Step 5.2.
2.5.2  
&#xa9; NRC Inspection Report 91-12, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report. Affects Section 7 and NOTE prior to Step 5.2.
2.5.3 NRC Inspection Report 92-14, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report.
2.5.3 NRC Inspection Report 92-14, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report.
2.5.4 General Electric Corporation, NEDO-22215, Procedures for the Determination of the Extent of Core Damage Under Accident Conditions.
2.5.4 General Electric Corporation, NEDO-22215, Procedures for the Determination of the Extent of Core Damage Under Accident Conditions.
PROCEDURE 5.7.17                 REVISION 27             PAGE 34 OF 34
PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 34 OF 34


CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL                                                           USE: INFORMATION EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.21                                                         EFFECTIVE: 4/17/02 APPROVAL: SORC MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS                                                 -       AONR:S. C EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS,                                                         DEPARTMENT: EP TESTS, AND EVALUATIONS                                                         DEPARTMENT:_EP
CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL USE: INFORMATION EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.21 EFFECTIVE: 4/17/02 APPROVAL: SORC MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS -
: 1. PU R P O S E ............................................................                                                   1
AONR:S. C EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS, DEPARTMENT: EP TESTS, AND EVALUATIONS DEPARTMENT:_EP
: 2. SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS ...................                                                            1
: 1.
: 3. EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS ................                                                               2
P U R P O S E............................................................
: 4. RE C O R D S ..........................                                 .................................                4 ATTACHMENT 1                 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST ............                                               5 ATTACHMENT 2                 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST ..........                                               7 ATTACHMENT 3                 EMERGENCY                   PLAN         6 YEAR       ELEMENT             DEMONSTRATION
1
                                    .................................................                                        10 ATTACHMENT 4                 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW .............................                                           11 ATTACHMENT 5                 EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST ..........................                                           13 ATTACHMENT 6                 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14) ....................                                             14 ATTACHMENT 7                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL R O O M ............................................                                       16 ATTACHMENT 8                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC ..................                                               17 ATTACHMENT 9                 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER .........                                                 18 ATTACHMENT 10                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC ....                                                 19 ATTACHMENT 11                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF .....                                                 20 ATTACHMENT 12                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF ....                                                 24 ATTACHMENT 13                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AM BU LAN CE ......................................                                         26 ATTACHMENT 14                 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL
: 2.
                                    ..... ..............................................                                      27 ATTACHMENT 15                 INFORMATION SHEET .............................                                             28
SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS 1
: 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training. Periodic test and reviews of components of the Emergency Planning Program (e.g., facilities, equipment, Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, etc.) are conducted to ensure availability, operability, and reliability.
: 3.
: 2. SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS 2.1   Review completed documentation of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, on an annual basis.
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS................
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.21                               1             REVISION 24                           1   PAGE 1 OF 32
2
: 4.
R E C O R D S..........................
4 ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST............
5 ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST..........
7 ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY PLAN 6 YEAR ELEMENT DEMONSTRATION 10 ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW.............................
11 ATTACHMENT 5 EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST..........................
13 ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14)....................
14 ATTACHMENT 7 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL R O O M............................................
16 ATTACHMENT 8 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC..................
17 ATTACHMENT 9 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER.........
18 ATTACHMENT 10 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC....
19 ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF..... 20 ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF....
24 ATTACHMENT 13 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AM BU LAN CE......................................
26 ATTACHMENT 14 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL 27 ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET.............................
28
: 1.
PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training. Periodic test and reviews of components of the Emergency Planning Program (e.g., facilities, equipment, Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, etc.) are conducted to ensure availability, operability, and reliability.
: 2.
SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Review completed documentation of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, on an annual basis.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 1 OF 32


2.2 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of non-emergency events that have a potential for media interest.
2.2 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of non-emergency events that have a potential for media interest.
2.2.1   Inform Emergency Preparedness (EP) of event.
2.2.1 Inform Emergency Preparedness (EP) of event.
2.2.2   Verify EP has informed appropriate Emergency Management officials.
2.2.2 Verify EP has informed appropriate Emergency Management officials.
2.3 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of the following on an annual basis:
2.3 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of the following on an annual basis:
2.3.1   Significant changes to the Emergency Plan/EPIPs.
2.3.1 Significant changes to the Emergency Plan/EPIPs.
2.3.2   Emergency Action Levels (EALs).
2.3.2 Emergency Action Levels (EALs).
2.4   Ensure that biennial exercises are performed with state and county Emergency Response Agencies.
2.4 Ensure that biennial exercises are performed with state and county Emergency Response Agencies.
: 3. EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS 3.1   At the beginning of each calendar year:
: 3.
3.1.1   Review the items on Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, and establish a working schedule.
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS 3.1 At the beginning of each calendar year:
3.2   Maintain awareness of status of completion of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.
3.1.1 Review the items on Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, and establish a working schedule.
3.2.1   Response actions performed as part of actual plant emergencies may be credited towards the following drills or tests:
3.2 Maintain awareness of status of completion of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.
3.2.1.1     Integrated facility activation drill.
3.2.1 Response actions performed as part of actual plant emergencies may be credited towards the following drills or tests:
3.2.1.2     Call out phone test/drill.
3.2.1.1 Integrated facility activation drill.
3.2.1.3     RP drill.
3.2.1.2 Call out phone test/drill.
3.2.1.4     Off-Site agency communications drill.
3.2.1.3 RP drill.
3.2.1.5     Medical drill.
3.2.1.4 Off-Site agency communications drill.
3.2.2   Evolutions incorporated within a multiple scope drill/exercise may count as drill or test completion, as example:
3.2.1.5 Medical drill.
3.2.2.1     RP drill, medical drill, or off-site communications drill as part of quarterly integrated facility activated drill or annual exercise.
3.2.2 Evolutions incorporated within a multiple scope drill/exercise may count as drill or test completion, as example:
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21               1     REVISION 24             1 PAGE 2 OF 32       I
3.2.2.1 RP drill, medical drill, or off-site communications drill as part of quarterly integrated facility activated drill or annual exercise.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 2 OF 32 I


3.2.3   Notification of ERO and Governmental Agencies including:
3.2.3 Notification of ERO and Governmental Agencies including:
3.2.3.1     Weekly tests of Automated Notification system.
3.2.3.1 Weekly tests of Automated Notification system.
3.2.3.2     Quarterly off-hours ERO call-in test (at least one per year should be manual).
3.2.3.2 Quarterly off-hours ERO call-in test (at least one per year should be manual).
3.2.3.3     Quarterly verification and update of Emergency Telephone Directory.
3.2.3.3 Quarterly verification and update of Emergency Telephone Directory.
3.2.4   NRC Performance Indicators:
3.2.4 NRC Performance Indicators:
3.2.4.1     Prepare and submit in accordance with Administrative Procedure O-PI-01.
3.2.4.1 Prepare and submit in accordance with Administrative Procedure O-PI-01.
3.3   Ensure completion of the items on Attachment 2, Quarterly EP Maintenance Checklist.
3.3 Ensure completion of the items on Attachment 2, Quarterly EP Maintenance Checklist.
3.4   Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.
3.4 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.
3.5   Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.
3.5 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.
3.6   Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.
3.6 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.
3.7   Maintain awareness of the status of the Alert and Notification System (ANS) operability.
3.7 Maintain awareness of the status of the Alert and Notification System (ANS) operability.
3.8   Ensure the following is performed for Biennial Exercises:
3.8 Ensure the following is performed for Biennial Exercises:
3.8.1   Schedule a date for the exercise in coordination with the primary State and County emergency response agencies.
3.8.1 Schedule a date for the exercise in coordination with the primary State and County emergency response agencies.
3.8.2   Provide the opportunity for State and County response agencies to participate in an exercise.
3.8.2 Provide the opportunity for State and County response agencies to participate in an exercise.
3.8.3   Coordinate NPPD efforts with other participating personnel, organizations, and agencies.
3.8.3 Coordinate NPPD efforts with other participating personnel, organizations, and agencies.
3.8.3.1     If the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is evaluating State and County emergency response, ensure the exercise scenario is developed within the time frames specified by the regulations, as defined in Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.
3.8.3.1 If the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is evaluating State and County emergency response, ensure the exercise scenario is developed within the time frames specified by the regulations, as defined in Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.
3.8.4     Discuss and evaluate annual exercise performance with plant management, NPPD controller/evaluators, and principal participants.
3.8.4 Discuss and evaluate annual exercise performance with plant management, NPPD controller/evaluators, and principal participants.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24           1   PAGE 3 OF 32
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
: 4. RECORDS 4.1   Attachments 1 through 5 are sent to CNS Records (quality record upon final review).
REVISION 24 1
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1       REVISION 24         1     PAGE 4 OF 32
PAGE 3 OF 32
: 4.
RECORDS 4.1 Attachments 1 through 5 are sent to CNS Records (quality record upon final review).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 4 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 1         EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Year:
ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Year:
SEMI-ANNUAL/ANNUAL/BIENNIAL EP MAINTENANCE ITEMS 1.1   Radiological Protection Drill (Semi-Annual).
SEMI-ANNUAL/ANNUAL/BIENNIAL EP MAINTENANCE ITEMS 1.1 Radiological Protection Drill (Semi-Annual).
1.1.1   (January - June).                             Date:
1.1.1 (January - June).
1.1.2   (July - December).                           Date:
Date:
1.2   Radiological Monitoring Drill (Annual).               Date:
1.1.2 (July - December).
1.3   Biennial Exercise (include Attachment 5, EP Exercise   Date:
Date:
1.2 Radiological Monitoring Drill (Annual).
Date:
1.3 Biennial Exercise (include Attachment 5, EP Exercise Date:
Checklist).
Checklist).
1.3.1   FEMA Evaluated (even years only).               [ Yes; [] No 1.4   Annual Off-Site Agencies Communications Drill.         Date:
1.3.1 FEMA Evaluated (even years only).
1.5   Annual Unannounced Communications Drill.               Date:
[ Yes; [] No 1.4 Annual Off-Site Agencies Communications Drill.
1.6   Annual Medical Drill.                                 Date:
Date:
1.7   Emergency Plan Review.
1.5 Annual Unannounced Communications Drill.
1.7.1   Emergency Plan Review (Annual).               Date:
Date:
1.7.2   Letters of Agreement Certification (Annual   Date:
1.6 Annual Medical Drill.
Date:
1.7 Emergency Plan Review.
1.7.1 Emergency Plan Review (Annual).
Date:
1.7.2 Letters of Agreement Certification (Annual Date:
Confirmation).
Confirmation).
1.7.3   EPIP Review (Annual).                         Date:
1.7.3 EPIP Review (Annual).
1.8   Media Day (Annual).                                   Date:
Date:
1.9   Public Information Brochure (Annual).                 Date:
1.8 Media Day (Annual).
1.10 Review and update 6 Year Plan (Annual) (include Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element           Date:
Date:
1.9 Public Information Brochure (Annual).
Date:
1.10 Review and update 6 Year Plan (Annual) (include, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Date:
Demonstration).
Demonstration).
1.11 Significant Emergency Plan/EPIP Changes, Emergency Action Levels (EALs) Meeting with State/County         Date:
1.11 Significant Emergency Plan/EPIP Changes, Emergency Action Levels (EALs) Meeting with State/County Date:
Emergency Management (Annual).
Emergency Management (Annual).
1.12 Hospital Training (Annual).                           Date:
1.12 Hospital Training (Annual).
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24       1 PAGE 5 OF 32   j
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 5 OF 32 j


I   ATTACHMENT 1           EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Year:
I ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST 1.13 Off-Site Agency Training (Annual).
1.13 Off-Site Agency Training (Annual).
1.13.1 Nebraska.
1.13.1   Nebraska.                                     Date:
1.13.2 Missouri.
1.13.2   Missouri.                                     Date:
1.13.3 Iowa.
1.13.3   Iowa.                                         Date:
1.13.4 Kansas.
1.13.4   Kansas.                                       Date:
1.13.5 Local Agencies.
1.13.5   Local Agencies.                               Date:
1.14 Annual Training Review of ERO.
1.14 Annual Training Review of ERO.
1.14.1 Solicit verification of annual ERO training completion from the Training Department.
1.14.1   Solicit verification of annual ERO training Date:
1.14.2 Review training completion feedback and remove any ERO members not qualified.
completion from the Training Department.
1.15 EP Department Training Review (Annual).
1.14.2   Review training completion feedback and remove Date:
Year:
any ERO members not qualified.
Date:
1.15 EP Department Training Review (Annual).                 Date:
Date:
Completed By:                                                     Date:
Date:
Emergency Preparedness Coordinator Reviewed By:                                                       Date:
Date:
Emergency Preparedness Manager I       PROCEDURE 5.7.21               1     REVISION 24     1 PAGE 6 OF 32
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Completed By:
Reviewed By:
Emergency Preparedness Coordinator Date:
Date:
Emergency Preparedness Manager I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 6 OF 32


I ATTACHMENT 2         QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:                  Year:
I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:
EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY SURVEILLANCE 1.1   Quarterly Emergency Equipment Inventory.
EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY SURVEILLANCE 1.1 Quarterly Emergency Equipment Inventory.
1.1.1 Control Room (Attachment 7).             Date:
1.1.1 Control Room (Attachment 7).
1.1.2 OSC (Attachment 8).                       Date:
1.1.2 OSC (Attachment 8).
1.1.3 Emergency Rescue (Attachment 9).         Date:
1.1.3 Emergency Rescue (Attachment 9).
1.1.4 AOSC (Attachment 10).                     Date:
1.1.4 AOSC (Attachment 10).
1.1.5   EOF (Attachment 11).                     Date:
1.1.5 EOF (Attachment 11).
1.1.6   AEOF (Attachment 12).                   Date:
1.1.6 AEOF (Attachment 12).
1.1.7   Ambulance (Attachment 13).               Date:
1.1.7 Ambulance (Attachment 13).
1.1.8   Hospital (Attachment 14).               Date:
1.1.8 Hospital (Attachment 14).
1.2   TSC.                                             Date:
1.2 TSC.
1.2.1   Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).
1.2.1 Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).
1.2.1.1   Month 1.                     Date:
1.2.1.1 Month 1.
1.2.1.2   Month 2.                     Date:
1.2.1.2 Month 2.
1.2.1.3   Month 3.                     Date:
1.2.1.3 Month 3.
1.3   OSC.                                             Date:
1.3 OSC.
1.3.1   Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).
1.3.1 1.4 EOF.
1.3.1.1   Month 1.                     Date:
1.4.1 Monthly Facility Survey 1.3.1.1 Month 1.
1.3.1.2   Month 2.                     Date:
1.3.1.2 Month 2.
1.3.1.3   Month 3.                     Date:
1.3.1.3 Month 3.
1.4  EOF.                                            Date:
(Per EPDG #2).
1.4.1  Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).
Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).
1.4.1.1   Month 1.                     Date:
1.4.1.1 Month 1.
1.4.1.2   Month 2.                     Date:
1.4.1.2 Month 2.
1.4.1.3   Month 3.                     Date:
1.4.1.3 Month 3.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1       REVISION 24 1 PAGE 7 OF 32 j
Year:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 7 OF 32 j


I ATTACHMENT 2         QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST                     I Quarter:                           Year:
I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST I
: 2. STAFF AUGMENTATION METHODOLOGIES 2.1   Weekly Test of Automated Emergency Notification System (Autodialer).
Quarter:
2.1.1   Week 1.                                         Date:
Y
2.1.2   Week 2.                                         Date:
: 2.
2.1.3   Week 3.                                         Date:
STAFF AUGMENTATION METHODOLOGIES 2.1 Weekly Test of Automated Emergency Notification System (Autodialer).
2.1.4   Week 4.                                         Date:
2.1.1 Week 1.
2.1.5   Week 5.                                         Date:
D 2.1.2 Week 2.
2.1.6   Week 6.                                         Date:
D 2.1.3 Week 3.
2.1.7   Week 7.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.4 Week 4.
2.1.8   Week 8.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.5 Week 5.
2.1.9   Week 9.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.6 Week 6.
2.1.10   Week 10.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.7 Week 7.
2.1.11   Week 11.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.8 Week 8.
2.1.12   Week 12.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.9 Week 9.
2.1.13   Week 13.                                         D ate:
D 2.1.10 Week 10.
2.2   Quarterly Review and Update of Emergency Telephone       D ate:
D 2.1.11 Week 11.
D 2.1.12 Week 12.
D 2.1.13 Week 13.
D 2.2 Quarterly Review and Update of Emergency Telephone D
Directory.
Directory.
2.3   Quarterly Performance Indicator (PI) Drill and Critique   D Report.                                                     ate:
2.3 Quarterly Performance Indicator (PI) Drill and Critique D
2.3.1   Quarterly Trend Report (Drill Critique and Issue Review per EPDG # 2, Section H-1, Drill and     D ate:
Report.
Exercise Manual).&#xa9; 2.4   Quarterly Off-Hours ERO Call-in Phone Test or Staff       D Augmentation Drill.                                         ate:
2.3.1 Quarterly Trend Report (Drill Critique and Issue Review per EPDG # 2, Section H-1, Drill and D
2.5   Quarterly Self-Assessment.                               D ate:
Exercise Manual).&#xa9; 2.4 Quarterly Off-Hours ERO Call-in Phone Test or Staff D
: 3. QUARTERLY SUBMITTAL OF EP PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 3.1   Participation.                                           D ate:
Augmentation Drill.
3.2   Drill and Exercise Performance.                           D ate:
2.5 Quarterly Self-Assessment.
3.3   Alert and Notification System.                           D ate:
D
PROCEDURE 5.7.21                   REVISION 24             PAGE 8 OF 32
: 3.
QUARTERLY SUBMITTAL OF EP PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 3.1 Participation.
D 3.2 Drill and Exercise Performance.
D 3.3 Alert and Notification System.
D ear:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
ate:
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 8 OF 32


I ATTACHMENT 2     QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:                 Year:
I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:
Year:
NOTES:
NOTES:
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21     1     REVISION 24   1 PAGE 9 OF 32 1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 9 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 3         EMERGENCY PLAN 6 YEAR ELEMENT DEMONSTRATION YEAR LAST   YEAR NEXT   COMPLETION ELEMENT                 PERFORMED   SCHEDULED       DATE Two off hours staffing Exercises (6 p.m. - 4 a.m.) one must be unannounced Activation of Joint Information Center Use of fire control teams Use of medical support personnel Use of Security personnel for prompt access to emergency equipment or support Use of one or more portions of backup communications for notification Field monitoring Capability for determining the magnitude and impact of the particular components of a release Capability of post-accident coolant sampling and analysis Assembly and accountability Initial recovery planning activities Unannounced off hours drill including Staff Augmentation I         PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1     REVISION 24     F PAGE 10 OF 32 1
ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY PLAN 6 YEAR ELEMENT DEMONSTRATION YEAR LAST YEAR NEXT COMPLETION ELEMENT PERFORMED SCHEDULED DATE Two off hours staffing Exercises (6 p.m. - 4 a.m.) one must be unannounced Activation of Joint Information Center Use of fire control teams Use of medical support personnel Use of Security personnel for prompt access to emergency equipment or support Use of one or more portions of backup communications for notification Field monitoring Capability for determining the magnitude and impact of the particular components of a release Capability of post-accident coolant sampling and analysis Assembly and accountability Initial recovery planning activities Unannounced off hours drill including Staff Augmentation I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 F
PAGE 10 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 4         EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)
ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)
Revision   Date   PCR Year:                               Number   Reviewed Y/ N 5.7.1   Emergency Classification 5.7.2   Shift Supervisor EPIP 5.7.6   Notification 5.7.7   Activation of TSC 5.7.8   Activation of OSC 5.7.8.1   Activation of Alternate OSC 5.7.9   Activation of EOF 5.7.9.1   Activation of Alternate EOF 5.7.10   Personnel Assembly and Accountability 5.7.11   Early Dismissal/Evacuation of Site Personnel 5.7.12   Emergency Radiation Exposure Control 5.7.13   Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 5.7.14   Stable Iodine Thyroid Blocking (KI) 5.7.15   OSC Team Dispatch 5.7.16   Release Rate Determination 5.7.17   Dose Assessment 5.7.18   Off-Site and Site Boundary Monitoring 5.7.19   On-Site Radiological Monitoring 5.7.20   Protective Action Recommendations Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 5.7.21   Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations 5.7.22   Communications 5.7.23   Activation of the JIC 5.7.24   Medical Emergency PROCEDURE 5.7.21                   REVISION 24         PAGE 11 OF 32
Revision Date PCR Year:
Number Reviewed Y/ N 5.7.1 Emergency Classification 5.7.2 Shift Supervisor EPIP 5.7.6 Notification 5.7.7 Activation of TSC 5.7.8 Activation of OSC 5.7.8.1 Activation of Alternate OSC 5.7.9 Activation of EOF 5.7.9.1 Activation of Alternate EOF 5.7.10 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 5.7.11 Early Dismissal/Evacuation of Site Personnel 5.7.12 Emergency Radiation Exposure Control 5.7.13 Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 5.7.14 Stable Iodine Thyroid Blocking (KI) 5.7.15 OSC Team Dispatch 5.7.16 Release Rate Determination 5.7.17 Dose Assessment 5.7.18 Off-Site and Site Boundary Monitoring 5.7.19 On-Site Radiological Monitoring 5.7.20 Protective Action Recommendations Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 5.7.21 Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations 5.7.22 Communications 5.7.23 Activation of the JIC 5.7.24 Medical Emergency PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 11 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 4         EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)
ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)
Revision   Date   PCR Year:                               Number   Reviewed Y/N 5.7.25   Recovery Operations 5.7.26   Long-Term Environmental Monitoring 5.7.27   Alert and Notification System 5.7.27.1 EAS Tone-Activated Radio Malfunction False Activation of Alert and Notification System Sirens Administration of Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMS)
Revision Date PCR Year:
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24       1 PAGE 12 OF 32 1
Number Reviewed Y / N 5.7.25 Recovery Operations 5.7.26 Long-Term Environmental Monitoring 5.7.27 Alert and Notification System 5.7.27.1 EAS Tone-Activated Radio Malfunction False Activation of Alert and Notification System Sirens Administration of Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMS)
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 12 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 5         EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST Year:
ATTACHMENT 5 EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST Year:
: 1. Exercise Date Selection.                                       Date:
: 1.
: 2. ERO Participant Notification.                                   Date:
Exercise Date Selection.
: 3. Scenario Development Personnel Assigned.                       Date:
Date:
: 4. Controllers/Evaluators Assigned.                               Date:
: 2.
: 5. Exercise Objectives.
ERO Participant Notification.
5.1   Emergency Preparedness Manager Approval.                 Date:
Date:
5.2   Submitted to Licensing (75 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:
: 3.
Scenario Development Personnel Assigned.
Date:
: 4.
Controllers/Evaluators Assigned.
Date:
: 5.
Exercise Objectives.
5.1 Emergency Preparedness Manager Approval.
Date:
5.2 Submitted to Licensing (75 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:
only).
only).
: 6. Exercise Scenario.
: 6.
6.1   Provided to Nebraska Emergency Management Agency         Date:
Exercise Scenario.
6.1 Provided to Nebraska Emergency Management Agency Date:
(EMA).
(EMA).
6.2   Provided to Missouri EMA.                               Date:
6.2 Provided to Missouri EMA.
6.3   Sixty Day (Prior to Exercise) FEMA Submittal, even years Date:
Date:
6.3 Sixty Day (Prior to Exercise) FEMA Submittal, even years Date:
only).
only).
6.4   Provided to Licensing (45 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:
6.4 Provided to Licensing (45 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:
only).
only).
: 7. Post Exercise Critique Date:                                   Date:
: 7.
: 8. Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) Critique Report         Date:
Post Exercise Critique Date:
Date:
: 8.
Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) Critique Report Date:
Review.
Review.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24         1 PAGE 13 OF 32 1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 13 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 6             INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14)
ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14)
INSTRUCTIONS 1.1   PM cards, from the CNS Maintenance Planning Office, shall be issued to those departments responsible for emergency equipment inventory once per quarter.
INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 PM cards, from the CNS Maintenance Planning Office, shall be issued to those departments responsible for emergency equipment inventory once per quarter.
Emergency equipment inventory shall also be performed after each use.
Emergency equipment inventory shall also be performed after each use.
1.1.1   The Radiological Protection Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency equipment listed on Attachments 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14.
1.1.1 The Radiological Protection Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency equipment listed on Attachments 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14.
1.1.2   The Maintenance Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency rescue equipment listed on Attachment 9.
1.1.2 The Maintenance Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency rescue equipment listed on Attachment 9.
1.2   Personnel responsible for emergency equipment inventory shall obtain an emergency locker seal prior to opening an Emergency Locker. A supply of locker seals shall be maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department.
1.2 Personnel responsible for emergency equipment inventory shall obtain an emergency locker seal prior to opening an Emergency Locker. A supply of locker seals shall be maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department.
1.3   The inventory shall be performed utilizing the appropriate attachment of this procedure.
1.3 The inventory shall be performed utilizing the appropriate attachment of this procedure.
NOTE - An operability check need not be performed on communication equipment listed in this procedure that is located in the TSC, OSC, or EOF. Testing of these communication devices is conducted by the Emergency Preparedness Staff on a periodic basis.
NOTE - An operability check need not be performed on communication equipment listed in this procedure that is located in the TSC, OSC, or EOF. Testing of these communication devices is conducted by the Emergency Preparedness Staff on a periodic basis.
1.4     Emergency equipment shall be inventoried, inspected, equipment calibration stickers checked, and an operability check shall be performed on all emergency equipment/instruments.
1.4 Emergency equipment shall be inventoried, inspected, equipment calibration stickers checked, and an operability check shall be performed on all emergency equipment/instruments.
1.5     Operability, calibration, and equipment maintenance shall be conducted per normal station procedures.
1.5 Operability, calibration, and equipment maintenance shall be conducted per normal station procedures.
1.6     During inspection, any equipment found inoperative or out of calibration shall be replaced in a timely manner.
1.6 During inspection, any equipment found inoperative or out of calibration shall be replaced in a timely manner.
1.7     During inspection, if any deficiency of inventory is discovered, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department.
1.7 During inspection, if any deficiency of inventory is discovered, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21                       REVISION 24           1   PAGE 14 OF 32   1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 1
PAGE 14 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 6           INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14) 1.8   Instruments or equipment may be routinely removed from inventory for purposes of calibration or repair. Instruments and equipment being removed for calibration or repair should be immediately replaced with similar reserve instruments or equipment, where such reserves exist. Instruments or equipment for which there are not reserves should be returned to inventory immediately upon completion of calibration or repair activities.
ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14) 1.8 Instruments or equipment may be routinely removed from inventory for purposes of calibration or repair. Instruments and equipment being removed for calibration or repair should be immediately replaced with similar reserve instruments or equipment, where such reserves exist. Instruments or equipment for which there are not reserves should be returned to inventory immediately upon completion of calibration or repair activities.
1.9   During the inventory process, the expiration date of the supply of Potassium Iodide (KI) located within the emergency response facilities shall be checked.
1.9 During the inventory process, the expiration date of the supply of Potassium Iodide (KI) located within the emergency response facilities shall be checked.
If the expiration date is within 3 months from the date of the inventory currently being performed, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department and advise them of the expiration date. Emergency Preparedness Department personnel shall order a new supply of KI or receive an extension of the expiration date from the manufacturer.
If the expiration date is within 3 months from the date of the inventory currently being performed, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department and advise them of the expiration date. Emergency Preparedness Department personnel shall order a new supply of KI or receive an extension of the expiration date from the manufacturer.
1.10 Upon completion of the emergency equipment inventory, the PM card shall be signed off, indicating inventory is complete, and sent to the Emergency Preparedness Department for review. Emergency Preparedness Department will return the PM card to CNS Maintenance Planning Office. Documentation of emergency equipment inventories shall be kept on file at CNS Maintenance Planning Office.
1.10 Upon completion of the emergency equipment inventory, the PM card shall be signed off, indicating inventory is complete, and sent to the Emergency Preparedness Department for review. Emergency Preparedness Department will return the PM card to CNS Maintenance Planning Office. Documentation of emergency equipment inventories shall be kept on file at CNS Maintenance Planning Office.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24           1   PAGE 15 OF 32   1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 15 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 7         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL ROOM NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.
ATTACHMENT 7 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL ROOM NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.
ITEM                                 QUANTITY
ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Coveralls, Paper                                                       25 Pairs
: 1.
: 2. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14"                                           24 Pairs
Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs
: 3. Gloves, Disposable                                                     2 Boxes
: 2.
: 4. Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mrem/hr)                       1 Each
Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 24 Pairs
: 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr)                       3 Each
: 3.
: 6. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic                                   6 Each
Gloves, Disposable 2 Boxes
: 7. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell)                                           12 Each
: 4.
: 8. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9     20 Bottles
Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each
: 9. Radiation Warning Sign And Appropriate Inserts                         4 Each
: 5.
: 10. Radiation Barrier Rope, 200'                                             1 Coil
Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 3 Each
: 11. Radiation Warning Tape                                                   1 Roll
: 6.
: 12. First Aid Kit                                                           1 Each
Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 6 Each
: 13. Plastic Bag, Large                                                     6 Each
: 7.
: 14. Duct Tape, 2"                                                           3 Rolls
Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 12 Each
: 15. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (With Voice Communicators)           6 Each
: 8.
: 16. Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters                 6 Each
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9 20 Bottles
: 17. Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters And Voice       6 Each Communicators
: 9.
: 18. Spare Air Cylinders                                                     6 Each
Radiation Warning Sign And Appropriate Inserts 4 Each
: 19. Spare Respirator Canister                                             12 Each
: 10.
: 20. Hand Lantern, With 6 Volt Battery                                       2 Each
Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Coil
: 21. Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries                                 8 Each
: 11.
: 22. Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt)                                 2 Each
Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll
: 23. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box)                                   1 Box
: 12.
: 24. Spare Battery (9 Volt)                                                 24 Each
First Aid Kit 1 Each
: 25. General Arrangement Drawing                                             1 Set
: 13.
: 26. Step-Off Pad                                                           1 Each
Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each
: 27. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)                                             1 Each
: 14.
: 28. Spare Batteries ("C" Cell)                                             15 Each
Duct Tape, 2" 3 Rolls
: 29. Spare Batteries (30 Volt)                                               2 Each
: 15.
: 30. Meals-Ready-To-Eat (MREs)&#xa9;                                           > 20 Each
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (With Voice Communicators) 6 Each
: 31. Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book)                                       10 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24             PAGE 16 OF 32
: 16.
Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters 6 Each
: 17.
Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters And Voice 6 Each Communicators
: 18.
Spare Air Cylinders 6 Each
: 19.
Spare Respirator Canister 12 Each
: 20.
Hand Lantern, With 6 Volt Battery 2 Each
: 21.
Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each
: 22.
Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 2 Each
: 23.
Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box
: 24.
Spare Battery (9 Volt) 24 Each
: 25.
General Arrangement Drawing 1 Set
: 26.
Step-Off Pad 1 Each
: 27.
Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each
: 28.
Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 15 Each
: 29.
Spare Batteries (30 Volt) 2 Each
: 30.
Meals-Ready-To-Eat (MREs)&#xa9;  
> 20 Each
: 31.
Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 PAGE 16 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 8           EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC ITEM                               QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 8 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries                             25 Each
: 1.
: 2. Masking Tape                                                         6 Rolls
Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 25 Each
: 3. Particulate Filter, 2"                                               1 Box
: 2.
: 4. Charcoal And Silver Zeolite Cartridge                               10 Each
Masking Tape 6 Rolls
: 5. Air Sample Plastic Bag And Label                                   20 Each
: 3.
: 6. Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book)                                     10 Each
Particulate Filter, 2" 1 Box
: 7. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box)                               2 Boxes
: 4.
: 8. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell)                                         4 Each
Charcoal And Silver Zeolite Cartridge 10 Each
: 9. Step-Off Pad                                                         4 Each
: 5.
: 10. Protective Clothing (Full Set)                                       6 Each
Air Sample Plastic Bag And Label 20 Each
: 11. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus                                   8 Each
: 6.
: 12. Spare Bottle For SCBA                                               12 Each
Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each
: 13. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9   100 Bottles
: 7.
: 14. Survey Instrument Ion-Chamber (Range 0 to 50 rem/hr)                 2 Each
Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 2 Boxes
: 15. I&C/Electrical Tool Kit                                             4 Each
: 8.
: 16. Volt Ohmmeter                                                       2 Each
Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 4 Each
: 17. Coveralls, Paper                                                   25 Pairs
: 9.
: 18. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14"                                         25 Pairs
Step-Off Pad 4 Each
: 19. Gloves, Disposable                                                   1 Box
: 10.
: 20. Radiation Barrier Rope, 200'                                         1 Roll
Protective Clothing (Full Set) 6 Each
: 21. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)                                         2 Each
: 11.
: 22. Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts                     12 Each
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 8 Each
: 23. Mechanical Maintenance Tool Kit                                     2 Each
: 12.
: 24. Continuous Air Monitor                                               1 Each
Spare Bottle For SCBA 12 Each
: 25. PD-A Area Radiation Monitor                                         3 Each
: 13.
: 26. Personnel Radiation Monitor                                           1 Each
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9 100 Bottles
: 27. Gloves, Electrical, Low Voltage                                       1 Pair
: 14.
: 28. Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881)             10 Each
Survey Instrument Ion-Chamber (Range 0 to 50 rem/hr) 2 Each
: 29. Hard Hat                                                             10 Each
: 15.
: 30. Safety Glasses                                                       10 Each
I&C/Electrical Tool Kit 4 Each
: 31. Ear Plugs                                                             1 Box
: 16.
: 32. Portable Air Sampler                                                 1 Each
Volt Ohmmeter 2 Each
: 33. Spare Battery (9 Volt)                                               12 Each
: 17.
: 34. Spare Battery ("C" Cell)                                             12 Each
Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs
: 35. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr)                 1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24           PAGE 17 OF 32
: 18.
Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 25 Pairs
: 19.
Gloves, Disposable 1 Box
: 20.
Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Roll
: 21.
Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 2 Each
: 22.
Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts 12 Each
: 23.
Mechanical Maintenance Tool Kit 2 Each
: 24.
Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each
: 25.
PD-A Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each
: 26.
Personnel Radiation Monitor 1 Each
: 27.
Gloves, Electrical, Low Voltage 1 Pair
: 28.
Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each
: 29.
Hard Hat 10 Each
: 30.
Safety Glasses 10 Each
: 31.
Ear Plugs 1 Box
: 32.
Portable Air Sampler 1 Each
: 33.
Spare Battery (9 Volt) 12 Each
: 34.
Spare Battery ("C" Cell) 12 Each
: 35.
Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 PAGE 17 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 9         EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER ITEM                           DESCRIPTION                   UNIT QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 9 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY
: 1. Wrecking Bars                                         Each     2
: 1.
: 2. Bolt Cutters                                         Each     2
Wrecking Bars Each 2
: 3. Hacksaw and Blades                                   Each     2
: 2.
: 4. Come-Along                                           Each     1
Bolt Cutters Each 2
: 5. Cable Sling, 1/2" x 3'                               Each     2
: 3.
: 6. Cable Sling, 1/2" x 6'                               Each     2
Hacksaw and Blades Each 2
: 7. Hydraulic Jack, 3 Ton                               Each     1
: 4.
: 8. Hydraulic Jack, 5 Ton                               Each     1
Come-Along Each 1
: 9. Sledge Hammer, Various Sizes                         Each     4
: 5.
: 10. Porta Power                                         Each     1
Cable Sling, 1/2" x 3' Each 2
: 11. Web Slings (2" - 20' Long, 2" - 10' Long)           Each     4
: 6.
: 12. Sound Powered Phones                                 Each     1
Cable Sling, 1/2" x 6' Each 2
: 13. Safety Belt and Line                                 Each     1
: 7.
: 14. Fire Axe                                             Each     1
Hydraulic Jack, 3 Ton Each 1
: 15. Crow Bar                                             Each       1
: 8.
: 16. 200' - 3 Part Block and Tackle                       Each       1
Hydraulic Jack, 5 Ton Each 1
: 17. Battery Lanterns                                     Each     2
: 9.
: 18. Spare Batteries for Battery Lanterns                 Each     2 I         PROCEDURE 5.7.21               1       REVISION 24 1 PAGE 18 OF 32
Sledge Hammer, Various Sizes Each 4
: 10.
Porta Power Each 1
: 11.
Web Slings (2" - 20' Long, 2" - 10' Long)
Each 4
: 12.
Sound Powered Phones Each 1
: 13.
Safety Belt and Line Each 1
: 14.
Fire Axe Each 1
: 15.
Crow Bar Each 1
: 16.
200' - 3 Part Block and Tackle Each 1
: 17.
Battery Lanterns Each 2
: 18.
Spare Batteries for Battery Lanterns Each 2
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 18 OF 32


I ATTACHMENT 10         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC                   I
I ATTACHMENT 10 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC I
: 1. GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT ITEMS                             QUANTITY
: 1.
: 1. Coveralls, Paper                                             25 Pair
GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT ITEMS QUANTITY
: 2. Shoe Covers                                                   25 Pair
: 1.
: 3. Gloves, Disposable                                             1 Box
Coveralls, Paper 25 Pair
: 4. PD-1 Area Radiation Monitor                                   3 Each
: 2.
: 5. Continuous Air Monitor                                         1 Each
Shoe Covers 25 Pair
: 6. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)                                   1 Each
: 3.
: 7. Flashlight, With 2 "D" Cell Batteries                         8 Each
Gloves, Disposable 1 Box
: 8. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box)                         1 Box
: 4.
: 9. Book Of Team-Dispatch Forms (Procedure 5.7.15,                 1 Each Attachment 1)
PD-1 Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each
: 10. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date         20 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 5.
: 11. Step-Off Pad                                                   2 Each
Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each
: 12. Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881)       10 Each
: 6.
: 13. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell, 4 Per Box)                         1 Box I       PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24     1   PAGE 19 OF 32   1
Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each
: 7.
Flashlight, With 2 "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each
: 8.
Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box
: 9.
Book Of Team-Dispatch Forms (Procedure 5.7.15, 1 Each )
: 10.
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 20 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 11.
Step-Off Pad 2 Each
: 12.
Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each
: 13.
Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell, 4 Per Box) 1 Box I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 19 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 11         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.
ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.
ITEM                               QUANTITY
ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Coveralls, Paper                                                 25 Each
: 1.
: 2. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14"                                     25 Pairs
Coveralls, Paper 25 Each
: 3. Gloves, Disposable                                                 1 Box
: 2.
: 4. Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 rem/hr)         1 Each
Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 25 Pairs
: 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr)                 1 Each
: 3.
: 6. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr)             1 Each
Gloves, Disposable 1 Box
: 7. Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector                         1 Each
: 4.
: 8. Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2)                                 1 Each
Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 rem/hr) 1 Each
: 9. Dosimeter, Direct Reading, Electronic                             1 Each
: 5.
: 10. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell)                                       8 Each
Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each
: 11. Filters For Air Sampler; 2"                                       1 Box
: 6.
: 12. Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler                               10 Each
Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each
: 13. Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler                         10 Each
: 7.
: 14. Extension Cord, Electric (50')                                   2 Each
Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector 1 Each
: 15. PD-i Area Radiation Monitor                                       3 Each
: 8.
: 16. Continuous Air Monitor                                           1 Each
Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2) 1 Each
: 17. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus                               4 Each
: 9.
: 18. Spare 45 Air Cylinder                                             4 Each
Dosimeter, Direct Reading, Electronic 1 Each
: 19. Tape, Duct, 2"                                                   3 Rolls
: 10.
: 20. Plastic Sheeting, 20'x 20'                                       2 Sheets
Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 8 Each
: 21. Plastic Bag, Small                                                 1 Box
: 11.
: 22. Plastic Bag, Large                                               6 Each
Filters For Air Sampler; 2" 1 Box
: 23. Radiation Warning Sign with Appropriate Inserts                 12 Each
: 12.
: 24. Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book)                                 20 Each
Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler 10 Each
: 25. Radiation Barrier Rope, 200'                                       1 Coil
: 13.
: 26. Radiation Warning Tape                                             1 Roll
Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler 10 Each
: 27. Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery                                 1 Each
: 14.
: 28. Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries                           8 Each
Extension Cord, Electric (50')
: 29. Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt)                           1 Each
2 Each
: 30. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box)                             1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21                     REVISION 24       [   PAGE 20 OF 32
: 15.
PD-i Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each
: 16.
Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each
: 17.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 4 Each
: 18.
Spare 45 Air Cylinder 4 Each
: 19.
Tape, Duct, 2" 3 Rolls
: 20.
Plastic Sheeting, 20'x 20' 2 Sheets
: 21.
Plastic Bag, Small 1 Box
: 22.
Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each
: 23.
Radiation Warning Sign with Appropriate Inserts 12 Each
: 24.
Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 20 Each
: 25.
Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Coil
: 26.
Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll
: 27.
Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery 1 Each
: 28.
Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each
: 29.
Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 1 Each
: 30.
Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24
[
PAGE 20 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 11         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM                               QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM QUANTITY
: 31. Pocket Knife                                                       1 Each
: 31.
: 32. Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips       1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip
Pocket Knife 1 Each
: 33. Step-Off Pads                                                     2 Each
: 32.
: 34. Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting                 1 Each Instruments
Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips 1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip
: 35. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date             200 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 33.
: 36. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)                                       2 Each
Step-Off Pads 2 Each
: 37. Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881)           10 Each
: 34.
: 38. Spare Batteries (9 Volt)                                         12 Each
Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting 1 Each Instruments
: 39. Spare Batteries ("C" Cell)                                         6 Each
: 35.
: 40. Portable Air Sampler                                               1 Each
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 200 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 2. EMERGENCY DOWNWIND SURVEY KIT SUPPLIES (two complete kits are required).
: 36.
Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 2 Each
: 37.
Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each
: 38.
Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 12 Each
: 39.
Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 6 Each
: 40.
Portable Air Sampler 1 Each
: 2.
EMERGENCY DOWNWIND SURVEY KIT SUPPLIES (two complete kits are required).
NOTE - The Downwind Survey Team Supplies (Items 1 through 13) are located in the EOF. Items 14 through 47 may be stored in the Downwind Survey Vehicles.
NOTE - The Downwind Survey Team Supplies (Items 1 through 13) are located in the EOF. Items 14 through 47 may be stored in the Downwind Survey Vehicles.
ITEM                               QUANTITY
ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Full Face Respirator                                               2 Each
: 1.
: 2. Hand Lantern                                                       1 Each
Full Face Respirator 2 Each
: 3. Spare Battery For Hand Lantern                                     1 Each
: 2.
: 4. Calculator                                                         1 Each
Hand Lantern 1 Each
: 5. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic                               2 Each
: 3.
: 6. Spare Batteries ("AA")                                             4 Each
Spare Battery For Hand Lantern 1 Each
: 7. Hand Held Radio                                                   1 Each
: 4.
: 8. Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr)             1 Each
Calculator 1 Each
: 9. Ion Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr)                 1 Each
: 5.
: 10. Spare Battery ("D" Cell)                                           4 Each
Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 2 Each
: 11. Spare Battery (30 Volt)                                           1 Each
: 6.
: 12. Spare Battery (9 Volt)                                             4 Each
Spare Batteries ("AA")
: 13. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date             2 Bottles Per Step 1.9
4 Each
: 14. Low Cut Rubber Shoes                                               4 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21                   REVISION 24               PAGE 21 OF 32
: 7.
Hand Held Radio 1 Each
: 8.
Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each
: 9.
Ion Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each
: 10.
Spare Battery ("D" Cell) 4 Each
: 11.
Spare Battery (30 Volt) 1 Each
: 12.
Spare Battery (9 Volt) 4 Each
: 13.
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 2 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 14.
Low Cut Rubber Shoes 4 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 21 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 11         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM                     QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM QUANTITY
: 15. 250 ml Square Bottle                                 6 Each
: 15.
: 16. One Liter Bottle                                     4 Each
250 ml Square Bottle 6 Each
: 17. Masslin Cloths                                     1 Package
: 16.
: 18. One-Piece Plastic Coveralls                           2 Each
One Liter Bottle 4 Each
: 19. Shovel                                               1 Each
: 17.
: 20. Combination Cartridge For Respirator                 8 Each
Masslin Cloths 1 Package
: 21. Masking Tape                                         2 Rolls
: 18.
: 22. Emergency Action Log                                   1 Pad
One-Piece Plastic Coveralls 2 Each
: 23. Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers           1 Each
: 19.
: 24. Plastic Sheeting                                       1 Roll
Shovel 1 Each
: 25. Complete Set Of EPIPs                                 1 Each
: 20.
: 26. Bolt Cutters                                         1 Each
Combination Cartridge For Respirator 8 Each
: 27. Small Plastic Bag                                   50 Each
: 21.
: 28. Grass Shears                                         1 Each
Masking Tape 2 Rolls
: 29. Paper Coveralls                                       4 Each
: 22.
: 30. 2" Air Sample Filters                                 1 Box
Emergency Action Log 1 Pad
: 31. Silver Zeolite Cartridge                             6 Each
: 23.
: 32. Charcoal Cartridge                                   6 Each
Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers 1 Each
: 33. 2" Millipore Air Sample Filters                       1 Box
: 24.
: 34. Air Sampler With Head                                 1 Each
Plastic Sheeting 1 Roll
: 35. Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book)                     10 Each 36   Radioactive Material Sticker                         50 Each
: 25.
: 37. Sample Label                                         25 Each
Complete Set Of EPIPs 1 Each
: 38. 2 cc Vial                                           10 Each
: 26.
: 39. Plastic Pipet                                       10 Each
Bolt Cutters 1 Each
: 40. Lined Paper Pad                                       1 Pad
: 27.
: 41. Clipboard                                             2 Each
Small Plastic Bag 50 Each
: 42. 10-Mile Radius Map                                   2 Each
: 28.
: 43. Site Map                                             1 Each
Grass Shears 1 Each
: 44. Large Plastic Bags                                   25 Each
: 29.
: 45. Disposable Gloves                                     1 Box
Paper Coveralls 4 Each
: 46. Ink Pens                                             3 Each
: 30.
: 47. Tweezers                                             1 Each I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1   REVISION 24 1 PAGE 22 OF 32   1
2" Air Sample Filters 1 Box
: 31.
Silver Zeolite Cartridge 6 Each
: 32.
Charcoal Cartridge 6 Each
: 33.
2" Millipore Air Sample Filters 1 Box
: 34.
Air Sampler With Head 1 Each
: 35.
Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each 36 Radioactive Material Sticker 50 Each
: 37.
Sample Label 25 Each
: 38.
2 cc Vial 10 Each
: 39.
Plastic Pipet 10 Each
: 40.
Lined Paper Pad 1 Pad
: 41.
Clipboard 2 Each
: 42.
10-Mile Radius Map 2 Each
: 43.
Site Map 1 Each
: 44.
Large Plastic Bags 25 Each
: 45.
Disposable Gloves 1 Box
: 46.
Ink Pens 3 Each
: 47. Tweezers 1 Each I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 22 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 11           EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF
ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF
: 3. DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES NOTE - Following supplies are available in or near the EOF Decon Room.
: 3.
ITEM                               QUANTITY
DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES NOTE - Following supplies are available in or near the EOF Decon Room.
: 1. Towels                                                         10 Each
ITEM QUANTITY
: 2. Soap                                                             3 Bars
: 1.
: 3. Septisol (Germicide)                                             1 Can
Towels 10 Each
: 4. Lanolin                                                         1 Tube
: 2.
: 5. Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s                                   3 Packages
Soap 3 Bars
: 6. Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s                             2 Packages
: 3.
: 7. Towels, Paper                                                     1 Roll
Septisol (Germicide) 1 Can
: 8. Beaker, Plastic, 150 ml                                         3 Each
: 4.
: 9. Hand Brush, Soft Bristle                                         2 Each
Lanolin 1 Tube
: 10. Soap, Pumice                                                     2 Bars
: 5.
: 4. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM                               QUANTITY
Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s 3 Packages
: 1. First Aid Kit                                                   1 Each
: 6.
: 2. Stretcher                                                       1 Each
Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s 2 Packages
: 3. Rope, 1/2" - 50'                                                 1 Coil I       PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24         1 PAGE 23 OF 32   I
: 7.
Towels, Paper 1 Roll
: 8.
Beaker, Plastic, 150 ml 3 Each
: 9.
Hand Brush, Soft Bristle 2 Each
: 10.
Soap, Pumice 2 Bars FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM QUANTITY
: 1.
First Aid Kit 1 Each
: 2.
Stretcher 1 Each
: 3.
Rope, 1/2" - 50' 1 Coil I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 23 OF 32 I
4.


ATTACHMENT 12         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPLIES ITEM                             QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPLIES ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Coveralls, Paper                                               50 Each
: 1.
: 2. Shoe Covers, Disposable 14"                                     50 Pairs
Coveralls, Paper 50 Each
: 3. Gloves, Disposable                                             2 Boxes
: 2.
: 4. Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr)           1 Each
Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 50 Pairs
: 5. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr)               1 Each
: 3.
: 6. Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector                         1 Each
Gloves, Disposable 2 Boxes
: 7. Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2)                                 1 Each
: 4.
: 8. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic                             1 Each
Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each
: 9. Spare Batteries ("AA" cell)                                     4 Each
: 5.
: 10. Portable Air Sampler w/Head (High Volume) (60 Hz, 120 VAC)       1 Each
Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each
: 11. Inverter (12 VDC To 120 VAC)                                     1 Each
: 6.
: 12. Filter For Air Sampler; 2"                                         1 Box
Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector 1 Each
: 13. Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler                               5 Each
: 7.
: 14. Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler                         5 Each
Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2) 1 Each
: 15. Extension Cord, Electric (50')                                   1 Each
: 8.
: 16. Tape, Duct, 2"                                                   3 Rolls
Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 1 Each
: 17. Plastic Sheeting, 20' x 20'                                     2 Sheets
: 9.
: 18. Plastic Bag, Small                                                 1 Box
Spare Batteries ("AA" cell) 4 Each
: 19. Plastic Bag, Large                                               6 Each
: 10.
: 20. Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts                 12 Each
Portable Air Sampler w/Head (High Volume) (60 Hz, 120 VAC) 1 Each
: 21. Smear Book                                                     20 Each
: 11.
: 22. Radiation Barrier Rope, 200                                       1 Coil
Inverter (12 VDC To 120 VAC) 1 Each
: 23. Radiation Warning Tape                                             1 Roll
: 12.
: 24. Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery                                 3 Each
Filter For Air Sampler; 2" 1 Box
: 25. Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries                         8 Each
: 13.
: 26. Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt)                         3 Each
Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler 5 Each
: 27. Spare Batteries ("D" Cell)                                         1 Box
: 14.
: 28. Pocket Knife                                                     1 Each
Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler 5 Each
: 29. Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips     1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip
: 15.
: 30. Shovel                                                           1 Each
Extension Cord, Electric (50')
: 31. Liter Bottle                                                     6 Each
1 Each
: 32. Step-Off Pad                                                     2 Each I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1     REVISION 24       1   PAGE 24 OF 32   I
: 16.
Tape, Duct, 2" 3 Rolls
: 17.
Plastic Sheeting, 20' x 20' 2 Sheets
: 18.
Plastic Bag, Small 1 Box
: 19.
Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each
: 20.
Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts 12 Each
: 21.
Smear Book 20 Each
: 22.
Radiation Barrier Rope, 200 1 Coil
: 23.
Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll
: 24.
Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery 3 Each
: 25.
Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each
: 26.
Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 3 Each
: 27.
Spare Batteries ("D" Cell) 1 Box
: 28.
Pocket Knife 1 Each
: 29.
Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips 1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip
: 30.
Shovel 1 Each
: 31.
Liter Bottle 6 Each
: 32.
Step-Off Pad 2 Each I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 24 OF 32 I


ATTACHMENT 12         EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF ITEM                         QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF ITEM QUANTITY
: 33. Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date       60 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 33.
: 34. Radiation Monitor (Frisker)                                 1 Each
Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 60 Bottles Per Step 1.9
: 35. Spare Batteries (9 Volt)                                   6 Each
: 34.
: 36. Spare Batteries ("C" Cell)                                   1 Box
Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each
: 2. DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES ITEM                         QUANTITY
: 35.
: 1. 55 Gallon Radwaste Barrel With Lid                         3 Each
Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 6 Each
: 2. Disposable Coveralls                                       50 Each
: 36.
: 3. Disposable Gloves, 25 Pair/Box                             2 Boxes
Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 1 Box
: 4. 2" Masking Tape                                             3 Rolls
: 2.
: 5. Small Poly Bag                                             12 Each
DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES ITEM QUANTITY
: 6. Large Poly Bag                                             36 Each
: 1.
: 7. Plastic Bucket                                             4 Each
55 Gallon Radwaste Barrel With Lid 3 Each
: 8. Bar Soap                                                   24 Each
: 2.
: 9. Bath Towel                                                   -50.
Disposable Coveralls 50 Each
: 10. Poly Sheeting                                               1 Roll
: 3.
: 11. Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Decontamination             6 Copies
Disposable Gloves, 25 Pair/Box 2 Boxes
: 12. Pumice Soap                                                 2 Bars
: 4.
: 13. Septisol (Germicide)                                         1 Can
2" Masking Tape 3 Rolls
: 14. Lanolin                                                     1 Tube
: 5.
: 15. Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting           1 Each Instruments
Small Poly Bag 12 Each
: 16. Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s                               3 Packages
: 6.
: 17. Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s                         2 Packages
Large Poly Bag 36 Each
: 18. Towels, Paper                                                 1 Roll
: 7.
: 19. Breaker, Plastic 150 ml                                     3 Each
Plastic Bucket 4 Each
: 20. Hand Brush, Soft Bristle                                   10 Each
: 8.
: 3. FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM                         QUANTITY
Bar Soap 24 Each
: 1. First Aid Kit                                               1 Each
: 9.
: 2. Stretcher                                                   1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21                   REVISION 24       PAGE 25 OF 32
Bath Towel  
-50.
: 10.
Poly Sheeting 1 Roll
: 11.
Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Decontamination 6 Copies
: 12.
Pumice Soap 2 Bars
: 13.
Septisol (Germicide) 1 Can
: 14.
Lanolin 1 Tube
: 15.
Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting 1 Each Instruments
: 16.
Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s 3 Packages
: 17.
Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s 2 Packages
: 18.
Towels, Paper 1 Roll
: 19.
Breaker, Plastic 150 ml 3 Each
: 20.
Hand Brush, Soft Bristle 10 Each
: 3.
FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM QUANTITY
: 1.
First Aid Kit 1 Each
: 2.
Stretcher 1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 25 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 13       EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AMBULANCE ITEM                       QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 13 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AMBULANCE ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic                     5 Each
: 1.
: 2. TLD Badge                                                 5 Each
Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 5 Each
: 3. Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (CPM)                   1 Each
: 2.
: 4. Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (0-5 rem/hr)               1 Each
TLD Badge 5 Each
: 5. Radiation Tag                                           10 Each
: 3.
: 6. Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell)                               8 Each
Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (CPM) 1 Each
: 7. Smear Book                                               5 Each
: 4.
: 8. Form CNS RP-25, TLD Badging Record                       1 Each
Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (0-5 rem/hr) 1 Each
: 9. Spare Batteries (9 Volt)                                 6 Each
: 5.
: 10. Spare Batteries ("C" Cell)                                 1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1     REVISION 24 1 PAGE 26 OF 32 7
Radiation Tag 10 Each
: 6.
Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 8 Each
: 7.
Smear Book 5 Each
: 8.
Form CNS RP-25, TLD Badging Record 1 Each
: 9.
Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 6 Each
: 10.
Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 26 OF 32 7


ATTACHMENT 14       EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL ITEM                                   QUANTITY
ATTACHMENT 14 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL ITEM QUANTITY
: 1. Radiation Barrier Rope                                               1 Roll
: 1.
: 2. Masking Tape                                                         10 Rolls
Radiation Barrier Rope 1 Roll
: 3. Brown Paper                                                           1 Roll
: 2.
: 4. Plastic Sheeting                                                     1 Roll
Masking Tape 10 Rolls
: 5. Applicable Radiation Warning Signs With Inserts, As Appropriate     5 Each
: 3.
: 6. Shoe Covers                                                         15 Pairs
Brown Paper 1 Roll
: 7. Bags, Plastic (Large)                                               10 Each
: 4.
: 8. Bags, Plastic (Small)                                               20 Each
Plastic Sheeting 1 Roll
: 9. Radiation Marking Tape                                                 1 Roll
: 5.
: 10. Coveralls, Paper                                                   25 Pairs
Applicable Radiation Warning Signs With Inserts, As Appropriate 5 Each
: 11. Gloves, Rubber Disposable                                           2 Boxes
: 6.
: 12. Cardboard Boxes, - 2' x 3'                                           6 Each
Shoe Covers 15 Pairs
: 13. Masslin Cloths                                                     1 Bundle
: 7.
: 14. Step-Off Pad                                                         1 Each I       PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1     REVISION 24         1   PAGE 27 OF 32   1
Bags, Plastic (Large) 10 Each
: 8.
Bags, Plastic (Small) 20 Each
: 9.
Radiation Marking Tape 1 Roll
: 10.
Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs
: 11.
Gloves, Rubber Disposable 2 Boxes
: 12.
Cardboard Boxes, - 2' x 3' 6 Each
: 13.
Masslin Cloths 1 Bundle
: 14.
Step-Off Pad 1 Each I
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 27 OF 32 1


ATTACHMENT 15         INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1   Annual - Once per calendar year (January 1 through December 31).
ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 Annual - Once per calendar year (January 1 through December 31).
1.2   Biennial - Once per two calendar years.
1.2 Biennial - Once per two calendar years.
1.3   DRILLS 1.3.1   Communications Tests and Drills - Communications tests involve the use of emergency communications equipment to verify operability.
1.3 DRILLS 1.3.1 Communications Tests and Drills - Communications tests involve the use of emergency communications equipment to verify operability.
Communications drills involve use of emergency communications equipment to notify and transfer simulated emergency information to off-site governmental agencies.
Communications drills involve use of emergency communications equipment to notify and transfer simulated emergency information to off-site governmental agencies.
1.3.2   Performance Indicator (PI) (ERF) Drill - An ERF drill demonstrated various emergency response capabilities including management and coordination of emergency response, accident assessment, protective action decision-making, and plant system repair and corrective action involving all or certain Emergency Response Facilities (Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), Operational Support Center (OSC),
1.3.2 Performance Indicator (PI) (ERF) Drill - An ERF drill demonstrated various emergency response capabilities including management and coordination of emergency response, accident assessment, protective action decision-making, and plant system repair and corrective action involving all or certain Emergency Response Facilities (Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), Operational Support Center (OSC),
and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). These drills are conducted at least four times per calendar year and should be conducted approximately once each calendar quarter. One of these drills is designed to satisfy the requirements of an exercise as defined below.
and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). These drills are conducted at least four times per calendar year and should be conducted approximately once each calendar quarter. One of these drills is designed to satisfy the requirements of an exercise as defined below.
Non-exercise drills provide opportunity to consider accident management strategies. Supervised instruction can be permitted for these drills, with operating staff having the opportunity to resolve problems (success paths) rather than have controllers intervene.
Non-exercise drills provide opportunity to consider accident management strategies. Supervised instruction can be permitted for these drills, with operating staff having the opportunity to resolve problems (success paths) rather than have controllers intervene.
Additionally, non-exercise drills may focus on on-site training objectives.
Additionally, non-exercise drills may focus on on-site training objectives.
1.3.3   Medical Emergency Drill - A medical emergency drill involves a simulated contaminated individual, with provisions for activation of the plant First Aid/Personnel Decontamination Team. Participation by local support services (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) is tested separately once per year or as part of the annual medical drill. Medical Emergency Drills are conducted at least once every calendar year.
1.3.3 Medical Emergency Drill - A medical emergency drill involves a simulated contaminated individual, with provisions for activation of the plant First Aid/Personnel Decontamination Team. Participation by local support services (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) is tested separately once per year or as part of the annual medical drill. Medical Emergency Drills are conducted at least once every calendar year.
1.3.4   Radiological Monitoring Drill - Radiological monitoring drills include collection and analysis of air samples, testing of communications, and understanding of messages between Radiological Protection supervision and the off-site monitoring teams. A radiological monitoring drill will be conducted at least once every calendar year.
1.3.4 Radiological Monitoring Drill - Radiological monitoring drills include collection and analysis of air samples, testing of communications, and understanding of messages between Radiological Protection supervision and the off-site monitoring teams. A radiological monitoring drill will be conducted at least once every calendar year.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24         1   PAGE 28 OF 32
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 28 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 15         INFORMATION SHEET 1.3.5   Radiological Protection Drills - Radiological Protection drills test various tasks employed by that department during an emergency condition. Radiological Protection drills are conducted semi-annually and one of the semi-annual drills may be incorporated into the radiological monitoring drill.
ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 1.3.5 Radiological Protection Drills - Radiological Protection drills test various tasks employed by that department during an emergency condition. Radiological Protection drills are conducted semi-annually and one of the semi-annual drills may be incorporated into the radiological monitoring drill.
1.4   Exercise - An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability of a major portion of the basic elements existing within the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan. An exercise is required biennially per 10CFR50. Off-site agency participation is required biennially. Exercises are developed, scheduled, and conducted in a manner consistent with the regulations and guidance of 10CFR50, Appendix E, NUREG 0654, and other appropriate regulatory documents. Biennial exercises involving off-site agencies shall be conducted as a Site Area Emergency and should escalate to General Emergency. The exercise scenarios are varied such that all major elements of the Plan are tested at least every 6 years.
1.4 Exercise - An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability of a major portion of the basic elements existing within the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan. An exercise is required biennially per 10CFR50. Off-site agency participation is required biennially. Exercises are developed, scheduled, and conducted in a manner consistent with the regulations and guidance of 10CFR50, Appendix E, NUREG 0654, and other appropriate regulatory documents. Biennial exercises involving off-site agencies shall be conducted as a Site Area Emergency and should escalate to General Emergency. The exercise scenarios are varied such that all major elements of the Plan are tested at least every 6 years.
1.5   Letter of Agreement (LOA) - Support or assistance from outside agencies is established and maintained through Letters of Agreement or, in some instances, purchase orders/contracts. Letters of Agreement are confirmed annually through correspondence, direct contact, or by telephone. Purchase orders/contracts are renewed as required.
1.5 Letter of Agreement (LOA) - Support or assistance from outside agencies is established and maintained through Letters of Agreement or, in some instances, purchase orders/contracts. Letters of Agreement are confirmed annually through correspondence, direct contact, or by telephone. Purchase orders/contracts are renewed as required.
1.6   Monthly - At least once each calendar month, being the first day of each month until the last unless otherwise specified.
1.6 Monthly - At least once each calendar month, being the first day of each month until the last unless otherwise specified.
1.7   Quarterly - Once per calendar quarter, with the quarters being January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December.
1.7 Quarterly - Once per calendar quarter, with the quarters being January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December.
1.8   Semi-Annual - Twice per calendar year, with one time from January 1 to June 30 and one from July 1 to December 31.
1.8 Semi-Annual - Twice per calendar year, with one time from January 1 to June 30 and one from July 1 to December 31.
: 2. RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1   The Emergency Preparedness Manager is responsible for:
: 2.
2.1.1   Planning, scheduling, and coordinating emergency exercises involving off-site agencies.
RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Emergency Preparedness Manager is responsible for:
2.1.2   Reviewing Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, upon completion.
2.1.1 Planning, scheduling, and coordinating emergency exercises involving off-site agencies.
2.1.3   Reviewing results of exercises and major drills.
2.1.2 Reviewing Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, upon completion.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21               1     REVISION 24               PAGE 29 OF 32
2.1.3 Reviewing results of exercises and major drills.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 PAGE 29 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 15         INFORMATION SHEET 2.2   The Senior Manager of Site Support, with plant management, is responsible for ensuring adequate resources are made available to support and conduct emergency preparedness activities including:
ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 2.2 The Senior Manager of Site Support, with plant management, is responsible for ensuring adequate resources are made available to support and conduct emergency preparedness activities including:
2.2.1   Exercises and drill scenario development and control.
2.2.1 Exercises and drill scenario development and control.
2.2.2   Exercise and drill participation.
2.2.2 Exercise and drill participation.
2.2.3   Support for maintenance of emergency facilities and equipment.
2.2.3 Support for maintenance of emergency facilities and equipment.
2.3   The Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) is responsible to review the following:
2.3 The Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) is responsible to review the following:
2.3.1   Revisions to the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan.
2.3.1 Revisions to the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan.
2.3.2   Revisions to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).
2.3.2 Revisions to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).
2.3.3   Quarterly PI Drill Critique Report.
2.3.3 Quarterly PI Drill Critique Report.
2.4   The Emergency Preparedness (EP) Manager is responsible for:
2.4 The Emergency Preparedness (EP) Manager is responsible for:
2.4.1   Maintaining awareness of EP activities.
2.4.1 Maintaining awareness of EP activities.
2.4.2   Ensuring coordination of EP drills and exercises in accordance with this procedure.
2.4.2 Ensuring coordination of EP drills and exercises in accordance with this procedure.
2.4.3   Ensuring documentation of EP Program maintenance in Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.
2.4.3 Ensuring documentation of EP Program maintenance in, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.
2.4.4   Ensuring documentation of major element demonstration as indicated on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.
2.4.4 Ensuring documentation of major element demonstration as indicated on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.
2.4.5   Ensuring critiques of exercises, drills, and actual events are conducted, documented, and that deficiencies are addressed in accordance with plant corrective action practices.
2.4.5 Ensuring critiques of exercises, drills, and actual events are conducted, documented, and that deficiencies are addressed in accordance with plant corrective action practices.
2.4.6   Ensuring that EPIPs are reviewed through feedback from the following sources:
2.4.6 Ensuring that EPIPs are reviewed through feedback from the following sources:
2.4.6.1     Daily use.
2.4.6.1 Daily use.
2.4.6.2     Drills and exercises.
2.4.6.2 Drills and exercises.
2.4.6.3     Actual events.
2.4.6.3 Actual events.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21             1       REVISION 24               PAGE 30 OF 32
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 PAGE 30 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 15       INFORMATION SHEET 2.4.6.4     Training.
ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 2.4.6.4 Training.
2.4.6.5     Annual EPIP review as indicated on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.
2.4.6.5 Annual EPIP review as indicated on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.
: 3. REFERENCES 3.1   CODES AND STANDARDS 3.1.1 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
: 3.
REFERENCES 3.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 3.1.1 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
3.1.2 NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
3.1.2 NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
3.1.3 10CFR50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities.
3.1.3 10CFR50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities.
3.1.4 Generic Letter #GL 93-01, Emergency Response Data System Test Program.
3.1.4 Generic Letter #GL 93-01, Emergency Response Data System Test Program.
3.2   PROCEDURES 3.2.1 Administrative Procedure O-EP-02, Configuration Control of The Automated Notification System (ANS).
3.2 PROCEDURES 3.2.1 Administrative Procedure O-EP-02, Configuration Control of The Automated Notification System (ANS).
3.2.2 Administrative Procedure 0-PI-01, Performance Indicator Program.
3.2.2 Administrative Procedure 0-PI-01, Performance Indicator Program.
3.2.3 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers.
3.2.3 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers.
3.2.4 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting Instruments.
3.2.4 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting Instruments.
3.2.5 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Contamination.
3.2.5 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Contamination.
3.3   MISCELLANEOUS 3.3.1 QA Finding 92-1900-24.
3.3 MISCELLANEOUS 3.3.1 QA Finding 92-1900-24.
3.3.2 RCR 2002-0014.
3.3.2 RCR 2002-0014.
3.3.3 EPDG #2, Emergency Preparedness Department Guide #2.
3.3.3 EPDG #2, Emergency Preparedness Department Guide #2.
PROCEDURE 5.7.21           1     REVISION 24         1 PAGE 31 OF 32
PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 31 OF 32


ATTACHMENT 15     INFORMATION SHEET 3.3.4 RCR 2001-0075 (QA Audit 01-01).
ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 3.3.4 RCR 2001-0075 (QA Audit 01-01).
3.3.5 RCR 2002-0520 (QA Audit 02-03).
3.3.5 RCR 2002-0520 (QA Audit 02-03).
3.4   NRC COMMITMENTS 3.4.1 &#xa9;NUREG-0737, Item III.D.3.4, Section 5.2, Emergency Provisions (LQA 8000581-11). Commitment affects Step 30 on Attachment 7.
3.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 3.4.1  
3.4.2 &#xa9; NRC Inspection Report 01-04 (NLS200108 1). Commitment affects Step 2.3.1 on Attachment 2.
&#xa9; NUREG-0737, Item III.D.3.4, Section 5.2, Emergency Provisions (LQA 8000581-11). Commitment affects Step 30 on Attachment 7.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.21         1     REVISION 24       1 PAGE 32 OF 32
3.4.2  
&#xa9; NRC Inspection Report 01-04 (NLS200108 1). Commitment affects Step 2.3.1 on Attachment 2.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1
REVISION 24 1
PAGE 32 OF 32


USE: REFERENCEE: 4 CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL                                                           EFEC EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.22                                                       APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: J. G. KELSAY DEPARTMENT: EP
USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E:
: 1. P U R P OS E ............................................................                                             1
4 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.22 APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: J. G. KELSAY DEPARTMENT: EP
: 2. REQ U IREM EN TS ......................................................                                               1
: 1.
: 3. CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX .................................                                                     2
P U R P O S E............................................................
: 4. GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM ......................................                                                     3
1
: 5. SOUND POW ER SYSTEM                     ...............................................                               4
: 2.
: 6. ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM .......................................                                                     5
REQ U IREM EN TS......................................................
: 7. CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM ............................                                                     5
1
: 8. FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001) ...................                                                       6
: 3.
: 9. MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK ...................................                                                       7
CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX.................................
: 10. LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COM M UNICATIONS) ..................................................                                                   7
2
: 11. NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS) ...............................                                                       8
: 4.
: 12. CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM ........................                                                       8
GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM......................................
: 13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS ..............................                                                     9
3
: 14. CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S OF FIC E .............................................................                                               11
: 5.
: 15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION ..................................                                                     13
SOUND POW ER SYSTEM...............................................
: 16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION                                 SYSTEM           (CNS     ANS)   ................... 16
4
: 17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPE CTIVELY) .....................................................                                                 18
: 6.
: 18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) ... 19 ATTACHMENT 1                 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQU IPM ENT ......................................                                     20 ATTACHMENT 2                 GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS ....................                                       21 ATTACHMENT 3                 INFORMATION SHEET .............................                                         22
ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM.......................................
: 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions to station Emergency Response personnel when they need to operate communications equipment to contact the various federal, state, and local authorities, Emergency Repair Teams, Emergency Response Facilities, or other on-site and off-site support groups during station emergencies.
5
: 2. REQUIREMENTS
: 7.
[ 1 2.1     Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM............................
[ ]     2.1.1     Nebraska Public Power District Northern Telecom SL1-MS PBX with rotary trunks to the ALLTEL Brownville Central Office.
5
PROCEDURE 5.7.22                             1           REVISION 22                       1     PAGE 1 OF 22
: 8.
FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001)...................
6
: 9.
MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK...................................
7
: 10. LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COM M UNICATIONS)..................................................
7
: 11.
NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS)...............................
8
: 12.
CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM........................
8
: 13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS..............................
9
: 14.
CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S O F F IC E.............................................................
11
: 15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION..................................
13
: 16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)...................
16
: 17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPE CTIVELY).....................................................
18
: 18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS)... 19 ATTACHMENT 1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQU IPM ENT......................................
20 ATTACHMENT 2 GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS....................
21 ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET.............................
22
: 1.
PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions to station Emergency Response personnel when they need to operate communications equipment to contact the various federal, state, and local authorities, Emergency Repair Teams, Emergency Response Facilities, or other on-site and off-site support groups during station emergencies.
: 2.
REQUIREMENTS
[ 1 2.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:
[ ]
2.1.1 Nebraska Public Power District Northern Telecom SL1-MS PBX with rotary trunks to the ALLTEL Brownville Central Office.
PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 1 OF 22


2.1.2   Station Intercom System (Gaitronics).
2.1.2 Station Intercom System (Gaitronics).
[ ]     2.1.3   Sound Power System.
[ ]
2.1.4   Alternate Intercom System.
2.1.3 Sound Power System.
2.1.5   CNS On-Site Digital Cell Phone System 2.1.6   Federal Telecommunications System (FTS 2001).
2.1.4 Alternate Intercom System.
2.1.7   NPPD Microwave Network.
2.1.5 CNS On-Site Digital Cell Phone System 2.1.6 Federal Telecommunications System (FTS 2001).
2.1.8   Local telephones (ALLTEL Communications).
2.1.7 NPPD Microwave Network.
2.1.9   NAWAS (National Warning System).
2.1.8 Local telephones (ALLTEL Communications).
[   2.1.10   CNS State Notification Telephone System.
2.1.9 NAWAS (National Warning System).
[   2.1.11   Site 450 MHZ Base Station Repeaters.
[
1   2.1.12   Cross-band radio communications with Nemaha County Sheriff.
2.1.10 CNS State Notification Telephone System.
[   2.1.13   Radio Paging System.
[
2.1.14   CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS).
2.1.11 Site 450 MHZ Base Station Repeaters.
2.1.15   District State-Wide Radio System (48.180 and 47.960 MHZ).
1 2.1.12 Cross-band radio communications with Nemaha County Sheriff.
[ ] NOTE 1 - Communication equipment located in each Emergency Response Facility is outlined in Attachment 1.
[
[ ] NOTE 2 - The following paragraphs are intended to provide a quick reference for utilization of any CNS communications equipment.
2.1.13 Radio Paging System.
: 3. CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX 3.1   A Northern Telecom SL 1-MS PBX provides telephone service to the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF, and other site areas. This is the primary on-site communications system. The extension numbers used during an emergency are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
2.1.14 CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS).
[ 3.2   If the PBX should lose AC power, it will automatically switch to backup battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for - 6 hours. All extensions will continue to operate in their normal fashion.
2.1.15 District State-Wide Radio System (48.180 and 47.960 MHZ).
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1     REVISION 22           1   PAGE 2 OF 22
[ ] NOTE 1 - Communication equipment located in each Emergency Response Facility is outlined in Attachment 1.
[ ] NOTE 2 - The following paragraphs are intended to provide a quick reference for utilization of any CNS communications equipment.
: 3.
CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX 3.1 A Northern Telecom SL 1-MS PBX provides telephone service to the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF, and other site areas. This is the primary on-site communications system. The extension numbers used during an emergency are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
[
3.2 If the PBX should lose AC power, it will automatically switch to backup battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for - 6 hours. All extensions will continue to operate in their normal fashion.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 2 OF 22


3.3   In the event of a total failure of the PBX, the system is designed to connect several hard-wired extensions, designated as bypass telephones, directly to Central Office lines.
3.3 In the event of a total failure of the PBX, the system is designed to connect several hard-wired extensions, designated as bypass telephones, directly to Central Office lines.
3.4   In the event even the bypass telephones are inoperative, other means of communication shall be attempted. It may become necessary to relay messages via radio, NSP/EOC Hotline, NAWAS, or microwave.
3.4 In the event even the bypass telephones are inoperative, other means of communication shall be attempted. It may become necessary to relay messages via radio, NSP/EOC Hotline, NAWAS, or microwave.
3.5   By dialing the digit 9 + 1 on selected PBX stations, the user is connected in to the commercial telephone network. The telephone numbers of Emergency Response Facilities and personnel are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
3.5 By dialing the digit 9 + 1 on selected PBX stations, the user is connected in to the commercial telephone network. The telephone numbers of Emergency Response Facilities and personnel are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
: 4. GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM
: 4.
GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM
[ NOTE - This intercom system is utilized for communications throughout the station.
[ NOTE - This intercom system is utilized for communications throughout the station.
S]   4.1   SINGLE CHANNEL STATION OPERATION
S]
[   4.1.1   Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement 2.
4.1 SINGLE CHANNEL STATION OPERATION
1]       4.1.1.1     When paging a person, page them to LINE 1.
[
[     4.1.1.2     General and Emergency announcements may be made while the party line is in use.
4.1.1 Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement 1]
[1    4.1.2    Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.
4.1.1.1 When paging a person, page them to LINE 1.
[I    4.1.3    Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.
[
[14.2    FIVE CHANNEL STATION OPERATION
4.1.1.2 General and Emergency announcements may be made 4.1.2 4.1.3 FIVE 4.2.1 4.2.2
[1]    4.2.1    To use the system, first select a clear channel for use.
[]
[1    4.2.2    Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement.
[]
[]      4.2.2.1     When paging a person, page them to the appropriate line.
4.2.3 4.2.4 while the party line is in use.
[]      4.2.2.2     General and Emergency announcements may be made while the party lines are in use.
Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.
[I    4.2.3    Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.
Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.
[1    4.2.4    Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.
CHANNEL STATION OPERATION To use the system, first select a clear channel for use.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22         1   PAGE 3 OF 22
Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement.
4.2.2.1 When paging a person, page them to the appropriate line.
4.2.2.2 General and Emergency announcements may be made while the party lines are in use.
Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.
Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 3 OF 22
[1
[I
[14.2
[1]
[1
[I
[1 2.


[] 4.3   EMERGENCY SIGNALS 4.3.1   Select which signal to use:
[ ]
4.3.1.1   Fire alarm (----     ) distinct pulse tone.
4.3 EMERGENCY SIGNALS 4.3.1 Select which signal to use:
4.3.1.2   Emergency alarm (-         ) distinct steady tone.
4.3.1.1 Fire alarm ( ----
4.3.1.3   All clear (n) one steady up and down tone.
) distinct pulse tone.
: 5. SOUND POWER SYSTEM
4.3.1.2 Emergency alarm (-  
[ ]5.1   USING SYSTEM A ORB 5.1.1 Select the sound power jacks that are to be used and plug in headsets or handsets.
) distinct steady tone.
5.1.2 Position the selector switch for each jack to the same channel, 1 through 6. Those headsets or handsets are on a single part line type hookup.
4.3.1.3 All clear (n) one steady up and down tone.
5.1.3 Other headsets or handsets may be plugged into System A or B and set to any of the other not in use channels. Up to six separate Part line conversations can be in progress at one time.
: 5.
[] 5.2   USING INTERCONNECTED SYSTEMS A AND B 5.2.1 Place the right-hand selector switch in each System A and B panels to the same number, 1 through 6, and all the jacks in each system on that selected number are on a party line.
SOUND POWER SYSTEM
5.2.2 Repeat the above using the left-hand selector switch. Systems A and B can have two interconnections at one time.
[ ]5.1 USING SYSTEM A ORB 5.1.1 Select the sound power jacks that are to be used and plug in headsets or handsets.
[ ]5.3   CONTROL ROOM SOUND POWER MONITOR 5.3.1 Select the in-plant sound power to be utilized to Channel 1.
5.1.2 Position the selector switch for each jack to the same channel, 1 through 6. Those headsets or handsets are on a single part line type hookup.
5.3.2 With both handsets in their cradles, the monitor will receive all communications from all in-plant sound powers on Channel 1.
5.1.3 Other headsets or handsets may be plugged into System A or B and set to any of the other not in use channels. Up to six separate Part line conversations can be in progress at one time.
5.3.3 When either handset is lifted, the speaker is disabled and the handset operates as all other sound power handsets.
[]
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22           1       REVISION 22             1   PAGE 4 OF 22
5.2 USING INTERCONNECTED SYSTEMS A AND B 5.2.1 Place the right-hand selector switch in each System A and B panels to the same number, 1 through 6, and all the jacks in each system on that selected number are on a party line.
: 6. ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM 6.1   The Alternate Intercom System provides an alternate in-plant communications network utilizing the stations backup tone commander telephone PBX System.
5.2.2 Repeat the above using the left-hand selector switch. Systems A and B can have two interconnections at one time.
[ ]5.3 CONTROL ROOM SOUND POWER MONITOR 5.3.1 Select the in-plant sound power to be utilized to Channel 1.
5.3.2 With both handsets in their cradles, the monitor will receive all communications from all in-plant sound powers on Channel 1.
5.3.3 When either handset is lifted, the speaker is disabled and the handset operates as all other sound power handsets.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 4 OF 22
: 6.
ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM 6.1 The Alternate Intercom System provides an alternate in-plant communications network utilizing the stations backup tone commander telephone PBX System.
This system has battery backup.
This system has battery backup.
[ 6.2   The location of Alternate Intercom Extensions and their numbers are:
[ 6.2 The location of Alternate Intercom Extensions and their numbers are:
LOCATIONS                                             ACCESS NUMBER Control Room                                                     43 Alternate OSC                                                   44 TSC (Operations)                                                 41 TSC (Engineering)                                               35 OSC                                                             42 Hot Chemistry Lab                                               47 EOF (Dose Assessment)                                           48 EOF (Information Authentication Center)                         31 EOF (Operations Table)                                           24 JIC                                                              22
LOCATIONS Control Room Alternate OSC TSC (Operations)
[]   6.3   OPERATION OF THE ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM
TSC (Engineering)
[   6.3.1     Terminal equipment (the phones themselves) are light grey in color.
OSC Hot Chemistry Lab EOF (Dose Assessment)
[   6.3.2     Pick up the handset and punch the two-digit number of the desired extension. Hang up the handset when done. A list of extension numbers is posted on each phone.
EOF (Information Authentication Center)
: 7. CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM 1 7.1   The CNS on-site digital cell phone system is a pico-cellular digital cordless telephone system that is connected to the CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX. It uses a radio access system and enables the users to make and receive telephone calls anywhere in the area that is covered by the system base stations.
EOF (Operations Table)
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1     REVISION 22           1   PAGE 5 OF 22
JIC ACCESS NUMBER 43 44 41 35 42 47 48 31 24 22
[ ]
6.3 OPERATION OF THE ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM
[
6.3.1 Terminal equipment (the phones themselves) are light grey in color.
[
6.3.2 Pick up the handset and punch the two-digit number of the desired extension. Hang up the handset when done. A list of extension numbers is posted on each phone.
: 7.
CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM 1 7.1 The CNS on-site digital cell phone system is a pico-cellular digital cordless telephone system that is connected to the CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX. It uses a radio access system and enables the users to make and receive telephone calls anywhere in the area that is covered by the system base stations.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 5 OF 22


7.2   The system consists of an radio exchange unit (RE) connected to the PBX, several base stations, and several portable telephones. The coverage is established by means of the pico-cellular network consisting of a number of base stations connected to the RE. By means of handovers from pico-cell to pico-cell, the user can roam within the covered area while maintaining the call without degradation of quality.
7.2 The system consists of an radio exchange unit (RE) connected to the PBX, several base stations, and several portable telephones. The coverage is established by means of the pico-cellular network consisting of a number of base stations connected to the RE. By means of handovers from pico-cell to pico-cell, the user can roam within the covered area while maintaining the call without degradation of quality.
[ 7.3   All functions that are available on a normal wired analog telephone connected to the PBX are also available on the cell phone system. The cell phones themselves are similar in operation to other commercially available cordless/cellular telephones. Built-in voice encryption and phone authentication ensures privacy and secure communications.
[ 7.3 All functions that are available on a normal wired analog telephone connected to the PBX are also available on the cell phone system. The cell phones themselves are similar in operation to other commercially available cordless/cellular telephones. Built-in voice encryption and phone authentication ensures privacy and secure communications.
: 8. FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001)
: 8.
[ 8.1   The FTS 2001 System is a standard commercial telephone service and requires no complicated operating instructions. It is independent of all other telephone service and is installed and operated by the NRC. It provides a separate government communications network for all essential communication functions. This avoids the problem of heavy traffic loads, that in many emergency cases, overload local telephone company switching capabilities.
FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001)
[ 8.1 The FTS 2001 System is a standard commercial telephone service and requires no complicated operating instructions. It is independent of all other telephone service and is installed and operated by the NRC. It provides a separate government communications network for all essential communication functions. This avoids the problem of heavy traffic loads, that in many emergency cases, overload local telephone company switching capabilities.
Some of the FTS 2001 emergency communications functions are:
Some of the FTS 2001 emergency communications functions are:
[]   8.1.1     EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ENS)
[]
[ ]       8.1.1.1   The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the ENS telephones located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
8.1.1 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ENS)
8.1.1.2   Alternate communication to the NRC Headquarters is provided by the Health Physics Network and the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.
[ ]
[]   8.1.2     HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK (HPN)
8.1.1.1 The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the ENS telephones located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
S]       8.1.2.1   The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the HPN telephones located in the TSC and EOF.
8.1.1.2 Alternate communication to the NRC Headquarters is provided by the Health Physics Network and the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.
8.1.2.2   Backup for this network is provided by the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.
[]
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22           1   PAGE 6 OF 22
8.1.2 HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK (HPN)
S]
8.1.2.1 The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the HPN telephones located in the TSC and EOF.
8.1.2.2 Backup for this network is provided by the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 6 OF 22


[]     8.1.3   EMERGENCY RESPONSE DATA SYSTEM (ERDS) 8.1.3.1     This is a line over which the raw reactor parametric data is transmitted from the site to the NRC.
[ ]
8.1.3.2     ERDS is activated in the Control Room within 1 hour of the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification using the PMIS START/STOP Menu.
8.1.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE DATA SYSTEM (ERDS) 8.1.3.1 This is a line over which the raw reactor parametric data is transmitted from the site to the NRC.
[   8.1.4   Other communication lines established between the NRC Site Team representatives and the NRC Base Team.
8.1.3.2 ERDS is activated in the Control Room within 1 hour of the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification using the PMIS START/STOP Menu.
[ ]     8.1.4.1     Reactor Safety Counterpart Link.
[
8.1.4.2     Protective Measures Counterpart Link.
8.1.4 Other communication lines established between the NRC Site Team representatives and the NRC Base Team.
[ ]     8.1.4.3     Management Counterpart Link.
[ ]
8.1.4.4     NRC Local Area Network Access.
8.1.4.1 Reactor Safety Counterpart Link.
: 9. MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK NOTE - The General Office in Columbus may be reached on this network. The desired telephone numbers are found in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
8.1.4.2 Protective Measures Counterpart Link.
9.1   This NPPD Private Switching Network is accessed by dialing the digit 6 on any PBX extension. When the dial tone is heard, the desired telephone number may be dialed.
[ ]
1 9.2   Backup communications for this network is provided by the commercial telephone system.
8.1.4.3 Management Counterpart Link.
: 10. LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COMMUNICATIONS)
8.1.4.4 NRC Local Area Network Access.
[ ] 10.1   These are direct telephone lines to the ALLTEL Communications Brownville Central Office with extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
: 9.
MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK NOTE - The General Office in Columbus may be reached on this network. The desired telephone numbers are found in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
9.1 This NPPD Private Switching Network is accessed by dialing the digit 6 on any PBX extension. When the dial tone is heard, the desired telephone number may be dialed.
1 9.2 Backup communications for this network is provided by the commercial telephone system.
: 10.
LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COMMUNICATIONS)
[ ]
10.1 These are direct telephone lines to the ALLTEL Communications Brownville Central Office with extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
Calls to Brownville and local, dial 7 digit number. Other calls are 1 + 10 digit number. These phones are plainly labeled with an 825 and the 4 digit individual extension number.
Calls to Brownville and local, dial 7 digit number. Other calls are 1 + 10 digit number. These phones are plainly labeled with an 825 and the 4 digit individual extension number.
[     10.1.1 One central office line is located in the Control Room.
[
[   10.1.2 One central office line is located in the TSC.
10.1.1 One central office line is located in the Control Room.
10.1.3 Two central office lines are located in the EOF Dose Assessment Area.
[
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22           1 PAGE 7 OF 22
10.1.2 One central office line is located in the TSC.
10.1.3 Two central office lines are located in the EOF Dose Assessment Area.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 7 OF 22


10.2 There are also telephones which are designed to automatically bypass the CNS PBX Switch in a power-fail situation. These "Bypass" telephones are designed to connect to central office lines and act in the same manner as the three lines listed above. The locations of these bypass telephones are listed below:
10.2 There are also telephones which are designed to automatically bypass the CNS PBX Switch in a power-fail situation. These "Bypass" telephones are designed to connect to central office lines and act in the same manner as the three lines listed above. The locations of these bypass telephones are listed below:
C.O. Line Number               Location                     Extension 825-3811                  Access Control                 Normally  inactive 825-3821                  SAS                           5276 825-3831                  CAS                           5374 825-3841                  Switchboard                   Normally  inactive 825-3851                    Admin 1st Floor               Normally  inactive 825-3861                    Control Room                   5614 825-3871                    Plant Manager's Office         Normally inactive
C.O. Line Number Location Extension Access Control SAS CAS Switchboard Admin 1st Floor Control Room Plant Manager's Office Normally inactive 5276 5374 Normally inactive Normally inactive 5614 Normally inactive
: 11. NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS) 11.1 This party-line network is operationally controlled by Attack Warning Officers at the National Warning Centers of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
: 11.
NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS) 11.1 This party-line network is operationally controlled by Attack Warning Officers at the National Warning Centers of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
NOTE - Detailed instructions for use of this network are posted near the telephone set located in the Control Room.
NOTE - Detailed instructions for use of this network are posted near the telephone set located in the Control Room.
11.1.1   Lifting the handset connects to the system.
11.1.1 Lifting the handset connects to the system.
[   11.1.2   The push-to-talk button on the inside face of the handset shall be pressed to transmit. Because it is a party line, conversations should be of short duration.
[
: 12. CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM
11.1.2 The push-to-talk button on the inside face of the handset shall be pressed to transmit. Because it is a party line, conversations should be of short duration.
[ ] 12.1 If a declared emergency takes place at CNS, emergency notifications are made to the State of Nebraska, State of Missouri, Atchison County, Missouri, and Nemaha County, Nebraska, using the CNS State Notification Telephone System.
: 12.
12.2 CNS State Notification Telephones are located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM
PROCEDURE 5.7.22_                       REVISION 22             PAGE 8 OF 22
[ ] 12.1 If a declared emergency takes place at CNS, emergency notifications are made to the State of Nebraska, State of Missouri, Atchison County, Missouri, and Nemaha County, Nebraska, using the CNS State Notification Telephone System.
12.2 CNS State Notification Telephones are located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.
PROCEDURE 5.7.22_
REVISION 22 PAGE 8 OF 22 825-3811 825-3821 825-3831 825-3841 825-3851 825-3861 825-3871


12.3   The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
12.3 The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska State Civil Defense EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
When the handset to this hotline is picked up and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska State Civil Defense EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.
: 13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS 1 13.1   CNS has two in-house 450 MHZ repeaters designated as Base 1 and Base 2.
: 13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS 1 13.1 CNS has two in-house 450 MHZ repeaters designated as Base 1 and Base 2.
These stations operate on different frequencies. However, all remote control points, portable and mobile units, are equipped for selecting and utilizing either system. Specific groups are assigned a specific base station to reduce interference.
These stations operate on different frequencies. However, all remote control points, portable and mobile units, are equipped for selecting and utilizing either system. Specific groups are assigned a specific base station to reduce interference.
13.2   Normal operating procedure is for Operations to monitor Fl. However, when Operations in involved in communication with Maintenance, Fire Protection, Radiological Protection, or other Operations personnel, Base 2, F3, shall be utilized.
13.2 Normal operating procedure is for Operations to monitor Fl. However, when Operations in involved in communication with Maintenance, Fire Protection, Radiological Protection, or other Operations personnel, Base 2, F3, shall be utilized.
13.3   Operation of the Base 1 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of following modes:
13.3 Operation of the Base 1 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of following modes:
[]     13.3.1   OPERATION OF BASE 1 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.3.1.1   Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 1 by selecting Base 1 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.
[ ]
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22         1   PAGE 9 OF 22   j
13.3.1 OPERATION OF BASE 1 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.3.1.1 Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 1 by selecting Base 1 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 9 OF 22 j


[1]   13.3.2   OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (Fl FUNCTION)
[1 ]
[ 1     13.3.2.1   All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 1 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F1 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 1 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1 and all other mobile and portable units will receive it.
13.3.2 OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (Fl FUNCTION)
[]   13.3.3   OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 1 (F2 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND" 13.3.3.1   All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F2 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 1 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1.
[ 1 13.3.2.1 All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 1 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F1 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 1 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1 and all other mobile and portable units will receive it.
1 13.4 Operation of the Base 2 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of the following modes:
[ ]
[1]   13.4.1   OPERATION OF BASE 2 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.4.1.1   Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 2 by selecting Base 2 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.
13.3.3 OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 1 (F2 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND" 13.3.3.1 All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F2 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 1 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1.
[]   13.4.2   OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (F3 FUNCTION) 13.4.2.1   All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 2 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F3 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 2 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2 and all other mobile and portable units.
1 13.4 Operation of the Base 2 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of the following modes:
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1       REVISION 22           1   PAGE 10 OF 22   1
[1 ]
13.4.1 OPERATION OF BASE 2 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.4.1.1 Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 2 by selecting Base 2 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.
[ ]
13.4.2 OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (F3 FUNCTION) 13.4.2.1 All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 2 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F3 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 2 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2 and all other mobile and portable units.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 10 OF 22 1


13.4.3   OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 2 (F4 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND"
13.4.3 OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 2 (F4 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND"
[ ]     13.4.3.1   All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F4 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 2 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2.
[ ]
13.5   Under normal operating conditions, group assignments for base station repeaters will be as follows:
13.4.3.1 All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F4 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 2 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2.
[   NOTE 1 - If one of the base station repeaters should fail, all personnel shall be instructed to switch operations to the functional system.
13.5 Under normal operating conditions, group assignments for base station repeaters will be as follows:
[
NOTE 1 - If one of the base station repeaters should fail, all personnel shall be instructed to switch operations to the functional system.
NOTE 2 - Cross-channel communication with local law enforcement can be accomplished by encoding Base 1 or Base 2. The Auburn Sheriffs Department has a monitor receiver for each base.
NOTE 2 - Cross-channel communication with local law enforcement can be accomplished by encoding Base 1 or Base 2. The Auburn Sheriffs Department has a monitor receiver for each base.
NOTE 3 - Paging of off-duty personnel can only be accomplished via Base 2.
NOTE 3 - Paging of off-duty personnel can only be accomplished via Base 2.
[I 1   13.5.1 Base 1 (F1 & F2) - Security, Mobile Units, Cross Band, and Encoding.
[I 1 13.5.1 Base 1 (F1 & F2) - Security, Mobile Units, Cross Band, and Encoding.
[ ]     13.5.2 Base 2 (F3 & F4) - Maintenance, Operations, Paging, Fire, and RP.
[ ]
: 14. CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE 14.1   A cross-band, two-way radio communications system exists between CNS and the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. Cross-band means the Sheriffs Office has monitor receivers on CNS's frequency Base 1 and Base 2, and CNS has a monitor receiver on the Sheriffs Office frequency.
13.5.2 Base 2 (F3 & F4) - Maintenance, Operations, Paging, Fire, and RP.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1       REVISION 22           1   PAGE 11 OF 22       1
: 14.
CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE 14.1 A cross-band, two-way radio communications system exists between CNS and the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. Cross-band means the Sheriffs Office has monitor receivers on CNS's frequency Base 1 and Base 2, and CNS has a monitor receiver on the Sheriffs Office frequency.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 11 OF 22 1


NOTE - If Base 1 is selected for cross-band operation, only the receiver which is on it's frequency shall respond at the Sheriffs Office. This also applies to Base 2.
NOTE - If Base 1 is selected for cross-band operation, only the receiver which is on it's frequency shall respond at the Sheriffs Office. This also applies to Base 2.
14.1.1     The monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are coded and remain inoperative until they receive a code signal from CNS. The CNS monitor receiver is normally turned off. This receiver should be turned on prior to any attempt to test or communicate with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. The coding on the two monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are identical for CNS's Base 1 and Base 2. Only the receiver frequencies are different.
14.1.1 The monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are coded and remain inoperative until they receive a code signal from CNS. The CNS monitor receiver is normally turned off. This receiver should be turned on prior to any attempt to test or communicate with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. The coding on the two monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are identical for CNS's Base 1 and Base 2. Only the receiver frequencies are different.
The determination of which receiver is activated is determined by which base at CNS is selected for cross-band operation.
The determination of which receiver is activated is determined by which base at CNS is selected for cross-band operation.  
  ] 14.2 This cross-band system can also be used for emergency and medical communications. The Nemaha County Sheriffs Office is equipped with the emergency medical frequencies. If this type of communication is necessary, establish voice contact with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office as described above. When communication has been established, request the Sheriffs Office to relay messages between you and the emergency vehicle. CNS's ambulance is also equipped with radio communication directly with the Sheriffs Office and/or hospitals equipped with radios on the emergency medical frequency.
] 14.2 This cross-band system can also be used for emergency and medical communications. The Nemaha County Sheriffs Office is equipped with the emergency medical frequencies. If this type of communication is necessary, establish voice contact with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office as described above. When communication has been established, request the Sheriffs Office to relay messages between you and the emergency vehicle. CNS's ambulance is also equipped with radio communication directly with the Sheriffs Office and/or hospitals equipped with radios on the emergency medical frequency.
[1]   14.2.1     To establish radio communications with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office:
[1 ]
14.2.1.1   Turn on the CNS's monitor receiver and adjust the volume and select which base station you wish to utilize.
14.2.1 To establish radio communications with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office:
14.2.1.2   Depress Code buttons 1 and 2, in that order, on the paging encoder. The code selected will appear on the LED readout on the encoder.
14.2.1.1 Turn on the CNS's monitor receiver and adjust the volume and select which base station you wish to utilize.
14.2.1.3   Depress and release the P button on the encoder. The coded signal will automatically be transmitted to Auburn.
14.2.1.2 Depress Code buttons 1 and 2, in that order, on the paging encoder. The code selected will appear on the LED readout on the encoder.
14.2.1.4   When the red light on the remote control console goes out, voice communications between the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office and CNS has been established and normal radio operating procedures can be utilized.
14.2.1.3 Depress and release the P button on the encoder. The coded signal will automatically be transmitted to Auburn.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22         1   PAGE 12 OF 22     ]
14.2.1.4 When the red light on the remote control console goes out, voice communications between the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office and CNS has been established and normal radio operating procedures can be utilized.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 12 OF 22  
]
: 15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION
: 15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION
[] 15.1   RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION 15.1.1 CNS leases digital pagers and radio paging services from a telecommunications company. Pagers are issued to various Management and Emergency Response personnel at CNS and other NPPD locations. Pagers can be activated from any touch-tone phone, on or off-site. Any call-back number may be displayed on the pager.
[]
S]     15.1.2 TO SEND AN INDIVIDUAL PAGE 15.1.2.1   Call the telephone number associated with the individual pager.
15.1 RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION 15.1.1 CNS leases digital pagers and radio paging services from a telecommunications company. Pagers are issued to various Management and Emergency Response personnel at CNS and other NPPD locations. Pagers can be activated from any touch-tone phone, on or off-site. Any call-back number may be displayed on the pager.
15.1.2.2   A list of telephone numbers for individual pagers can be found in the TSC or EOF.
S]
15.1.2.3     A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.
15.1.2 TO SEND AN INDIVIDUAL PAGE 15.1.2.1 Call the telephone number associated with the individual pager.
15.1.2.4   A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.
15.1.2.2 A list of telephone numbers for individual pagers can be found in the TSC or EOF.
[]     15.1.3 TO SEND AGROUPPAGE 15.1.3.1   An All-Call group page is usually activated by the CNS ANS (refer to Section 16). However, there is a "backup" method which allows the pagers to be activated by any touch-tone telephone. This backup method is password protected.
15.1.2.3 A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.
15.1.3.2   Call the telephone number associated with the specific group of pagers.
15.1.2.4 A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.
15.1.3.3   A list of telephone numbers for specific groups of pagers can be found in the "Pager" section of the Emergency Telephone Directory.
[]
15.1.3.4   A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.
15.1.3 TO SEND AGROUPPAGE 15.1.3.1 An All-Call group page is usually activated by the CNS ANS (refer to Section 16). However, there is a "backup" method which allows the pagers to be activated by any touch-tone telephone. This backup method is password protected.
15.1.3.5   A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.
15.1.3.2 Call the telephone number associated with the specific group of pagers.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1       REVISION 22         1   PAGE 13 OF 22
15.1.3.3 A list of telephone numbers for specific groups of pagers can be found in the "Pager" section of the Emergency Telephone Directory.
15.1.3.4 A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.
15.1.3.5 A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 13 OF 22


[1 15.2 PAGER INFORMATION NOTE - The following information applies to the Motorola "Bravo" digital pagers issued to most CNS employees. Some CNS employees, due to special circumstances, are issued Motorola "Advisor Gold" Alpha-Numeric pagers for which the following information does not apply. The CNS EP Department keeps printed operational information and instructions for use of both types of pagers on file in the EP office area for those individuals who request a copy.
[ 1 15.2 PAGER INFORMATION NOTE - The following information applies to the Motorola "Bravo" digital pagers issued to most CNS employees. Some CNS employees, due to special circumstances, are issued Motorola "Advisor Gold" Alpha-Numeric pagers for which the following information does not apply. The CNS EP Department keeps printed operational information and instructions for use of both types of pagers on file in the EP office area for those individuals who request a copy.
15.2.1   The pager ON/OFF switch is located on the side of the pager. Slide switch up all the way for audible paging or half way up for vibration mode.
15.2.1 The pager ON/OFF switch is located on the side of the pager. Slide switch up all the way for audible paging or half way up for vibration mode.
15.2.2   The pager will perform a "self-test" when first turned on. Eights will be displayed, it will beep, and the small red light will flash. If this does not occur, replace the battery and try again.
15.2.2 The pager will perform a "self-test" when first turned on. Eights will be displayed, it will beep, and the small red light will flash. If this does not occur, replace the battery and try again.
15.2.3   The display on the pager should always show the current time unless an unacknowledged page is in memory. In the audible mode, a small speaker symbol is also displayed. When in the vibrate mode, this symbol is absent. If there is an unacknowledged page stored in memory, the pager will "chirp" every 3 minutes until it is acknowledged.
15.2.3 The display on the pager should always show the current time unless an unacknowledged page is in memory. In the audible mode, a small speaker symbol is also displayed. When in the vibrate mode, this symbol is absent. If there is an unacknowledged page stored in memory, the pager will "chirp" every 3 minutes until it is acknowledged.
15.2.4   The black button is used to clear the pages in memory, lock pages in memory, or reset the pager clock.
15.2.4 The black button is used to clear the pages in memory, lock pages in memory, or reset the pager clock.
15.2.5   See the informational leaflet distributed with the pagers for more information concerning pager features.
15.2.5 See the informational leaflet distributed with the pagers for more information concerning pager features.
15.2.6   Replace the battery in the pager with an "AA" battery anytime it displays "LOW CELL". Batteries can be obtained at the CNS switchboard. The time displayed on the pager will have to be reset upon each change out of a pager battery.
15.2.6 Replace the battery in the pager with an "AA" battery anytime it displays "LOW CELL". Batteries can be obtained at the CNS switchboard. The time displayed on the pager will have to be reset upon each change out of a pager battery.
[ ]15.3 RESPONDING TO A PAGE 15.3.1   A pager will activate either audibly or by vibration, but only if it's turned on. It will also display the message "1 PAGE".
[ ]15.3 RESPONDING TO A PAGE 15.3.1 A pager will activate either audibly or by vibration, but only if it's turned on. It will also display the message "1 PAGE".
[ ]   15.3.2   Press the gray "UP ARROW" button to display the page. The most recent page is displayed first. A second press of the gray button will show the time the page was received. As many as 16 pages may be stored in the pager's memory. Every other time the gray button is depressed, the pager displays the next oldest page. If the register of pages is empty, "NO PAGES" is displayed. A page will remain in the memory register until cleared or overwritten.
[ ]
PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1       REVISION 22               PAGE 14 OF 22
15.3.2 Press the gray "UP ARROW" button to display the page. The most recent page is displayed first. A second press of the gray button will show the time the page was received. As many as 16 pages may be stored in the pager's memory. Every other time the gray button is depressed, the pager displays the next oldest page. If the register of pages is empty, "NO PAGES" is displayed. A page will remain in the memory register until cleared or overwritten.
PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 PAGE 14 OF 22


15.3.3 The pager may also display a Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, or Group 4.
15.3.3 The pager may also display a Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, or Group 4.
This group display identifies that the pager has been activated simultaneously with other pagers that are assigned to that particular group. The group display is informational only and has no bearing on response. Press the Grey button to scroll to the next screen and review the display digit code and call-back number.
This group display identifies that the pager has been activated simultaneously with other pagers that are assigned to that particular group. The group display is informational only and has no bearing on response. Press the Grey button to scroll to the next screen and review the display digit code and call-back number.
15.3.3.1   Group 1 is Emergency Preparedness Staff pagers.
15.3.3.1 Group 1 is Emergency Preparedness Staff pagers.
[ ]   15.3.3.2   Group 2 is On-Shift Station Operator pagers.
[ ]
15.3.3.3   Group 3 is Emergency Medical Technician pagers.
15.3.3.2 Group 2 is On-Shift Station Operator pagers.
[ ]   15.3.3.4   Group 4 is all EP Department Issued pagers (All-Call for Emergency Response).
15.3.3.3 Group 3 is Emergency Medical Technician pagers.
[ ]
15.3.3.4 Group 4 is all EP Department Issued pagers (All-Call for Emergency Response).
15.3.4 Pager display codes in effect are described in the table in Step 15.4.
15.3.4 Pager display codes in effect are described in the table in Step 15.4.
These informational codes appear as the first three (3) digits of the display and can be any combination of digits defined in the table. The informational codes are followed by a seven digit telephone number which should be called immediately.
These informational codes appear as the first three (3) digits of the display and can be any combination of digits defined in the table. The informational codes are followed by a seven digit telephone number which should be called immediately.
[ ]   15.3.4.1   EXAMPLE: 222-8255560. This would indicate a declaration with Emergency Response Facility Activation and responders to the plant.
[ ]
15.3.4.1 EXAMPLE: 222-8255560. This would indicate a declaration with Emergency Response Facility Activation and responders to the plant.
15.3.5 Return a call back to the telephone number displayed on the pager after the 3-digit code. Normally, if an emergency has been declared, the call-back number will be to the CNS ANS.
15.3.5 Return a call back to the telephone number displayed on the pager after the 3-digit code. Normally, if an emergency has been declared, the call-back number will be to the CNS ANS.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22           1       REVISION 22           1   PAGE 15 OF 22
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 15 OF 22


[ NOTE 1 - Reference the laminated, wallet sized, Pager Information Card for immediate help after a page if codes are displayed.
[ NOTE 1 - Reference the laminated, wallet sized, Pager Information Card for immediate help after a page if codes are displayed.
[ NOTE 2 - If no telephone number appears, contact the CNS Control Room by dialing (402) 825-5271.
[ NOTE 2 - If no telephone number appears, contact the CNS Control Room by dialing (402) 825-5271.
[ ] NOTE 3 - All telephone calls to CNS from any telephone exchange other than Brownville will require dialing Area Code: "402".
[ ] NOTE 3 - All telephone calls to CNS from any telephone exchange other than Brownville will require dialing Area Code: "402".
[]   15.4   PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTION  
[]
15.4 PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
 
CODE CODE DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333 RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 1633 DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY
CODE                               CODE DESCRIPTION 100       NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222       RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333       RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600       DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622       DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 1633       DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY
: 16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS) 1 16.1 The CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS), located in the EOF, is a PC loaded with software provided by Dialogics Communications Inc. The system has access to multiple inbound and outbound telephone lines. The system is interactive with the user, similar to the "Voice Mail" system used at CNS. There is a system printer attached and it also has FAX and Modem capabilities. A variety of reports can be generated at the system control console. Reports can be printed to any location having a FAX machine or LAN printer.
: 16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS) 1 16.1   The CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS), located in the EOF, is a PC loaded with software provided by Dialogics Communications Inc. The system has access to multiple inbound and outbound telephone lines. The system is interactive with the user, similar to the "Voice Mail" system used at CNS. There is a system printer attached and it also has FAX and Modem capabilities. A variety of reports can be generated at the system control console. Reports can be printed to any location having a FAX machine or LAN printer.
[
[     16.1.1   The system has been programmed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff with several pre-defined scenarios which cover the spectrum of Emergency Classifications and the associated ERO response expected.
16.1.1 The system has been programmed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff with several pre-defined scenarios which cover the spectrum of Emergency Classifications and the associated ERO response expected.
Following declaration of Alert or higher the CNS ANS will activate all pagers that are issued from CNS.
Following declaration of Alert or higher the CNS ANS will activate all pagers that are issued from CNS.
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1       REVISION 22           1 PAGE 16 OF 22       1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 16 OF 22 1


16.1.2 Simultaneously, the system will start to place outbound telephone calls to non-pager carriers, while accepting inbound calls from pager carriers calling back in response to the global page. The CNS ANS will provide the responder with information concerning the emergency event and expected response. The system will also request specific information from the responder in the form of yes or no answers and numbers. For the system to be able to interact with responders, it is necessary for the responder to have a telephone capable of producing DTMF tones. Many telephones of this type are known as "pulse-tone switchable". This is because they have a pulse/tone switch that allows their operating mode can be adjusted, depending upon the type of telephone service that is provided by the local telephone company. The switch in this type of phone must be in the tone position when interfacing with the CNS ANS.
16.1.2 Simultaneously, the system will start to place outbound telephone calls to non-pager carriers, while accepting inbound calls from pager carriers calling back in response to the global page. The CNS ANS will provide the responder with information concerning the emergency event and expected response. The system will also request specific information from the responder in the form of yes or no answers and numbers. For the system to be able to interact with responders, it is necessary for the responder to have a telephone capable of producing DTMF tones. Many telephones of this type are known as "pulse-tone switchable". This is because they have a pulse/tone switch that allows their operating mode can be adjusted, depending upon the type of telephone service that is provided by the local telephone company. The switch in this type of phone must be in the tone position when interfacing with the CNS ANS.
16.1.3 The system has been programmed to prompt the System Operator to record an "Current Scenario Message". In most cases, it is at the discretion of the Emergency Director to determine if such a message is necessary. If an "Current Scenario Message" is recorded, this message shall be delivered immediately after a prerecorded message.
16.1.3 The system has been programmed to prompt the System Operator to record an "Current Scenario Message". In most cases, it is at the discretion of the Emergency Director to determine if such a message is necessary. If an "Current Scenario Message" is recorded, this message shall be delivered immediately after a prerecorded message.
An "Current Scenario Message" should contain information such as the applicable EAL, information the responder needs to know regarding his safety prior to arriving at CNS or specific information that is relevant to the emergency.
An "Current Scenario Message" should contain information such as the applicable EAL, information the responder needs to know regarding his safety prior to arriving at CNS or specific information that is relevant to the emergency.  
  ]   16.1.4 The system is currently programmed to print reports at the Emergency Response Facilities. These reports identify the personnel who are responding to the plant to fill identified positions and their approximate times of arrival. These reports will be used by ERO Facility Management to evaluate the success of the call-in of ERO to an event.
]
  ]   16.1.5 Activation or cancellation of any of the system scenarios can be accomplished via any touch-tone telephone by calling into the system extension 8579 and entering a valid password. System control is accomplished from the control terminal in the EOF. All system functions and maintenance are password protected to prevent accidental or unauthorized activation.
16.1.4 The system is currently programmed to print reports at the Emergency Response Facilities. These reports identify the personnel who are responding to the plant to fill identified positions and their approximate times of arrival. These reports will be used by ERO Facility Management to evaluate the success of the call-in of ERO to an event.  
I   PROCEDURE 5.7.22           1       REVISION 22           1   PAGE 17 OF 22     1
]
16.1.5 Activation or cancellation of any of the system scenarios can be accomplished via any touch-tone telephone by calling into the system extension 8579 and entering a valid password. System control is accomplished from the control terminal in the EOF. All system functions and maintenance are password protected to prevent accidental or unauthorized activation.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 17 OF 22 1


[]   16.2   RESPONDING TO THE CNS ANS BY TELEPHONE 16.2.1   When the CNS ANS calls out to CNS personnel at home, the call flow is virtually identical to when personnel call in to it. The CNS ANS will not ask to speak to a specific individual. It will identify itself, prompt for the entry of a security badge number, and then wait several seconds for the information to be entered. If no information is entered, it will prompt again and wait. If after three attempts, no information is entered, the system shall hang up and call other personnel.
[ ]
16.2.2   When calling in to the CNS ANS, please be aware that the CNS ANS has access to a limited number of inbound lines and there are hundreds of pagers issued at CNS. It will take several minutes for the system to process all calls. Be patient and if necessary, make more than one attempt to call back. For notification to be completely successful, you MUST make contact with the system. Your call will ring through when any one of the lines are open. If you keep getting a busy signal, wait a minute before calling again.
16.2 RESPONDING TO THE CNS ANS BY TELEPHONE 16.2.1 When the CNS ANS calls out to CNS personnel at home, the call flow is virtually identical to when personnel call in to it. The CNS ANS will not ask to speak to a specific individual. It will identify itself, prompt for the entry of a security badge number, and then wait several seconds for the information to be entered. If no information is entered, it will prompt again and wait. If after three attempts, no information is entered, the system shall hang up and call other personnel.
16.2.3   Follow the instructions provided by the CNS ANS. The CNS ANS will ask for your 4-digit security badge number that you request from Security Access Control. Be sure to include the zeros in your number (i.e., 0008, 0027, 0276, 2080, etc.). After you enter the 4th digit, push the # key.
16.2.2 When calling in to the CNS ANS, please be aware that the CNS ANS has access to a limited number of inbound lines and there are hundreds of pagers issued at CNS. It will take several minutes for the system to process all calls. Be patient and if necessary, make more than one attempt to call back. For notification to be completely successful, you MUST make contact with the system. Your call will ring through when any one of the lines are open. If you keep getting a busy signal, wait a minute before calling again.
16.2.4   All information requested by the system is verified after entry. This is done by a repeat back of the information and then the request to enter a 9 for YES or 6 for NO as to the correctness of the information.
16.2.3 Follow the instructions provided by the CNS ANS. The CNS ANS will ask for your 4-digit security badge number that you request from Security Access Control. Be sure to include the zeros in your number (i.e., 0008, 0027, 0276, 2080, etc.). After you enter the 4th digit, push the # key.
16.2.4 All information requested by the system is verified after entry. This is done by a repeat back of the information and then the request to enter a 9 for YES or 6 for NO as to the correctness of the information.
If you provide wrong information, realize it, and then enter a 6, the system will erase the information and prompt for the information again.
If you provide wrong information, realize it, and then enter a 6, the system will erase the information and prompt for the information again.
[ ]   16.2.5   Do not hang up the telephone until you hear the system say, "Thank you, Goodbye". Only then, will you know that you have provided all the necessary information, and heard all the information that needs to be provided to you.
[ ]
16.2.5 Do not hang up the telephone until you hear the system say, "Thank you, Goodbye". Only then, will you know that you have provided all the necessary information, and heard all the information that needs to be provided to you.
: 17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPECTIVELY)
: 17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPECTIVELY)
[ 17.1   CNS has a base station which operates on the District's state-wide radio system frequencies.
[ 17.1 CNS has a base station which operates on the District's state-wide radio system frequencies.
[ 17.2 This station is controlled from remote control consoles located at the EOF, AEOF, OSC, and Control Room.
[
I         PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1     REVISION 22           1   PAGE 18 OF 22
17.2 This station is controlled from remote control consoles located at the EOF, AEOF, OSC, and Control Room.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 18 OF 22


[ 17.3   This station is capable of communicating with any other base station, mobile, or portable units which are equipped to operate on the state-wide system.
[
17.3 This station is capable of communicating with any other base station, mobile, or portable units which are equipped to operate on the state-wide system.
: 18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS)
: 18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS)
[1]18.1   GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network. Refer to Attachment 2, Governmental Emergency Telecommunications Service (GETS), for GETS usage instructions.
[1 ]18.1 GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network. Refer to Attachment 2, Governmental Emergency Telecommunications Service (GETS), for GETS usage instructions.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22             1     REVISION 22           1   PAGE 19 OF 22
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 19 OF 22


ATTACHMENT 1         EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM           OSC EOF TSC CR JIC AEOF AOSC       COMMENTS Off-site Dial "9 + 1"
ATTACHMENT 1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OSC EOF TSC CR JIC AEOF AOSC COMMENTS Off-site Dial "9 + 1"
: 1. Telephone PBX         X   X   X   X   X   X     X Primary on-site/off-site communications Other extensions
: 1. Telephone PBX X
: 2. Station Intercom                                     available in various System "Gaitronics"                                 areas throughout the station Other outlets available
X X
: 3. Sound Power System             X   X             X in various areas
X X
X X
Primary on-site/off-site communications Other extensions
: 2. Station Intercom available in various System "Gaitronics" areas throughout the station Other outlets available
: 3.
Sound Power System X
X X
in various areas
_throughout the station Extensions available
_throughout the station Extensions available
: 4. Alternate Intercom     X   X   X   X   X         X in other areas of the System                                             plant
: 4. Alternate Intercom X
: 5. FTS 2001 ENS, HPN,                                 Dial telephone number EROs, NRC Site             X   X   X               listed on top of Team phones                       I       I         telephone
X X
: 6. NPPD Microwave         X       X   X   X   X     X District Wide Network
X X
: 7. Telephone extensions       X   X   X   X   X                 None to local exchange
X in other areas of the System plant
: 8. NAWAS                               X                         None
: 5.
: 9. CNS State                                           Hotline to states and Notification               X   X   X               counties Telephone System
FTS 2001 ENS, HPN, Dial telephone number EROs, NRC Site X
: 10. Site Base Station Repeater Consoles             I                               N
X X
: 11. Cross-Band Encoding                 X                         None
listed on top of Team phones I
: 12. Radio Paging System   X   X   X   X   X   X     X Leased Service
I telephone
: 13. DistrictRai State-Wide ytmX             X       X       X       District Wide Radio System Functional and
: 6.
: 14. CNS On-Site Digital   X   X   X   X             X Available at Various Cell Phone System                                   Plant Locations
NPPD Microwave X
: 15. CNS Automated                                       Used for call-in of Notification System                   I X I     I   ERO personnel PROCEDURE 5.7.22               REVISION 22     1   PAGE 20 OF 22
X X
X X
X District Wide Network
: 7.
Telephone extensions X
X X
X X
None to local exchange
: 8.
NAWAS X
None
: 9.
CNS State Hotline to states and Notification X
X X
counties Telephone System
: 10. Site Base Station Repeater Consoles I
N
: 11. Cross-Band Encoding X
None
: 12. Radio Paging System X
X X
X X
X X
Leased Service
: 13. District State-Wide Rai ytmX X
X X
District Wide Radio System Functional and
: 14. CNS On-Site Digital X
X X
X X
Available at Various Cell Phone System Plant Locations
: 15. CNS Automated Used for call-in of Notification System I X I I
ERO personnel PROCEDURE 5.7.22 REVISION 22 1
PAGE 20 OF 22


ATTACHMENT 2           GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS NOTE 1 - GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network.
ATTACHMENT 2 GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS NOTE 1 - GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network.
NOTE 2 - The Control Room GETS card is located in the Shift Supervisor's cubicle in the CNS Control Room.
NOTE 2 - The Control Room GETS card is located in the Shift Supervisor's cubicle in the CNS Control Room.
NOTE 3 - The EOF GETS card is located in the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator's Position Instruction Manual (PIM).
NOTE 3 - The EOF GETS card is located in the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator's Position Instruction Manual (PIM).
To place a call utilizing GETS:
To place a call utilizing GETS:
: 1. Dial 9-1-710-627-4387.
: 1.
Dial 9-1-710-627-4387.
Alternate number (to be used if you cannot complete the call using the main GETS number) 1-888-288-4387.
Alternate number (to be used if you cannot complete the call using the main GETS number) 1-888-288-4387.
: 2. After the short dial tone, enter your PIN located on your GETS card.
: 2.
After the short dial tone, enter your PIN located on your GETS card.
NOTE - Do NOT dial a 9-1 before entering your destination number's Area Code and Telephone Number. This will cause failure in connecting to the destination number.
NOTE - Do NOT dial a 9-1 before entering your destination number's Area Code and Telephone Number. This will cause failure in connecting to the destination number.
: 3. When prompted, dial your destination number (Area Code + Telephone Number).
: 3.
When prompted, dial your destination number (Area Code + Telephone Number).
GETS Assistance:
GETS Assistance:
: 1. Dial 9-1-800-818-GETS (4387) to obtain user assistance or report trouble at any time.
: 1.
Dial 9-1-800-818-GETS (4387) to obtain user assistance or report trouble at any time.
This line is available 24 hours a day.
This line is available 24 hours a day.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1     REVISION 22         1   PAGE 21 OF 22
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 1
PAGE 21 OF 22


ATTACHMENT 3         INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1   The Emergency Response staff has available to it various types of communications equipment which allows for effective communications to both on-site and off-site groups.
ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 The Emergency Response staff has available to it various types of communications equipment which allows for effective communications to both on-site and off-site groups.
1.2   Communications with on-site or off-site groups is the responsibility of the Emergency Director, through cognizant individuals in each Emergency Response Facility. The basic philosophy is to minimize outside distractions to the Emergency Director so he can devote full attention to managing emergency mitigation and response activities.
1.2 Communications with on-site or off-site groups is the responsibility of the Emergency Director, through cognizant individuals in each Emergency Response Facility. The basic philosophy is to minimize outside distractions to the Emergency Director so he can devote full attention to managing emergency mitigation and response activities.
: 2. REFERENCES 2.1   CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1   CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
: 2.
2.1.2   NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.
2.1.3   NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.
2.2   PROCEDURES 2.2.1   System Operating Procedure 2.2.4, Communications Systems.
2.1.3 NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
2.2.2   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.
2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 System Operating Procedure 2.2.4, Communications Systems.
2.2.3     Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.2, Shift Supervisor EPIP.
2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.22               1     REVISION 22             PAGE 22 OF 22
2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.2, Shift Supervisor EPIP.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1
REVISION 22 PAGE 22 OF 22


USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONSEPIP                MANUAL                         EFEC   E: 4
USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E: 4 EPIP
                                                            .7.23EFFECTIVE:                 4/13/02 EPIP 5.7.23                                       APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: T.: S. HAYNES EP ACTIVATION OF THE JIC                                         DER DEPARTMENT: EP
.7.23EFFECTIVE:
: 1. P U RP O S E . .. .. .. ... ... ... .... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. ... ... ... 1
4/13/02 EPIP 5.7.23 APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: T. S. HAYNES ACTIVATION OF THE JIC DER EP DEPARTMENT: EP
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ...................................                                   1
: 1.
: 3. REQU IREM EN TS ..................................................                               2
P U R P O S E....................
: 4. INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO ................................                                 2
1
: 5. PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR ........................................                                 3
: 2.
: 6. FACILITY MANAGER ...............................................                                 5
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS...................................
: 7. TECHNICAL BRIEFER ..............................................                                 6
1
: 8. M EDIA M ON ITOR .................................................                               7
: 3.
: 9. DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON ......................................                                   7
REQU IREM EN TS..................................................
: 10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER ....................................                                   7
2
: 11. RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES ......................................                                   8
: 4.
INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO................................
2
: 5.
PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR........................................
3
: 6.
FACILITY M ANAGER...............................................
5
: 7.
TECHNICAL BRIEFER..............................................
6
: 8.
M EDIA M ON ITOR.................................................
7
: 9.
DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON......................................
7
: 10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER....................................
7
: 11.
RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES......................................
8
: 12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)
: 12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)
R E LE ASE S .......................................................                             8
R E LE A SE S.......................................................
: 13. NEW S CONFERENCES .............................................                                   9
8
: 14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES ..............................                                   10
: 13. NEW S CONFERENCES.............................................
: 15. R E C OV E R Y ......................................................                           10
9
: 16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC ........................................                                 12 ATTACHMENT 1                 PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS ...................                     13 ATTACHMENT 2                 JIC FLOOR PLAN ................................                   14 ATTACHMENT 3                 INFORMATION SHEET ...........................                     15
: 14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES..............................
: 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides notification and activation instructions in the event of a declared emergency at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS). It provides instructions for the Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) to notify Corporate Communications and NPPD management. It also describes the functions of the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the responsibilities of the JIC staff in the event an emergency is declared at CNS.
10
: 2. PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 15. R E C O V E R Y......................................................
[ 2.1   The Emergency Director approves all written information releases prior to their release.
10
2.2   Accuracy in receiving information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Be sure the receiver of each message understands its content. Ensure the information is recorded concisely and the reporting official repeats the information and gives his name.
: 16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC........................................
PROCEDURE 5.7.23                             1             REVISION 3         PAGE 1 OF 16
12 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS...................
13 ATTACHMENT 2 JIC FLOOR PLAN................................
14 ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET...........................
15
: 1.
PURPOSE This procedure provides notification and activation instructions in the event of a declared emergency at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS). It provides instructions for the Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) to notify Corporate Communications and NPPD management. It also describes the functions of the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the responsibilities of the JIC staff in the event an emergency is declared at CNS.
: 2.
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
[ 2.1 The Emergency Director approves all written information releases prior to their release.
2.2 Accuracy in receiving information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Be sure the receiver of each message understands its content. Ensure the information is recorded concisely and the reporting official repeats the information and gives his name.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 PAGE 1 OF 16


  ] 2.3   Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is also extremely important. Always coordinate with other information gatherers before any information is released to the media or the public.
] 2.3 Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is also extremely important. Always coordinate with other information gatherers before any information is released to the media or the public.
2.4   It is imperative that all media releases/briefings be documented.
2.4 It is imperative that all media releases/briefings be documented.
: 3. REQUIREMENTS
: 3.
[ ] 3.1   An emergency has been declared at CNS per Procedure 5.7.1.
REQUIREMENTS
: 4. INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO 4.1   The PADO shall be notified by pager of any emergency situation at CNS. The pager will display a return telephone number at CNS.
[ ] 3.1 An emergency has been declared at CNS per Procedure 5.7.1.
4.2   The PADO shall immediately return a call to the telephone number provided and follow instructions given by the Automated Notification System (ANS).
: 4.
INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO 4.1 The PADO shall be notified by pager of any emergency situation at CNS. The pager will display a return telephone number at CNS.
4.2 The PADO shall immediately return a call to the telephone number provided and follow instructions given by the Automated Notification System (ANS).
This will also provide the PADO with information on how to contact the CNS Communicator.
This will also provide the PADO with information on how to contact the CNS Communicator.
[ 4.3   Obtain Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. Upon establishing contact with the CNS Communicator, identify yourself as the PADO and request all information from the Initial Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. In certain cases, the CNS Communicator may not be available to provide you the information via telephone in a timely manner. In such cases, a fax of the Initial Notification Report is acceptable.
[ 4.3 Obtain Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. Upon establishing contact with the CNS Communicator, identify yourself as the PADO and request all information from the Initial Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. In certain cases, the CNS Communicator may not be available to provide you the information via telephone in a timely manner. In such cases, a fax of the Initial Notification Report is acceptable.
1 4.4   Repeat the emergency information on Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, back to the CNS Communicator, if received via telephone. Forward the Initial Notification Report to the Public Affairs Director.
1 4.4 Repeat the emergency information on Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, back to the CNS Communicator, if received via telephone. Forward the Initial Notification Report to the Public Affairs Director.
4.4.1     Request the CNS Communicator to fax all Notification Reports to you.
4.4.1 Request the CNS Communicator to fax all Notification Reports to you.
[]   4.4.2     Notify the Vice President - Nuclear of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.
[ ]
4.4.3     Notify the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or designee of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.
4.4.2 Notify the Vice President - Nuclear of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3           1   PAGE 2 OF 16
4.4.3 Notify the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or designee of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 2 OF 16


4.5   Advise the CNS Communicator how to provide you further information. Give him a telephone number where you may be reached or tell him to continue to use the pager system.
4.5 Advise the CNS Communicator how to provide you further information. Give him a telephone number where you may be reached or tell him to continue to use the pager system.
[]   4.5.1   IN THE EVENT THAT THE JIC NEEDS TO BE ACTIVATED DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS (JIC ACTIVATION IS REQUIRED AT A SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION. HOWEVER, THE PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR AND/OR EMERGENCY DIRECTOR CAN CHOSE TO ACTIVATE AT A LOWER CLASSIFICATION) - Request the NPPD General Office Receptionist to use the building paging system to announce the activation of the JIC. The Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure the JIC is staffed and activated.
[]
4.5.1 IN THE EVENT THAT THE JIC NEEDS TO BE ACTIVATED DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS (JIC ACTIVATION IS REQUIRED AT A SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION. HOWEVER, THE PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR AND/OR EMERGENCY DIRECTOR CAN CHOSE TO ACTIVATE AT A LOWER CLASSIFICATION) - Request the NPPD General Office Receptionist to use the building paging system to announce the activation of the JIC. The Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure the JIC is staffed and activated.
NOTE - A print-out of qualified JIC personnel can be found in the Corporate Communications office, Public Affairs Director PIM, and the Facility Manager PIM.
NOTE - A print-out of qualified JIC personnel can be found in the Corporate Communications office, Public Affairs Director PIM, and the Facility Manager PIM.
4.5.2   In the event that the JIC needs to be activated during non-business hours, the Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure members of the JIC staff are contacted and the JIC is activated.
4.5.2 In the event that the JIC needs to be activated during non-business hours, the Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure members of the JIC staff are contacted and the JIC is activated.
: 5. PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR 5.1   The Public Affairs Director (PAD) is responsible for the following:
: 5.
5.1.1   Ensuring appropriate JIC staff members have been notified that the JIC is activating.
PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR 5.1 The Public Affairs Director (PAD) is responsible for the following:
5.1.2   Conducting a roll call to verify JIC Emergency Response positions have been staffed.
5.1.1 Ensuring appropriate JIC staff members have been notified that the JIC is activating.
5.1.3   Obtaining a current plant status report from the Emergency Director.
5.1.2 Conducting a roll call to verify JIC Emergency Response positions have been staffed.
5.1.4   Conducting an initial meeting with key JIC personnel to ensure they are ready to assume their emergency response functions.
5.1.3 Obtaining a current plant status report from the Emergency Director.
5.1.5   Declaring the JIC operational.
5.1.4 Conducting an initial meeting with key JIC personnel to ensure they are ready to assume their emergency response functions.
5.1.6   Contacting the EOF Director to inform him that the JIC is operational.
5.1.5 Declaring the JIC operational.
5.1.7   Conducting initial and follow-up meetings with the JIC staff and other agencies to ensure everyone has the latest emergency status information.
5.1.6 Contacting the EOF Director to inform him that the JIC is operational.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3           1   PAGE 3 OF 16
5.1.7 Conducting initial and follow-up meetings with the JIC staff and other agencies to ensure everyone has the latest emergency status information.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 3 OF 16


5.1.8 Coordinating JIC public relations activities by ensuring following activities are performed:
5.1.8 Coordinating JIC public relations activities by ensuring following activities are performed:
5.1.8.1     News conferences.
5.1.8.1 News conferences.
5.1.8.2     Media monitoring.
5.1.8.2 Media monitoring.
5.1.8.3     Rumor control.
5.1.8.3 Rumor control.
[   5.1.8.4     Employee information.
[
  ]   5.1.9 Contacting the CEO and update him on the emergency status.
5.1.8.4 Employee information.  
[ ]   5.1.10 Ensuring appropriate media representatives (AP, Omaha World Herald, etc.) are contacted and informed the JIC is functioning.
]
[ ]   5.1.11 Providing the Governmental Affairs office with information concerning the emergency status at CNS.
5.1.9 Contacting the CEO and update him on the emergency status.
[ ]   5.1.12 Coordinating activities of the JIC with Media Representatives and moderate the news conferences (who speaks, when, where, etc.).
[ ]
[ ]   5.1.13 Taking notes in news conferences and assisting the designated Spokesperson, as necessary.
5.1.10 Ensuring appropriate media representatives (AP, Omaha World Herald, etc.) are contacted and informed the JIC is functioning.
[ ]   5.1.14 Ensuring "press releases" by NPPD are faxed to NRC Region IV Public Information Officer and NRC Operations Center. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
[ ]
[ ]   5.1.15 Ensuring following are notified and provided with CNS status:
5.1.11 Providing the Governmental Affairs office with information concerning the emergency status at CNS.
[ ]   5.1.15.1     LES Public Information.
[ ]
5.1.15.2     Mid American Energy Corporate Communications.
5.1.12 Coordinating activities of the JIC with Media Representatives and moderate the news conferences (who speaks, when, where, etc.).
[ ]   5.1.16 Providing status of JIC support efforts to EOF.
[ ]
[ ]   5.1.17 Providing follow-up contact with the EOF Director, Vice President - Nuclear, and CEO as needed.
5.1.13 Taking notes in news conferences and assisting the designated Spokesperson, as necessary.
I 1   5.1.18 The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:
[ ]
[   5.1.18.1     Time of events and declaration.
5.1.14 Ensuring "press releases" by NPPD are faxed to NRC Region IV Public Information Officer and NRC Operations Center. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
1   5.1.18.2     Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.
[ ]
PROCEDURE 5.7.23                     REVISION 3             PAGE 4 OF 16
5.1.15 Ensuring following are notified and provided with CNS status:
[ ]
5.1.15.1 LES Public Information.
5.1.15.2 Mid American Energy Corporate Communications.
[ ]
5.1.16 Providing status of JIC support efforts to EOF.
[ ]
5.1.17 Providing follow-up contact with the EOF Director, Vice President - Nuclear, and CEO as needed.
I 1 5.1.18 The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:
[
5.1.18.1 Time of events and declaration.
1 5.1.18.2 Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 REVISION 3 PAGE 4 OF 16


5.1.19   The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.1.19 The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.
5.1.19.1   The PAD will issue the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.
5.1.19.1 The PAD will issue the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.
: 6. FACILITY MANAGER 6.1   The Facility Manager is responsible for following:
: 6.
1   6.1.1   Assuming responsibility for all office machines, supplies, and their environment throughout the course of the emergency.
FACILITY MANAGER 6.1 The Facility Manager is responsible for following:
1   6.1.2   Ensuring tables and chairs are set up.
1 6.1.1 Assuming responsibility for all office machines, supplies, and their environment throughout the course of the emergency.
[   NOTE - Emergency Planning Implementing Procedures and Emergency Telephone Directories are located in JIC Cabinet #1. Equipment and supplies can be found in JIC Cabinet #2. Two fax machines for the JIC and two fax machines for the States are located in JIC Cabinet #3.
1 6.1.2 Ensuring tables and chairs are set up.
    ]   6.1.3   Setting up and verifying operability of all communications equipment.
[
NOTE - Emergency Planning Implementing Procedures and Emergency Telephone Directories are located in JIC Cabinet #1. Equipment and supplies can be found in JIC Cabinet #2. Two fax machines for the JIC and two fax machines for the States are located in JIC Cabinet #3.  
]
6.1.3 Setting up and verifying operability of all communications equipment.
If any equipment is found to be defective, make arrangements to replace or augment it.
If any equipment is found to be defective, make arrangements to replace or augment it.
[ ]   6.1.4   Ensuring equipment and supplies are available in the media briefing area (microphones, PA system, literature display, etc.).
[ ]
6.1.5   Establishing and maintaining security by stationing one person at the Board Room Entrance near the General Office Lobby to perform following:
6.1.4 Ensuring equipment and supplies are available in the media briefing area (microphones, PA system, literature display, etc.).
6.1.5.1     Register NPPD, State, Federal agency personnel, and media representatives names and affiliations. Ensure media representatives have Media Press Credentials.
6.1.5 Establishing and maintaining security by stationing one person at the Board Room Entrance near the General Office Lobby to perform following:
6.1.5.2     Direct media representatives to briefing area.
6.1.5.1 Register NPPD, State, Federal agency personnel, and media representatives names and affiliations. Ensure media representatives have Media Press Credentials.
6.1.5.3     If necessary, acquire additional Security personnel (i.e.,
6.1.5.2 Direct media representatives to briefing area.
6.1.5.3 If necessary, acquire additional Security personnel (i.e.,
Columbus Police Department and/or professional security contractor. Guard-Rite Security Services L.L.C. can be contacted at 402-644-8000 or 402-644-7054 (emergencies).
Columbus Police Department and/or professional security contractor. Guard-Rite Security Services L.L.C. can be contacted at 402-644-8000 or 402-644-7054 (emergencies).
[ ]   6.1.6   Developing a 24 hour schedule for JIC personnel.
[ ]
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3               PAGE 5 OF 16
6.1.6 Developing a 24 hour schedule for JIC personnel.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 PAGE 5 OF 16


6.1.7   Obtaining clerical and administrative support for the JIC staff as necessary.
6.1.7 Obtaining clerical and administrative support for the JIC staff as necessary.
6.1.8   The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.
6.1.8 The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.
[ ]   6.1.9   Ensuring the JIC is cleaned up and the appropriate equipment is returned to the General Office when the facility is deactivated.
[ ]
: 7. TECHNICAL BRIEFER 7.1   The Technical Briefer is responsible for following:
6.1.9 Ensuring the JIC is cleaned up and the appropriate equipment is returned to the General Office when the facility is deactivated.
7.1.1   Establishing contact with the EOF TIC.
: 7.
[ ]   7.1.2   Receiving technical information for use by the designated Spokesperson in news conferences.
TECHNICAL BRIEFER 7.1 The Technical Briefer is responsible for following:
7.1.3   Providing technical information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
7.1.1 Establishing contact with the EOF TIC.
7.1.4   Assisting in the review of statements to the media by providing clarification of the technical data.
[ ]
[ ]     7.1.4.1     The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.
7.1.2 Receiving technical information for use by the designated Spokesperson in news conferences.
7.1.4.2     The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).
7.1.3 Providing technical information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
7.1.4.3     Any changes in the emergency classification.
7.1.4 Assisting in the review of statements to the media by providing clarification of the technical data.
7.1.4.4     A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.
[ ]
7.1.4.5     The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.
7.1.4.1 The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.
7.1.4.6     A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe and stable condition.
7.1.4.2 The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).
7.1.4.7     Forward the information release to the PAD.
7.1.4.3 Any changes in the emergency classification.
7.1.5   Organizing the appropriate technical information for use in development of news conferences and communiques.
7.1.4.4 A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3           1   PAGE 6 OF 16
7.1.4.5 The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.
7.1.4.6 A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe and stable condition.
7.1.4.7 Forward the information release to the PAD.
7.1.5 Organizing the appropriate technical information for use in development of news conferences and communiques.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 6 OF 16


7.1.6   Responding to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.
7.1.6 Responding to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.
: 8. MEDIA MONITOR 8.1   The Media Monitor is responsible for following:
: 8.
[   8.1.1   Assisting in assembling equipment necessary for operation of the public information effort.
MEDIA MONITOR 8.1 The Media Monitor is responsible for following:
[   8.1.2   Monitoring and recording radio and television network newscasts, particularly the EAS stations associated with CNS. Inform Public Affairs Director (PAD) of any misinformation being generated by or through the media.
[
8.1.3   Remaining available to PAD for media monitoring assignments relative to emergency response by the District.
8.1.1 Assisting in assembling equipment necessary for operation of the public information effort.
: 9. DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON 9.1   The designated Spokesperson is responsible for following:
[
[   9.1.1   The designated Spokesperson will represent NPPD during news conferences and present prepared statements to the media.
8.1.2 Monitoring and recording radio and television network newscasts, particularly the EAS stations associated with CNS. Inform Public Affairs Director (PAD) of any misinformation being generated by or through the media.
: 10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER 10.1   The Public Information Officer (PIO) is responsible for:
8.1.3 Remaining available to PAD for media monitoring assignments relative to emergency response by the District.
10.1.1 Making arrangements for two laptops and one printer to be brought to the JIC facility.
: 9.
10.1.2   Coordinating activities with Public Information Officers from other agencies (state and federal).
DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON 9.1 The designated Spokesperson is responsible for following:
10.1.3 The PIO will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.
[
10.1.4 Assisting with the rumor control function in the JIC.
9.1.1 The designated Spokesperson will represent NPPD during news conferences and present prepared statements to the media.
[   10.1.5   Assisting with response to public inquiries, if necessary.
: 10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER 10.1 The Public Information Officer (PIO) is responsible for:
10.1.6   Responding to public inquiry calls directed to NPPD at the JIC in cooperation with State and Federal personnel.
10.1.1 Making arrangements for two laptops and one printer to be brought to the JIC facility.
[   10.1.7   Provide support to the District's designated Spokesperson.
10.1.2 Coordinating activities with Public Information Officers from other agencies (state and federal).
PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1     REVISION 3             1   PAGE 7 OF 16
10.1.3 The PIO will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.
: 11. RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES
10.1.4 Assisting with the rumor control function in the JIC.
[ 11.1 Rumor control personnel shall relay rumors or misinformation and trends in information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
[
11.1.1   PAD will ensure rumors and misinformation are addressed in a timely manner in either a news conference or a telephone call.
10.1.5 Assisting with response to public inquiries, if necessary.
S] 11.1.2     As appropriate, rumors or misinformation regarding state or county activities will referred to the state or county Public Information Officer located in the JIC.
10.1.6 Responding to public inquiry calls directed to NPPD at the JIC in cooperation with State and Federal personnel.
[
10.1.7 Provide support to the District's designated Spokesperson.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 7 OF 16
: 11.
RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES
[ 11.1 Rumor control personnel shall relay rumors or misinformation and trends in information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
11.1.1 PAD will ensure rumors and misinformation are addressed in a timely manner in either a news conference or a telephone call.
S]
11.1.2 As appropriate, rumors or misinformation regarding state or county activities will referred to the state or county Public Information Officer located in the JIC.
: 12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)
: 12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)
RELEASES
RELEASES
[ ] 12.1   At a minimum, written information releases should be prepared following activation of the JIC and cancellation of the emergency (i.e., resumption of normal plant operations); however, written information releases should be prepared as events related to the emergency dictate to ensure the news media and the public are kept informed, and to preclude the dissemination of misinformation. Such information releases should also be prepared when a change in emergency classification occurs.
[ ] 12.1 At a minimum, written information releases should be prepared following activation of the JIC and cancellation of the emergency (i.e., resumption of normal plant operations); however, written information releases should be prepared as events related to the emergency dictate to ensure the news media and the public are kept informed, and to preclude the dissemination of misinformation. Such information releases should also be prepared when a change in emergency classification occurs.
12.2 The Public Information Officer will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.
12.2 The Public Information Officer will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.
12.3 The Technical Briefer will ensure the information release is accurate with regard to following:
12.3 The Technical Briefer will ensure the information release is accurate with regard to following:
[   12.3.1 The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.
[
[   12.3.2 The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).
12.3.1 The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.
[ ]   12.3.3 Any changes in the emergency classification.
[
12.3.4 A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.
12.3.2 The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).
[ ]   12.3.5 The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.
[ ]
12.3.6 A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe, stable condition.
12.3.3 Any changes in the emergency classification.
12.3.7 Forward the information release to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
12.3.4 A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23               1       REVISION 3         1   PAGE 8 OF 16     ]
[ ]
12.3.5 The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.
12.3.6 A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe, stable condition.
12.3.7 Forward the information release to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 8 OF 16  
]


12.4   The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:
12.4 The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:
12.4.1   Time of events and declaration.
12.4.1 Time of events and declaration.
[ ]     12.4.2   Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.
[ ]
12.5   The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.
12.4.2 Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.
12.5.1   The PAD will generate the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.
12.5 The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.
[] 12.6   DISTRIBUTION OF WRITTEN INFORMATION RELEASES
12.5.1 The PAD will generate the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.
[]     12.6.1   The PAD's Secretary will distribute copies of the written information releases to following:
[]
[1       12.6. 1.1   Facility Manager for inclusion on the media materials desk.
12.6 DISTRIBUTION OF WRITTEN INFORMATION RELEASES
12.6.1.2   Federal and State Public Information Officers in the JIC.
[ ]
12.6.1.3   Fax copies to the Governmental Affairs Office, NRC Region IV Public Information Officer, NRC Operations Center, LES Public Information, and Mid American Energy Corporate Communications. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
12.6.1 The PAD's Secretary will distribute copies of the written information releases to following:
: 13. NEWS CONFERENCES 13.1   News conferences should be conducted as events related to the emergency dictate; however, it is recommended, at a minimum, news conferences be conducted at least once each day, until such time that the plant has been placed in a safe and stable condition.
[1 12.6. 1.1 Facility Manager for inclusion on the media materials desk.
13.2   The Public Affairs Director (PAD) should schedule news conferences held in the JIC and announce the time to the media representatives, if possible.
12.6.1.2 Federal and State Public Information Officers in the JIC.
[ ] 13.3   The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.
12.6.1.3 Fax copies to the Governmental Affairs Office, NRC Region IV Public Information Officer, NRC Operations Center, LES Public Information, and Mid American Energy Corporate Communications. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
13.4   Prior to the news conference the designated Spokesperson, PAD, Public Information Officer, and the appropriate State and Federal personnel shall meet to discuss the content and organization of the news conference.
: 13. NEWS CONFERENCES 13.1 News conferences should be conducted as events related to the emergency dictate; however, it is recommended, at a minimum, news conferences be conducted at least once each day, until such time that the plant has been placed in a safe and stable condition.
13.5   The PAD should serve as the moderator for all news conferences.
13.2 The Public Affairs Director (PAD) should schedule news conferences held in the JIC and announce the time to the media representatives, if possible.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23                 1       REVISION 3         1   PAGE 9 OF 16
[ ]
13.3 The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.
13.4 Prior to the news conference the designated Spokesperson, PAD, Public Information Officer, and the appropriate State and Federal personnel shall meet to discuss the content and organization of the news conference.
13.5 The PAD should serve as the moderator for all news conferences.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 9 OF 16


[ ] 13.6   The designated Spokesperson will present prepared statements to the media during news conferences.
[ ] 13.6 The designated Spokesperson will present prepared statements to the media during news conferences.
13.7   The Technical Briefer should respond to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.
13.7 The Technical Briefer should respond to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.
: 14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES II 14.1   Contact NPPD Regional System Control (Norfolk and Kearney), Transmission Control Center (Doniphan), Gerald Gentleman Station, and Sheldon Station and:
: 14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES I I 14.1 Contact NPPD Regional System Control (Norfolk and Kearney), Transmission Control Center (Doniphan), Gerald Gentleman Station, and Sheldon Station and:
14.1.1 Inform the area Managers of the emergency status at CNS. Updates need to be sent out as appropriate.
14.1.1 Inform the area Managers of the emergency status at CNS. Updates need to be sent out as appropriate.
[ 14.2   Contact the Customer Care Call Center in Norfolk and have them update the Customer Care Manager or designee of the emergency status at CNS.
[ 14.2 Contact the Customer Care Call Center in Norfolk and have them update the Customer Care Manager or designee of the emergency status at CNS.
[ ] 14.3   Notify PAD immediately upon completion of these tasks.
[ ] 14.3 Notify PAD immediately upon completion of these tasks.
1 14.4   Update the area Managers, as appropriate.
1 14.4 Update the area Managers, as appropriate.
14.5   Respond to telephone requests for information, as necessary.
14.5 Respond to telephone requests for information, as necessary.
: 15. RECOVERY 15.1   The Emergency Director at CNS evaluates the effectiveness of corrective actions taken at the Station and determines if the emergency is under control as discussed in Section 9 of the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS. When the emergency is determined to be under control and at the direction of the Emergency Director, a Recovery Panel is activated. The Panel may consist of following personnel:
: 15.
15.1.1 Emergency Director.
RECOVERY 15.1 The Emergency Director at CNS evaluates the effectiveness of corrective actions taken at the Station and determines if the emergency is under control as discussed in Section 9 of the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS. When the emergency is determined to be under control and at the direction of the Emergency Director, a Recovery Panel is activated. The Panel may consist of following personnel:
15.1.2 Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOF).
15.1.1 Emergency Director.
15.1.3 Technical Support Center Director (TSC).
15.1.2 Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOF).
[ ]     15.1.4 Public Affairs Director (JIC).
15.1.3 Technical Support Center Director (TSC).
[     15.1.5   Radiological Control Manager (EOF).
[ ]
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3         1   PAGE 10 OF 16     1
15.1.4 Public Affairs Director (JIC).
[
15.1.5 Radiological Control Manager (EOF).
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 10 OF 16 1


[ ] 15.2   Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Always coordinate and verify information before a statement is made to the media or the public.
[ ] 15.2 Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Always coordinate and verify information before a statement is made to the media or the public.
[ 15.3   All actions necessary during recovery operations cannot be anticipated. Most actions necessary during recovery from an accident at CNS will be dependent upon the conditions of the event. Personnel need to be alert, anticipate and identify problem situations, and communicate effectively.
[ 15.3 All actions necessary during recovery operations cannot be anticipated. Most actions necessary during recovery from an accident at CNS will be dependent upon the conditions of the event. Personnel need to be alert, anticipate and identify problem situations, and communicate effectively.
15.4   When the Recovery Panel is activated by the Emergency Director at CNS, JIC activities will be as follows:
15.4 When the Recovery Panel is activated by the Emergency Director at CNS, JIC activities will be as follows:
[   15.4.1   The Public Affairs Director will represent the JIC on the Recovery Panel by conference call.
[
[ ]   15.4.2   Notifying JIC personnel of Recovery Panel activation.
15.4.1 The Public Affairs Director will represent the JIC on the Recovery Panel by conference call.
[   15.4.3   Providing input to the Recovery Panel, as appropriate.
[ ]
[ ]   15.4.4   Providing Legislative Affairs office with current emergency information.
15.4.2 Notifying JIC personnel of Recovery Panel activation.
[ ] 15.5   When Recovery Panel activities are terminated, JIC activities will be as follows:
[
15.5.1   The Public Affairs Director will:
15.4.3 Providing input to the Recovery Panel, as appropriate.
15.5.1.1     Brief JIC personnel of any Recovery Panel decisions and information, as appropriate.
[ ]
15.5.1.2   Ensure the Facility Manager is informed of the CNS emergency status and expected time frame for future actions.
15.4.4 Providing Legislative Affairs office with current emergency information.
15.5.1.3   Instruct JIC personnel to continue with facility activities.
[ ] 15.5 When Recovery Panel activities are terminated, JIC activities will be as follows:
15.6   When the decision has been made to initiate the Recovery Organization, JIC activities will be as follows:
15.5.1 The Public Affairs Director will:
[   15.6.1   The Public Affairs Director
15.5.1.1 Brief JIC personnel of any Recovery Panel decisions and information, as appropriate.
[       15.6.1.1   Notify JIC personnel of the decision to activate the Recovery Organization.
15.5.1.2 Ensure the Facility Manager is informed of the CNS emergency status and expected time frame for future actions.
I ]       15.6.1.2   Contact the Vice President - Nuclear to discuss the expected time frame for maintaining JIC activities.
15.5.1.3 Instruct JIC personnel to continue with facility activities.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23               1       REVISION 3           1   PAGE 11 OF 16
15.6 When the decision has been made to initiate the Recovery Organization, JIC activities will be as follows:
[
15.6.1 The Public Affairs Director
[
15.6.1.1 Notify JIC personnel of the decision to activate the Recovery Organization.
I ]
15.6.1.2 Contact the Vice President - Nuclear to discuss the expected time frame for maintaining JIC activities.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 11 OF 16


[ ]       15.6.1.3   Deactivate the JIC, as necessary.
[ ]
[ ]       15.6.1.4   Provide Legislative Affairs office with emergency and recovery operation information.
15.6.1.3 Deactivate the JIC, as necessary.
  ] 15.7   Overall activities of the JIC after activation of the Recovery Organization are as follows:
[ ]
      ]   15.7.1   Support the CEO and his interface with District Board members as well as other governmental officials.
15.6.1.4 Provide Legislative Affairs office with emergency and recovery operation information.  
15.7.2   Ensure all NPPD information provided to state and federal organizations and media sources is current and correct.
] 15.7 Overall activities of the JIC after activation of the Recovery Organization are as follows:  
15.7.3   Ensure all NPPD information is relayed to the public in a timely manner and without distortion.
]
15.7.4   Ensure sources of misinformation are located and erroneous information is corrected.
15.7.1 Support the CEO and his interface with District Board members as well as other governmental officials.
15.7.2 Ensure all NPPD information provided to state and federal organizations and media sources is current and correct.
15.7.3 Ensure all NPPD information is relayed to the public in a timely manner and without distortion.
15.7.4 Ensure sources of misinformation are located and erroneous information is corrected.
: 16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC
: 16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC
[ 16.1   The Facility Manager shall supervise the deactivation of the JIC.
[ 16.1 The Facility Manager shall supervise the deactivation of the JIC.
[ ] 16.2   All personnel shall restore their work stations to the pre-emergency configurations.
[ ] 16.2 All personnel shall restore their work stations to the pre-emergency configurations.
16.3   All personnel shall surrender their logs and other records to the Facility Manager.
16.3 All personnel shall surrender their logs and other records to the Facility Manager.
16.4   The Facility Manager shall forward all logs and other records to the Emergency Preparedness Office at CNS.
16.4 The Facility Manager shall forward all logs and other records to the Emergency Preparedness Office at CNS.
I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23               1       REVISION 3           1   PAGE 12 OF 16   1
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 12 OF 16 1


I   ATTACHMENT 1         PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS The person carrying the pager is responsible for the following:
I ATTACHMENT 1 PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS The person carrying the pager is responsible for the following:
: 1. Keep the pager "ON" at all times when scheduled to carry the pager.
: 1.
: 2. Familiarity with the operation of the digital display pager, how it operates, what the codes mean, how to reset the pager, etc. If you have questions about the pager use or need an additional copy of the pager operating instructions, contact the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department.
Keep the pager "ON" at all times when scheduled to carry the pager.
: 3. Report to the JIC, as appropriate, when the pager is activated for an emergency as indicated by the display on the pager. The following codes will be displayed on the pager.
: 2.
Familiarity with the operation of the digital display pager, how it operates, what the codes mean, how to reset the pager, etc. If you have questions about the pager use or need an additional copy of the pager operating instructions, contact the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department.
: 3.
Report to the JIC, as appropriate, when the pager is activated for an emergency as indicated by the display on the pager. The following codes will be displayed on the pager.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 13 OF 16 1
PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTIONS  
PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTIONS  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
CODE RESPONSE TO CODE 100 NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 RESPONSE TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333 RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600 DRILL ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 633 DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY


CODE                                RESPONSE TO CODE 100  NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222  RESPONSE TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333  RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600  DRILL ERO CALL IN TEST 622  DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 633  DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY I      PROCEDURE 5.7.23              1        REVISION 3          1  PAGE 13 OF 16      1
I ATTACHMENT 2 JIC FLOOR PLAN I
 
s-s 5-7-23A Figure 1 I
I   ATTACHMENT 2       JIC FLOOR PLAN                           I s-s 5-7-23A Figure 1 I       PROCEDURE 5.7.23       1     REVISION 3 1 PAGE 14 OF 16 1
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 14 OF 16 1


ATTACHMENT 3           INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1   The CNS Control Room makes the initial notification to General Office Emergency Response personnel upon declaration of an emergency classification. The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY.
ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 The CNS Control Room makes the initial notification to General Office Emergency Response personnel upon declaration of an emergency classification. The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY.
1.2   As discussed in the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS, the JIC is a media briefing area. At this site, NPPD coordinates press briefings with state and federal emergency response personnel. During an emergency response, the major function of the JIC is:
1.2 As discussed in the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS, the JIC is a media briefing area. At this site, NPPD coordinates press briefings with state and federal emergency response personnel. During an emergency response, the major function of the JIC is:
1.2.1     Coordinate the development and dissemination of information to the news media.
1.2.1 Coordinate the development and dissemination of information to the news media.
1.2.2     Conduct media monitoring.
1.2.2 Conduct media monitoring.
1.2.3     Maintain rumor control.
1.2.3 Maintain rumor control.
1.2.4     Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency.
1.2.4 Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency.
1.3   The JIC is located in the third floor Conference Rooms of the Columbus General Office Building. Attachment 2 shows the floor plan of the JIC.
1.3 The JIC is located in the third floor Conference Rooms of the Columbus General Office Building. Attachment 2 shows the floor plan of the JIC.
1.3.1     At a minimum during emergency response activities, the JIC should be staffed with following personnel:
1.3.1 At a minimum during emergency response activities, the JIC should be staffed with following personnel:
1.3.1.1     Public Affairs Director.
1.3.1.1 Public Affairs Director.
1.3.1.2     Technical Briefer.
1.3.1.2 Technical Briefer.
1.3.1.3     Public Information Officer.
1.3.1.3 Public Information Officer.
1.4   POSITION INSTRUCTION MANUALS (PIMs) 1.4.1     Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMs) contain positional checklists for the activation and operation of the JIC and are to be utilized by all JIC positions. PIMs are numbered and controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Department, labeled by ERO position, and are located in JIC Cabinet #1.
1.4 POSITION INSTRUCTION MANUALS (PIMs) 1.4.1 Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMs) contain positional checklists for the activation and operation of the JIC and are to be utilized by all JIC positions. PIMs are numbered and controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Department, labeled by ERO position, and are located in JIC Cabinet #1.
1.4.1.1   Public Affairs Director - PIM #1.
1.4.1.1 Public Affairs Director - PIM #1.
1.4.1.2   Public Affairs Director Secretary - PIM #2.
1.4.1.2 Public Affairs Director Secretary - PIM #2.
PROCEDURE 5.7.23               1       REVISION 3           1 PAGE 15 OF 16
PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 15 OF 16


I ATTACHMENT 3         INFORMATION SHEET                                       I 1.4.1.3     Designated Spokesperson - PIM #3.
I ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET I
1.4.1.4    Facility Manager - PIM #4.
1.4.1.3 1.4.1.4 1.4.1.5 1.4.1.6 1.4.1.7 1.4.1.8 1.4.1.9 Designated Spokesperson - PIM #3.
1.4.1.5    Technical Briefer - PIM #5.
Facility Manager - PIM #4.
1.4.1.6    Media Monitor - PIM #6.
Technical Briefer - PIM #5.
1.4.1.7    Public Information Officer - PIM #7.
Media Monitor - PIM #6.
1.4.1.8    Rumor Control - PIM #8.
Public Information Officer - PIM #7.
1.4.1.9    Employee Information - PIM #9.
Rumor Control - PIM #8.
: 2. REFERENCE 2.1   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
Employee Information - PIM #9.
2.2   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.
: 2.
I     PROCEDURE 5.7.23             1       REVISION 3           1 PAGE 16 OF 16}}
REFERENCE 2.1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.
2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.
I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1
REVISION 3 1
PAGE 16 OF 16}}

Latest revision as of 18:44, 16 January 2025

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
ML021200442
Person / Time
Site: Cooper 
Issue date: 04/24/2002
From: Hutton J
Nebraska Public Power District (NPPD)
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
NLS2002059
Download: ML021200442 (154)


Text

N Nebraska Public Power District Nebraska's Energy Leader NLS2002059 April 24, 2002 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Gentlemen:

Subject:

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures Cooper Nuclear Station, NRC Docket 50-298, DPR-46 Pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, "Implementing Procedures,"

Nebraska Public Power District is transmitting the following Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs):

EPIP 5.7.6 EPIP 5.7.6 EPIP 5.7.17 EPIP 5.7.21 EPIP 5.7.22 EPIP 5.7.23 Revision 34 "Notification" Revision 34C1 "Notification" Revision 27 "Dose Assessment" Revision 24 "Maintaining Emergency Preparedness-Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations" Revision 22 Revision 3 "Communications" "Activation Of The JIC" Should you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me.

Si cerely J A. Hutton lant Manager

/nr Enclosures cc: Regional Administrator w/enclosures (2)

USNRC - Region IV NPG Distribution w/o enclosures 4

Senior Resident Inspector w/enclosures Records w/o enclosures USNRC Cooper Nuclear Station P.O. Box 98 /Brownville, NE 68321-0098 Telephone: (402) 825-3811 / Fax: (402) 825-5211 http://www.nppd.com

I ATTACHMENT 3 LIST OF REGULATORY COMMITMENTS Correspondence Number: NLS2002059 The following table identifies those actions committed to by the District in this document. Any other actions discussed in the submittal represent intended or planned actions by the District. They are described for information only and are not regulatory commitments. Please notify the NL&S Manager at Cooper Nuclear Station of any questions regarding this document or any associated regulatory commitments.

COMMITTED DATE COMMITMENT OR OUTAGE None

+

-t t

1-I PROCEDURE 0.42 1

REVISION 10 1

PAGE 12 OF 14 j

i i

i i

i

P U R P O S E...............

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.................................

REQU IREM EN TS................................................

COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM............................

NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM............................

EOF NOTIFICATIONS............................................

NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC...................................

M ISCELLANEOUS...............................................

ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 3 ATTACHMENT 4 ATTACHMENT 5 ATTACHMENT 6

.. 2 12 12

.............................................. 1 4 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD..................

15 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD..................

17 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)..............................

18 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION.........

20 INFORMATION SHEET...........................

22 PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

[ 2.1 Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.

Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.

2.2 Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.

2.3 Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 1 OF 24 USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFECE: 4 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6 APPROVA: SORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION OWNER: R. J. FISCHER DEPARTMENT: EP

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

[ ] 2.4 NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.

1 2.5 At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.

[ 2.6 Notification of termination shall be performed within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the termination of the emergency.

2.7 Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).

[ ] 2.8 If the Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.

3.

REQUIREMENTS

[ 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:

[ ]

3.1.1 Installed communications equipment.

S]

3.2 A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.

[ ] 3.3 If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.

4.

COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM

[ NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.

4.1 The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be # 1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 2 OF 24

4.2 Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or should be the same.

S4.3 Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.

4.4 Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.

4.5 Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.

[ 4.6 Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.

[ ]

4.6.1 Enter the proper wind speed. This will depend on release height. For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters.

If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.

3 4.6.2 Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 00.

3 4.6.3 Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.

[

4.6.4 Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.

[ ] 4.7 Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.

4.7.1 In order for "is" to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.

[ ]

4.7.2 There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 3 OF 24

4.7.3 There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).

[ ] 4.8 Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.

These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.

Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose.

The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:

EVACUATE GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE SECTORS EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles All 2-5 miles R,A,B Remainder 5-10 miles All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.

Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1" = mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.

Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.

Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.

[ ] 4.9 Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is ajudgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.

4.10 In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.

[ ] 4.11 Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.

4.11.1 Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 4 OF 24

4.11.2 Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.

4.11.3 Determine the release duration. If duration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.

4.11.4 Release rates (iiCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.

4.11.5 The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.

4.11.6 The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.

5.

NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM

[] 5.1 ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.

5.1.1 Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 5 OF 24

] 5.2 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES

[ ]

NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.

NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.

[ ]

NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

[ ]

5.2.1 Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.2.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.

]

5.2.3 Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.

5.2.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.

5.2.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.

[]

ICAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.

5.2.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 6 OF 24

5.2.7 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.

When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.

5.2.8 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.

] 5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.3.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign), and return it to the Communicator.

5.3.3 The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of and provide them with the information from in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.

[] 5.4 NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

5.4.1 The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.

These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 7 OF 24

5.4.2 The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.

5.4.3 The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.

5.4.3.1 Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.

[ ]

5.4.3.2 Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.

5.4.3.3 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.

5.4.4 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

5.5 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 5.5.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

[ 1 5.5.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Shift Communicator.

[

5.5.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.

5.5.3 The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of and provide them with the information from.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 8 OF 24

6.

EOF NOTIFICATIONS

[]

6.1 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.

6.1.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.1.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign), and return it to the Communicator.

6.1.2.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.© 6.1.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System.

Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button.

This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.

6.1.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line. Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.

[ ]

6.1.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the "Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.

CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.

6.1.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 9 OF 24

6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.

6.1.8 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.

When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.

6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.

[] 6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES

[ ]

6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.2.1.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.© 6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.

6.2.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 10 OF 24 1

1 1 6.3 NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES 6.3.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.

[ ]

6.3.2 The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.

6.3.3 If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.

] 6.4 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.4.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.

6.4.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.

[ ]

6.4.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in and provide them with the information from.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 11 OF 24 1

7.

NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.

7.1 If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.

7.2 The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:

7.2.1 Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.

[

7.2.2 Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.

7.2.3 The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.

7.2.4 Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.

[

7.2.5 Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.

[ ]

7.2.6 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.

7.3 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

8.

MISCELLANEOUS

[ ] 8.1 Consider following information when making emergency notifications:

[

8.1.1 At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 PAGE 12 OF 24

8.1.2 The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.

8.1.3 The Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) shall be notified by pager by the CNS ANS and instructed to contact the Shift Communicator in the Control Room. Upon being contacted by the PADO, the Shift Communicator will ensure all information from the Initial CNS Notification Report is relayed to the PADO. In such cases that it is not feasible to relay the information via telephone in a timely manner, the Notification Report may be faxed to the PADO. PADO functions shall be superseded by the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). The JIC shall receive follow-up information from the Technical Information Coordinator in the EOF.

8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).

NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.

8.1.4.1 Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.

8.1.4.2 This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.

8.1.4.3 Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.

8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 13 OF 24 1

ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:

Time of Transmittal:

[

Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)

[ ] Follow-Up Report

1) Name of CNS Communicator:

Call Back Number: 402-825

2) Classification: [ ] NOUE; [ ] Alert; [

Site Area; [

General IEAL Number:

Event Declared (Date/Time):

I Event Terminated (Date/Time):

3) Meteorological Wind Speed:

MPH Wind From:

Degrees Precipitation: [ ] Yes [ ] No Conditions -

I Stability Class: [ ]A; [ ] B; [ ] C;[ ]D;[ ] E; [ ] F;[

G

4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:

There

] is I1 no Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pCi/sec than ODAM Limits.

TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCl/sec will be a liquid

5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EAS/EBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.

1 None i

Evacuate Sectors i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors S1-------*

4--------------------

0-2 Miles__[

0-2--

Mie I--------------------------------------------------------------

2-5 Miles 2-5--Miles--1-------------

I--------------------------------------------------------------

5-10 Miles I I _

I_

6) Prognosis: [ ] Stable; [ ] Unstable Plant Status: [] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
7) Remarks:
8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):

Release From: [

ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ ] Turbine Building; [ ] Aug Radwaste Building; []Other:

Release Height: [ ] 300 ft (ERP); [ 30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [ I Other:

ft I Release Rate (Ci/sec)

Estimated Duration:

(Hours)

Noble gas:

Ci/sec Start Time:

Iodides:

N/A Ston Time:

Particulate:

N/A r

Distance From Projected Integrated Dose (Rem)

Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr) 1~---------.,--------------------------

Plant I

TEDE 1

CDE (Thyroid)

I TEDE 1

CDE (Thyroid)

II I

Site Boundary 1 1-2 Miles

.i!

_4le ---------------------------------


~---------

4---------------------

5 Miles 1

1 1 11 I

II 10 Miles Emergency Director Signature:

Date:

Time:

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 14 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:

1.

ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per Attachment

4. Activation is not required if the ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.

Activation Required Performed By Time

]Yes [ ] No

2.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.

Notify the Following Agencies Phone IVI Name of Contact I

I-I II I

NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol State I

Nemaha County Sheriff Notification I Atchison County Sheriff Telephone I

System Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol I

Time of all Parties on Line:

Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.

3.

NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.

NRC ENS Telephone Alternate Person Contacted Time Dial # on Phone Sticker ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 PAGE 15 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD

4.

TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

Name of ENS Communicator Performed By Time

5.

TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.

Communicator Signature:

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 16 OF 24 1

ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:

1.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.

2.

SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.

Agency Phone Person Contacted Time INPO 1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)

(860)_561-3433 Communicator Signature:

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 17 OF 24 Notify the Following Agencies Phone Name of Contact I

I-I NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol II Nemaha County Sheriff I

State I

-- - -- - N o tific a tio n Atchison County Sheriff ITifiaon j

Telephone Missouri SEMA via Missouri State I System l

I

~I I

Patrol I

Time of all Parties on Line:

Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.

ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)

NOTE - If ERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.© SCENARIO ID SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE-EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333 ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION -Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.

1.

If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.

2.

At the State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.

3.

Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.

4.

Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.

5.

Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:

5.1 If pagers activate, exit this attachment.

5.2 If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.

6.

Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.

7.

Enter ED password followed by # sign.

8.

To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =

9.

The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.

10.

If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 18 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)

11.

To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2, speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". If necessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.

Current Scenario Message: (tone)

(#)

12.

If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.

Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.

13.

Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.

14.

PRESS "W" to disconnect from the system.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 19 OF 24 1

IATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary if the CNS Automated Notification System is operational.

If it is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "State Notification Telephone" below.

Pager activation using the State Notification Telephone:

1.

At State Notification Telephone, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.

2.

When prompted for password, hit "password" button.

3.

When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).

4.

When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.

5.

If pagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.

6.

If pagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.

Voice mail Message Preparation:

1.

Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).

2.

Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.

3.

Enter password, 5522 and #.

4.

Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).

5.

Enter 1 (External Greeting).

6.

Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.

7.

Enter 5 (record command).

8.

Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.

9.

Enter # when completed.

10.

Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 20 OF 24 1

I ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.

1.

Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.

2.

When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.

3.

Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.

The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in ) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.

Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSCIEOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.

The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (if necessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.

4.

You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".

5.

ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 21 OF 24

[

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).

1.2 During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.

The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.

When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.

1.3 Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.

1.4 During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

1.5 Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.

1.5.1 If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 22 OF 24 1

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 1.6 Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.

1.6.1 Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.@

1.7 Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.

2.

REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 10CFR50.

2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.

2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.

2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.

2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.

2.2.4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1 QA Report 86-06.

2.3.2 NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.

2.3.3 NCR 93-52.

2.3.4 QA Observation 93-05A.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34 PAGE 23 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.5 NRC Inspection Report 94-11.

2.3.6 NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.

2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.

2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1

© NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.

2.4.2

© NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).

Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34 1

PAGE 24 OF 24

USE: REFERENCE0 CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFECE:/0 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.6 APPROVA: 4ORC APPROVAL: SORC NOTIFICATION OWNER: R. J. FISCHER NICIDEPARTMENT: EP

1.

PURPOSE............

1

2.

PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS..........................................

1

3.

REQ UIREM ENTS.........................................................

2

4.

COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM 2

5.

NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM...................................

5

6.

EO F NO TIFIC ATIO NS.....................................................

9

7.

NOTIFICATIONS FRO M THE TSC...........................................

12

8.

M ISC ELLA N EO US......................................................

12 ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT 14 ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD.......................

15 ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD.......................

17 ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (C N S A N S).........................................

18 ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION.............

20 ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET.................................

22

1.

PURPOSE This procedure provides notification instructions to be followed upon the declaration of an emergency. These instructions cover Initial, Follow-Up, and Termination Notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies, NRC Notifications, ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation, initial generation of press releases to the Media, and notifications to other off-site support agencies.

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Accuracy in communicating notification messages is extremely important.

Avoid use of jargon and acronyms not understandable to the off-site agencies.

2.2 Failure to transmit accurate notification messages may result in delayed or improper response by off-site agencies.

2.3 Initial notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed within 15 minutes of the declaration of one of the emergency classes.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 1 OFI24

2.4 NRC notification shall be performed immediately following notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies, and not later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the time of declaration of one of the emergency classes.

2.5 At an ALERT or higher classification, follow-up notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies shall be performed approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change in the status of the emergency.

2.6 Notification of termination shall be performed within I hour after the termination of the emergency.

2.7 Do not re-activate the CNS Automated Notification System if the emergency escalates to a higher class and ERO response to the site has been initiated (ERO pagers have already activated).

2.8 If the Control Room must be evacuated and off-site notification responsibilities have not been transferred to the EOF, the Shift Communicator shall perform off-site notifications over the State Notification Telephone from the TSC or EOF.

3.

REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:

[ ]

3.1.1 Installed communications equipment.

3.2 A NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or a GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared per Procedure 5.7.1.

3.3 If pager activation is required, then go to Attachment 4 and continue.

4.

COMPLETION OF NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE - Obtaining information in the EOF may be accomplished through the use of status boards or logs. The Emergency Preparedness Coordinator will assist with information retrieval.

4.1 The Notification Report number is a sequential number indicating the order of off-site notifications. The first report made to off-site authorities will be #1 followed by #2, etc. Notification Report number is not dependent on classification or type of report; it is dependent on the number of reports.

4.2 Transmittal time is the time when all four parties are on the telephone. The "Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2 or Attachment 3 should be the same.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 2 OF 24

4.3 Check either initial or follow-up report. Initial report is required for each classification. Any other report is a follow-up.

4.4 Provide the name of CNS Communicator and call back number in the Control Room or other designated area.

4.5 Fill in the proper classification and corresponding Emergency Action Level (EAL) number.

4.6 Section 3 of the Notification Form contains the meteorological data that could change between notifications. This information can be obtained from the "MET" screen on PMIS.

[ ]4.6.1 Enter the properwind speed. This will depend on release height.

For an ERP release, use the wind speed at 100 meters. For any other release or release location unknown, use the wind speed at 10 meters. If unable to determine wind speed, use the default of 13 mph for elevated release point and 8 mph from any other source.

4.6.2 Enter the proper wind direction in degrees. This will be the direction from which the wind is blowing. For example, winds from due north would be from 0'.

4.6.3 Fill in either the yes or no box for precipitation.

4.6.4 Fill in the proper stability class. Use the 100 m DT from the MET screen. If reading at 100 m is suspect, use the 60 m DT followed by the 10 m DT. If unable to determine stability class, use the default of "D". DT is the temperature difference from various heights.

4.7 Fill in the proper boxes indicating the status of radioactive material release.

[ ]

4.7.1 In order for "is" to be chosen, the release has to be greater than Off-Site Dose Assessment Manual (ODAM) limits. This number is on the Notification Form for airborne release and is also indicated on various PMIS screens (e.g., PMIS05, SPDS01, and SPDS24). Liquid release limits are in Technical Specifications.

4.7.2 There "was" a release indicates the release has fallen below ODAM limits.

4.7.3 There "will be" a release of radioactive material is used when a planned evolution is going to take place causing the release to be greater than ODAM limits (e.g., primary containment purge or release of a waste hold-up tank).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34Cl I

PAGE 3 OF 24

4.8 Indicate the proper protective action recommendations (PARs) in Section 5.

These recommendations are given by the Emergency Director.

Recommendations are driven by classification (General Emergency) or by dose. The following is an example of a General Emergency PAR due to plant conditions:

EVACUATE GO INDOORS AND MONITOR NONE SECTORS EAS/EBS IN SECTORS 0-2 miles All 2-5 miles R,A,B Remainder 5-10 miles All The affected sectors are dependent on wind direction and stability class.

Affected sectors can be determined manually using the 10 mile radius EPZ map (1" = mile) with the proper dispersion overlay for that stability class.

Place the dispersion overlay at the center of EPZ (CNS) and then move centerline to the proper wind direction degree, 1800 from indicated wind direction. For example, if the wind direction is from 350, centerline should cross at 2150. The affected sectors are captured under the dispersion band.

Affected sectors can also be determined by the CNS Dose Program. If no release is in progress and a General Emergency has been declared due to plant conditions, enter the proper wind direction and stability class and then ask for results. Respond yes to the question "declare a general emergency based on plant conditions". The automatic PAR will be given with the proper sectors. If a release, > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE, is in progress the proper sectors will be given if all the questions are answered correctly.

4.9 Fill in the prognosis as either stable or unstable. This is a judgement call made by Operations on the condition of the reactor. Fill in the plant status as either at power or shutdown.

4.10 In the remarks section provide as much information on the classification and condition of the plant. Remember individuals receiving this information may not be familiar with technical terms or nuclear jargon.

4.11 Section 8 contains information related the a release greater than Technical Specifications.

[ ]4.11.1 Fill in the release location exceeding Technical Specifications.

4.11.2 Fill in the proper release height, 300' for ERP and 30' for any other monitor location.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 4 OF 24 J

4.11.3 Determine the release duration. If duration is unknown, use the default of 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Indicate release start time. Indicate stop time if known. If unknown, indicate as "unk". Military time format should be used for all times.

[ ]

4.11.4 Release rates (liCi/sec) can be determine by various PMIS screens (e.g., SPDS01, SPDS24, PMIS05). All monitored release points at CNS quantify noble gases. Release rates for particulate and iodides will not be given.

4.11.5 The projected integrated dose and projected dose rate can be obtained from CNS DOSE or by hand calculations.

4.11.6 The Emergency Director is responsible for ensuring all information on the Notification Form is correct. The Emergency Director signature is an indicator that he/she has reviewed the form and notifications can be made.

NOTIFICATIONS FROM CONTROL ROOM ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION NOTE - ERO Notification/Staff Augmentation should be performed prior to initial notifications to State and Local Governmental Agencies and NRC Notifications. This will maximize the response time available to the ERO Staff.

5.1.1 Immediately after the declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director should ensure the CNS Automated Notification System (ANS) is activated per Attachment 4. The CNS Automated Notification System shall perform the functions of activating emergency pagers, receiving telephone call-backs from pager carriers, and placing telephone calls to ERO members at home.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 5 OF 24

[ ]

5.

5.1

[I]

INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE 1 - Events which have taken place but are no longer occurring, which were not recognized at the time of occurrence as meeting the criteria listed in Procedure 5.7.1 for declaration as an emergency, must still be reported to responsible state and local governmental authorities as soon as possible after their discovery. Declaration and termination notifications of responsible state and local governmental authorities of an emergency which occurred, but no longer exists, may be performed together using the same incident report.

NOTE 2 - Due to the 15 minute time constraint or the nature of the event, the Emergency Director may designate any qualified individual in the Control Room as Shift Communicator.

NOTE 3 - When contacted by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, the Shift Communicator will transfer off-site notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

5.2.1 Complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.2.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, and approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Shift Communicator.

[ ]5.2.3 Contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 2 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 using the State Notification Telephone System. Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.

[1 5.2.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.

Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate blank in Section 1 of Attachment 2.

5.2.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the

'Time of Notification" space in Section 1 of Attachment 2.

CAUTION - When performing Step 5.2.6, do not proceed to quickly.

[1 5.2.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Forms, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 6 OF 24 5.2

5.2.7 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.

When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.

5.2.8 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification. If all four agencies cannot be conferenced in, attempt contact by individual number as in Step 5.2.7.

5.3 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 5.3.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.3.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.

5.3.3 The Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of and provide them with the information from Attachment ] in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.

5.4 NRC NOTIFICATIONS NOTE - When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

5.4.1 The NRC Senior Resident and Resident Inspectors are notified by pager when the CNS Automated Notification System is activated.

These individuals can also be notified by normal communication methods. Examples of normal communication are phone, pager, and gaitronics. Applicable numbers are contained in the emergency telephone directory.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 7 OF 24

5.4.2 The Shift Communicator shall make notifications to NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The NRC will request information regarding the plant's status. Attachments 1 and 2 can be a source of information for NRC, but the NRC does not have a copy of this form.

5.4.3 The NRC will likely request an open communications channel to receive continuous and detailed information at an ALERT or higher classification until the TSC is operational.

5.4.3.1 Report the declaration of any of the emergency classes specified in the CNS Emergency Plan as well as any change from one emergency class to another or a termination of an emergency class.

5.4.3.2 Report any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening plant conditions.

[1 5.4.3.3 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability relative to other responsibilities.

5.4.4 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

5.5 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION

[ ]5.5.1 The Shift Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.5.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment ] and return it to the Shift Communicator.

5.5.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.

[ ]5.5.3 The Shift Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in of and provide them with the information from.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 8 OF 24 j

6.

EOF NOTIFICATIONS 6.1 INITIAL NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTE - Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.

6.1.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 7, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.1.2 The Emergency Director shall review, edit if necessary, approve (sign) Attachment 1, and return it to the Communicator.

6.1.2.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content, and noting in the EOF Facility Log.@

6.1.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section ] of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment ] using the State Notification Telephone System.

Pick up the handset to the hotline and push the "Group Call" button. This will automatically ring telephones at County and State agencies.

[ ]

6.1.4 Each time a party answers, ask them to obtain a Notification Report Form and standby until all four parties are on the line.

Record the name of the person representing each agency and enter it in the appropriate space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.

6.1.5 Record the time when all four parties are on the telephone in the

'Time of all parties on line" space in Section 1 of Attachment 3.

CAUTION - When performing Step 6.1.6, do not proceed to quickly.

[1 6.1.6 When all four parties have their Notification Report Form, clearly and concisely state the information on Attachment 1. Give the parties enough time to accurately write down the information on their forms.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C0 I

PAGE 9 OF 24

6.1.7 Notifications to the states, performed by the Off-Site Communicator in the EOF, may be provided by handing a copy of Attachment 1 directly to the States Governor's Authorized Representative, if present.

6.1.8 In the event contact is lost with one of the agencies during the notification process, continue on with the notification to the group.

When you are through with the group notification, attempt contact with the party that was lost by dialing the agency's individual number, which is printed next to the agency's name, on the telephone.

6.1.9 If the State Notification Telephone System is inoperable, alternate telephone numbers can be found in the CNS Emergency Telephone Directory. In this case, a conference call should be established by calling each agency using the alternate telephone number and then pressing the conference-call button on the phone. You should then contact the remaining agencies in the same manner until all four agencies are conferenced on in. When all agencies are on-line, proceed with the notification.

6.2 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 6.2.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 through 8, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.2.1.1 The EOF Director may sign Attachment 1, in the absence of the Emergency Director, after reviewing it with the Emergency Director, receiving his verbal approval of its content and noting in the respective facility log.@

6.2.2 The EOF Director may review and approve (sign) Attachment 1 of the follow-up notification, in lieu of the Emergency Director, if the protective action recommendation has not changed or other significant change in the status of the emergency has not occurred.

6.2.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 and provide them with the information from Attachment 1 in the same manner as the initial notifications were performed.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 10 OF 24

NOTIFICATION OF OFF-SITE SUPPORT AGENCIES

[ ]6.3.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in Section 1 of Attachment 3 as soon as possible after declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after the required notifications to responsible state and local governmental agencies have been completed per Section 1.

[ ]

6.3.2 The notification shall include, but not limited to, the information provided on Attachment 1, and any other basic information concerning the emergency event that is currently known or can be readily obtained.

6.3.3 If the event is a NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT or a higher emergency classification which has been terminated per station procedures prior to the above agencies being notified, notifications shall be performed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff by close of the next business day following the termination of the emergency.

6.4 NOTIFICATION OF TERMINATION 6.4.1 The Off-Site Communicator shall complete Attachment 1, Sections 1 and 2, and forward to the Emergency Director for approval.

6.4.2 The Emergency Director shall review Sections 1 and 2, edit if necessary, and then complete Section 7. The Emergency Director shall approve (sign) Attachment 1 and return it to the Off-Site Communicator.

[ ]

6.4.2.1 Section 7 should contain a brief and concise summary of the current plant status which has allowed for termination of the emergency.

6.4.3 The Off-Site Communicator shall contact the agencies listed in and provide them with the information from.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C]

I PAGE 11 OF 24

]

6.3

7.

NOTIFICATIONS FROM THE TSC NOTE - After TSC activation and establishment of emergency communications between the TSC and Control Room, the ENS Communicator shall contact the Shift Communicator and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of NRC notification to the TSC. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer. The ENS Communicator in the TSC can take the responsibility for notifying the NRC before the TSC is activated if concurrence is given by TSC Director and Control Room.

7.1 If the Shift Communicator was unable to make contact with the NRC Senior Resident Inspector or Resident Inspector, the ENS Communicator shall continue attempts to contact them via normal communications.

7.2 The ENS Communicator shall make notifications to the NRC Headquarters via the ENS Telephone System by picking up the handset and dialing the number, on the sticker, on the top of the telephone. The following information should be provided to the NRC:

[ ]7.2.1 Any further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other worsening conditions.

[

7.2.2 Any change from one emergency class to another or termination of an emergency class.

7.2.3 The results of ensuing evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.

7.2.4 Effectiveness of the emergency response and any protective measures taken.

7.2.5 Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.

7.2.6 Any other information that is requested should be provided or an attempt to obtain the information should be made to the best of your ability.

7.3 If the ENS telephone is inoperable, contact via normal telephone using alternate numbers as listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

8.

MISCELLANEOUS 8.1 Consider following information when making emergency notifications:

S]8.1.1 At an ALERT or higher emergency classification, to receive continuous and detailed information, the NRC will likely request an PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 12 OF 24 I

open line of communication with the Control Room (ENS) until the TSC is operational.

[ ]8.1.2 The NRC Resident Inspector(s) will likely respond to the CNS Control Room and/or TSC when notified.

[ ]8.1.3 The Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) shall be notified by pager by the CNS ANS and instructed to contact the Shift Communicator in the Control Room. Upon being contacted by the PADO, the Shift Communicator will ensure all information from the Initial CNS Notification Report is relayed to the PADO. In such cases that it is not feasible to relay the information via telephone in a timely manner, the Notification Report may be faxed to the PADO. PADO functions shall be superseded by the activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC). The JIC shall receive follow-up information from the Technical Information Coordinator in the EOF.

8.1.4 The On-Call Emergency Preparedness Coordinator should assume the responsibility of coordinating press releases after being notified and responding to a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE).

[ ]

NOTE - Refer to Step 8.1.3.

[1 8.1.4.1 Assist the Shift Communicator in ensuring communications are established with the PADO and information from the CNS Notification Reports is relayed to the PADO per Procedure 5.7.23.

8.1.4.2 This responsibility shall be for the period immediately after the declaration of the NOUE and continue until the responsibility is transferred to appropriate NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel.

[ ]

8.1.4.3 Any press release that is generated during this period should be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director or his designee prior to release to the media.

8.1.5 Authorized Representatives of the Governors of Nebraska and Missouri may be represented in the EOF and set up Forward Command Posts at some other location.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 13 OF 24

]

ATTACHMENT 1 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION NOTIFICATION REPORT Notification Report Number:

Time of Transmittal:

[ ] Initial Report (Complete Sections 1-7 only)

[ I Follow-Up Report

1) Name of CNS Communicator:

Call Back Number: 402-825

2) Classification: [] NOUE; [ ] Alert; [ Site Area; [

General j EAL Number:

Event Declared (Date/Time):

I Event Terminated (Date/Time):

3) Meteorological Wind Speed:

MPH Wind From:

Degrees Precipitation: [ Yes [

No Conditions Stability Class: [ ]A; [B;

[C;

[D;

[E;[ ]F;[ ]G

4) ODAM Airborne Release Values:

There

[ ] is

[ ] no Release of Radioactive Material Greater ERP = 7.28E5 pICi/sec than ODAM Limits.

TG Bldg = 3.6E4 pCilsec

[] was

[] an airborne RX Bldg = 3.3E4 pCi/sec ARW bldg = 3.6E4 pCi/sec

[ ]will be [ ]a liquid

5) Protective Action Recommendations (PARS): General Emergency Automatic PAR - Evacuate 2 mi radius/5 mi downwind, go indoors, and monitor EASIEBS remainder 10 mi EPZ.

None I

Evacuate Sectors i Go indoors and monitor EAS/EBS in Sectors 4 ----------

4 -----------------------

4-----------------------------------------

0-2 Miles 4-2-5 Miles I

2 M iles 4 --------------------------------------------

5-10 Miles,

6) Prognosis: [] Stable; [] Unstable Plant Status: [ ] at Power; [ ] Shutdown
7) Remarks:
8) Release Information (required on follow-up Notifications with release greater than ODAM limits):

Release From: [ ] ERP; [ ] Reactor Building; [ 3 Turbine Building; 3 Aug Radwaste Building; [] Other:......

Release Height: [1 300 ft (ERP); [_ 30 ft (RB, TB, ARWB); [Other:

ft Release Rate (Ci/sec)

Estimated Duration:

(Hours)

Noble gas:

Ci/sec Start Time:

Iodides:

N/A Stop Time: ______Particulate:

_N/A StpTm:----------------------------------------------atclt:----

NA----------------

Distance Projected Integrated Dose (Rem) i Projected Dose Rate (Rem/hr)

I---------------


r From Plant I

TEDE CDE (Thyroid)

TEDE

(

DCDE(hrod Site Boundary - -..---

4Me 4----------4--------------------l----------------------- ---------------------

2Miles 1*

Mie ---------------------

+-------------------4-----------------------------

5 M iles I

-I-10 M il e S 1

1' 1

Emergency Director Signature:

I Date:

Time:

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 14 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:

1.

ERO NOTIFICATION/STAFF AUGMENTATION. Activate CNS Automated Notification System per. Activation is not required if the ERO is currently responding or if the emergency facilities are activated.

Activation Required Performed By Time

]Yes [ ]No

2.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.

Notify the Following Agencies 1

Phone I

Name of Contact NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol I--

--- --- --- --- --- --- --- -j S ta te L

--- I-I i

Nemaha County Sheriff Notification L___

Atchison County Sheriff Telephone 1I System V

Missouri SEMA via Missouri State Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:

Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.

3.

NRC HEADQUARTERS. Complete notifications via ENS immediately after the above notifications and not later than 60 minutes after declaration of an emergency. Contact by normal telephone using alternate numbers in the Emergency Telephone Directory or Speed Dial, if ENS is inoperable.

ENS Telephone Alternate Person Contacted Time Dial # on Phone Sticker ETD or Speed Dial - 10 PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 15 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 2 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SHIFT COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD

4.

TRANSFER OF NRC NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE TSC. When contacted by the ENS Communicator in the TSC, the Shift Communicator will transfer NRC notification responsibilities. This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as, a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer.

Name of ENS Communicator Performed By Time

5.

TRANSFER OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EOF. Upon EOF activation and prior to the transfer of Emergency Command and Control from the Control Room to the EOF, the Off-Site Communicator shall contact the Control Room and coordinate the transfer of responsibility of notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies to the EOF.

This transfer of responsibilities will include plant status information, as well as a briefing of the status of notifications up to the time of transfer and shall occur simultaneously with the transfer of Emergency Command and Control.

Name of Off-Site Communicator Performed By Time Communicator Signature:

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C]

PAGE 1 6 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 3 COOPER NUCLEAR STATION OFF-SITE COMMUNICATOR NOTIFICATION REPORT RECORD Notification Report Number:

1.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES. Perform notifications within 15 minutes from the declaration of an emergency classification. Also requires follow-up notifications approximately every 60 minutes or sooner if there is a significant change of the status of the emergency.

Notify the Following Agencies Phone V

Name of Contact

-I NEMA via Nebraska State Patrol L..........--------------------------------------------

1 State i

Nemaha County Sheriff I

tate N------- Notification L - --------------------------------------------

Atchison County Sheriff Telephone *.... -__

II i

Missouri SEMA via Missouri State System Patrol Time of all Parties on Line:

2.

SUPPORT AGENCIES - Perform notifications to the following support agencies, as soon as possible, after the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification, but not until after all notifications are completed as required in Section 1.

Agency Phone Person Contacted Time INPO 1-800-321-0614 American Nuclear (860) 561-3433 Insurers (ANI)

(86_)_56_-3433 Communicator Signature:

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34Cl PAGE 17 OF 24 Record any comments, difficulties, or observations you had while making this notification.

ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)

NOTE - If ERO activation is desired but current conditions are unsafe for ERO personnel, use code 333. This will assemble the ERO at the Alternate EOF until conditions allow ERO response to the site.@

SCENARIO ID SCENARIO DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE-EP COORDINATOR AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 ERO RESPOND TO CNS 333 ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO CNS 633 DRILL - ERO RESPOND TO ALTERNATE EOF CAUTION - Hanging up the phone prior to hearing the machine say "goodbye" will cause the dialogics system to lock-up.

1.

If a "Current Scenario Message" is desired, go to Step 6.

2.

At the ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and PRESS the "ACTIVATE DIALOGICS" button.

3.

Wait until voice is heard, then PRESS desired "SCENARIO" (e.g., 222, 333) button.

4.

Following a 10 second delay, you will hear "Goodbye", then hang up phone.

5.

Verify pagers activate within 2 minutes and perform the following:

5.1 If pagers activate, exit this attachment.

5.2 If pager activation is not successful, notify ED and proceed to Attachment 5.

6.

Call into the CNS ANS by dialing telephone extension 8579.

7.

Enter ED password followed by # sign.

8.

To start a scenario, enter the scenario ID number from the list above followed by the # sign. Scenario Number =

9.

The system will verify the event code by speaking it to you. Press 2.

10.

If you do not wish to record a "Current Scenario Message", proceed to Step 13.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C]

PAGE 18 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 4 ACTIVATION OF THE CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)

11.

To record a "Current Scenario Message", press 2. speak your message after the tone. When finished recording, press "#". If necessary, you may script your "Current Scenario Message" below; if more space is needed, continue on back.

Current Scenario Message: (tone)

(#)

12.

If a "Current Scenario Message" has been recorded, it is played back at this time. The system will then prompt you to replay the message, record a new message, or continue on with the activation process.

Determine if you need to replay the message again or re-record it and press the associated key for that choice.

13.

Press "3" to activate the chosen scenario.

14.

PRESS 'W" to disconnect from the system.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34CI I

PAGE 19 OF 24

]

I ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION NOTE - This section is not necessary if the CNS Automated Notification System is operational.

If it is desired to record a current scenario message, go to the "Voice mail Message Preparation" section. If pager activation without current scenario message is desired, go to the Pager activation using the "ANS Activation Module" below.

Pager activation using the ANS Activation Module:

1.

At ANS Activation Module, pick up receiver and hit "Activate Backup" button.

2.

When prompted for password, hit "password" button.

3.

When prompted for scenario, press desired "Scenario" button (e.g., 222, 333).

4.

When the system states "Thank you for using ATS", hang up the phone.

5.

If pagers activate, notify ED and exit this Attachment.

6.

If pagers do not activate within 2 minutes, notify ED and using another phone attempt to activate pagers using manual method below.

Voice mail Message Preparation:

1.

Dial 5200 (Voice Mail).

2.

Enter mailbox number, 5522 and #.

3.

Enter password, 5522 and #.

4.

Enter 8, 2 (Mailbox Greeting).

5.

Enter I (External Greeting).

6.

Enter 2, wait until end of greeting.

7.

Enter 5 (record command).

8.

Read information on classification etc., (above) as an addition to the external greeting.

9.

Enter # when completed.

10.

Enter 8, 3 (Exits Voice Mail).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C I

PAGE 20 OF 24 ]

ATTACHMENT 5 BACKUP METHOD FOR PAGER ACTIVATION To Activate ALL ERO Pagers NOTE - Be sure to obtain the Caller Password which is located in a sealed envelope in the Shift Supervisor's Cubicle before attempting to activate the pagers.

1.

Dial (402) 633-0469 on any telephone.

2.

When prompted by the computer voice, enter the caller password listed in the sealed envelope.

3.

Enter "numeric message" when prompted by the computer voice.

The numeric message includes a three digit informational code (Scenario ID Number located in ) and a seven digit telephone call-back number.

Example: 222 825-5522 - This represents a declared emergency with TSC/OSC/EOF activation required and responders instructed to drive to CNS using the route they would normally drive.

0 The telephone number is a Voice Mail address to provide additional information (if necessary) and verify pager carriers received the page and are responding.

4.

You may hang up after hearing the message, "Thank you for using ATS".

5.

ERO management will check the voice mailbox during facility activation to verify ERO response.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 21 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 All notifications and communications will be handled from the Control Room (CR) until the Technical Support Center (TSC) and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) are activated. The responsibility of generating press releases to the media may be transferred to NPPD Corporate Communications Department Personnel prior to activation of the Joint Information Center (JIC).

1.2 During a declared Emergency at CNS, Emergency notifications to the State of Nebraska; State of Missouri; Atchison County, Missouri; and Nemaha County, Nebraska are accomplished through the State Notification Telephone System.

The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.

When the handset to this hotline is picked up, and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska Emergency Management Agency EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management Agency EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.

1.3 Notifications to the NRC are normally accomplished through the Emergency Notification System (ENS). The Emergency Notification System is a dedicated telephone system which is manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> by the Duty Officer at the NRC Headquarters Operations Center.

1.4 During any notification activity, if the primary communications system fails, communication methods shall be attempted such as alternate telephones, National Warning System (NAWAS), base station radio, or relay through a third party. Alternate telephone numbers are listed in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

1.5 Initial Notification - First notification made to responsible state and local governmental agencies after declaration of one of the emergency classes.

1.5.1 If the emergency classification escalates, state and local notifications of the higher classification shall be considered as initial notifications, and must be completed within 15 minutes.

1.6 Follow-Up Notification - Notifications made to responsible state and local governmental agencies following any initial notification, which provides additional emergency information.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 22 OF 24 j

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 1.6.1 Follow-up notifications are required at least every 60 minutes during an alert or higher classification. Under certain situations a follow-up notification should be under the same time constraints as an initial notification. For example, significant change in release rate (classification change), change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), or changes in meteorological conditions that could effect dose assessment results.© 1.7 Notification of Termination - Notification of responsible state and local governmental agencies of termination of the emergency.

2.

REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 10CFR50.

2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.

2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 Conduct of Operations Procedure 2.0.5, Shift Communicator Responsibility.

2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.

2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.22, Communications.

2.2.4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.23, Activation of the JIC.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS 2.3.1 QA Report 86-06.

2.3.2 NRC Inspection Report 89-35, Item 1.

2.3.3 NCR 93-52.

2.3.4 QA Observation 93-05A.

2.3.5 NRC Inspection Report 94-11.

2.3.6 NRC Inspection Report 94-29, Item 1.

PROCEDURE 5.7.6 REVISION 34C1 PAGE 23 OF 24

ATTACHMENT 6 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3.7 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.

2.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 2.4.1

@ NRC Inspection Report 92-14. Commitment affects Steps 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.1.

2.4.2

© NRC Inspection Report 98-12 (NLS980074-05 and NLS980074-06).

Commitments affect Step 1.6.1 on Attachment 6 and on Attachment 4 NOTE prior to Scenario ID table.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.6 1

REVISION 34C1 I

PAGE 24 OF 24

It© 11 USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E:

/30 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.17 APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: J. A. BEDNAR DOSE ASSESSMENT DPRMN:E DEPARTMENT: EP

1.

P U R P O S E............................................................

1

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.....................................

2

3.

REQU IREM EN TS......................................................

2

4.

COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE)............................

3

5.

HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE).................

5

6.

HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)............

8

7.

CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS© 12

8.

CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION M O N ITO R S..........................................................

14 ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON CENTERLINE).....................................

16 ATTACHMENT 2 TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES OF NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES........................

18 ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE) 19 ATTACHMENT 4 CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS.....................................

21 ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE....................................

22 ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE....................

23 ATTACHMENT 7 CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION.......................

31 ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET.............................

32

1.

PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides instructions for performing a dose projection using the CNS-DOSE Computer Program.

[ 1 1.2 This procedure provides a manual backup method for performing dose assessment.

[ ] 1.3 This procedure provides instructions for making a rapid gross estimation of core damage based on in-containment high range radiation monitor readings for primary containment LOCA events.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 1 OF 34 0

0

1.4 This procedure provides instructions for obtaining meteorological data from alternate sources if the primary sources are not available. The general order of preference will be PMIS, MET System, National Weather Service, and then the use of historically determined default values.

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

] 2.1 Actual dose rates will vary as a function of:

[ ]

2.1.1 The total curies released.

[ ]

2.1.2 Release rate.

]

2.1.3 The duration of the release.

]

2.1.4 The isotopic mixture of the release.

]

2.1.5 Meteorological conditions.

[ ] 2.2 Update and refine dose calculations upon significant changes in one or more of the above parameters.

]

2.3 Should a release occur which necessitates rapid decision making concerning the recommendation of protective actions, the guidance contained in Procedure 5.7.20 should be followed.

]

2.4 should be used to estimate core damage only in cases where the high range in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.

[1 2.5 If the needed KAMAN monitor(s) is(are) inoperable, Release Rate Determinations shall be performed using Procedure 5.7.16.

3.

REQUIREMENTS

[ ] 3.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:

[

3.1.1 COMPUTERIZED DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE)

[ ]

3.1.1.1 Computer terminals.

]

3.1.1.2 Computer printers.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 2 OF 34 1

[ ]

3.1.2 MANUALLY CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION

[ ]

3.1.2.1 Environs map.

[ ]

3.1.2.2 x/Q isopleths (off-centerline only).

]

3.1.2.3 Scientific calculator.

]

3.2 A release of airborne radioactive material has or may occur NOTE 1 - When Meteorological or Radiological data needed to perform dose assessment is unavailable or "unhealthy", refer to Attachment 5 for alternate sources of data. Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6.

] NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.

4.

COMPUTER DOSE PROJECTION (CNS-DOSE) 4.1 To start the dose projection program on a PMIS terminal, enter the turn-on code "DOSE" on a terminal logged into either the Primary or Backup System.

[ ] 4.2 The dose projection program can also be run on a non-PMIS terminal.

However, this is reserved for personnel having access to an account on the computer and familiar with its use. To start the dose projection program on a non-PMIS terminal, on either PMIS computer, login to an account that has privileges to run PMIS software and run program

[NPPD.EXECUTE] NPDOSEZ.

[ ] 4.3 Each time the program is started or the "New Sample" option is selected, new data will be loaded into the program. Verify that Field 1 correctly indicates the origin of the release and the data displayed is "healthy" and correct.

Health "quality codes" are defined in Attachment 6. Alternate sources of meteorological and radiological data needed to run CNS-DOSE or perform a hand-calculation are found in Attachment 5.

]

4.4 Estimate the duration of release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use the 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> default value.

]

4.5 Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream and if it is functional. Consult with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel for this determination, if available.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 3 OF 34

]

NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.

4.6 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:

4.6.1 SJAE reading _> 15,000 mrem/hr.

4.6.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 [iCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.

4.6.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.

4.6.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).

[] 4.7 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT 4.7.1 If release bypasses secondary containment (i.e., direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter Y.

4.7.2 If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter N.

] 4.8 Make corrections or changes, as necessary.

] 4.9 Use the ENTER key to accept data and move to the next field.

] 4.10 Press the RESULTS option to display the dose projections.

] 4.11 Select either the PRINT or HARD COPY option to make a hard copy of the results.

] 4.12 Select the "New Sample" or "Edit" option to return to the previous display and obtain new data or make additional changes.

] 4.13 Exit the program by entering "Q" or pressing the "CANC" key on PMIS terminals.

] 4.14 Select the "Help" option for additional program operational information.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 4 OF 34

]

5.

HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)

NOTE - This method reflects the methodology used in the CNS-DOSE Program. It gives only downwind dose values for plume centerline at distances of 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from the site. For calculating doses at specific receptor locations, the method in Section 7 is used.

[1 5.1 Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in kCi/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 3. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete the appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (pCi/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 3.

[ ] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.©

[ ] 5.2 Determine if SGT is in the effluent stream.

]

5.2.1 If SGT is in the effluent stream, enter 0.01 in Block 2 of.

]

5.2.2 If SGT is not in the effluent stream, enter 1 in Block 2 of.

[ ] NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.

]

5.3 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:

5.3.1 SJAE reading Ž: 15,000 mrem/hr.

[ ]

5.3.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 pCilgm Dose Equivalent 1-131.

[ ]

5.3.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.

[ ]

5.3.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).

[ ]

5.3.5 If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 3 and enter that value in Block 3 of Attachment 3.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 5 OF 34

[ ]

5.3.6 If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-7 in Block 3 of Attachment 3.

[ ]

5.4 Obtain the Noble Gas energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours from Table 2 on Attachment 3 and enter this value in Block 4 on Attachment 3.

[ ] 5.5 Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 of Attachment 3. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.

]

5.5.1 If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.

If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.

5.5.2 If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.

]

5.6 Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 6 on Attachment 3.

If the stability class cannot be obtained from PMIS or Met System, and the National Weather Service cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.

[1 5.6.1 If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:

100 M 'C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T °C

< -1.7

-1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6

> 3.6 Stability Class A

B C

D E

F G

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 6 OF 34

]

[1 5.7 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT

]

5.7.1 If release bypasses secondary containment (for example, direct venting of drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.

]

5.7.2 If release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 7 on Attachment 3.

[1 5.8 Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 8 on Attachment 3.

[1 5.9 Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 3.

[1 5.10 Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 3 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 3.

[ ] 5.11 Compute TEDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 11 of.

r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)] + [(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)1 (Block 5)

]

5.12 Using the appropriate release point (ERP or other) and stability class (Block 6), obtain the mixing factors (x/Qs) for distances 1, 2, 5, and 10 miles from Table 4 on Attachment 3 and record in Block 12 of Attachment 3.

[ ]5.13 Compute the TEDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 13 on Attachment 3.

(Block 11) x (Block 12)

]

5.14 Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record value in Block 14 on. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> as a default value.

]

5.15 Compute integrated TEDE doses for each distance and record values in Blocks 15 on Attachment 3.

(Block 13) x (Block 14)

[ ] 5.16 Compute CDE "sub-calculation" value and record in Block 16 of Attachment 3.

(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)

(Block 5)

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 7 OF 34

] 5.17 Compute the CDE dose rate for each distance and record values in Block 17 on.

(Block 16) x (Block 12)

[ ] 5.18 Compute the CDE dose for each distance and record values in Block 18 on.

(Block 17) x (Block 14)

] 5.19 Refer to Procedure 5.7.1 to determine if an emergency should be declared due to radiological effluent (dose rate or integrated dose to a member of the public) calculated at or beyond 1 mile.

5.20 Refer to Procedure 5.7.20 to determine if any protective action recommendations should be made to off-site authorities.

[ ] 5.21 Recalculate dose projections whenever conditions change significantly.

[ ] 5.22 Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 3.

6.

HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)

[ ] 6.1 Obtain release rate from effluent KAMAN monitor digital readout in 4Ci/sec and record value in Block 1 on Attachment 1. If KAMAN is inoperable, complete appropriate attachment of Procedure 5.7.16 and record the noble gas release rate value (4Ci/sec) in Block 1 on Attachment 1.

] NOTE - The answer to the question concerning the status of the Standby Gas Treatment System has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculation. The answer to this question is coordinated with Radiological, Operations, and Engineering personnel, if available.

[ ]6.2 Determine if SGT is in the effluent path.

6.2.1 If SGT is in effluent path, enter 0.01 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.

6.2.2 If SGT is not in effluent path, enter 1 in Block 2 on Attachment 1.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 8 OF 34

NOTE - The Iodine to Noble Gas ratio is very dependent on the answer to the core degraded question and has a significant impact on the resultant dose projection calculations. The core is considered to be degraded if any of the following listed conditions are met OR if they were met and have subsequently dropped below the condition threshold. The answer to the core degraded question is coordinated between Radiological Protection, Chemistry, Operations, and Engineering, if available.

[ ] 6.3 Determine if the core is degraded (fuel cladding loss) as indicated by any of the following conditions:

[

6.3.1 SJAE reading >Ž 15,000 mrem/hr.

[

6.3.2 Reactor Coolant Sample > 300 ýCi/gm Dose Equivalent 1-131.

]

6.3.3 Primary Containment Monitor (Drywell Hi-range Radiation Monitor) reading > 2500 Rem/hr.

[1 6.3.4 Reactor water level below 0" FZ (Fuel Zone).

[

6.3.5 If core is degraded, obtain the Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from Table 1 of Attachment 1 and enter that value in Block 3 on Attachment 1.

[1 6.3.6 If core is not degraded, enter 1.86E-07 in Block 3 on Attachment 1.

]

6.4 Determine the energy factor (MeV/dis) based on time since reactor shutdown in hours and Table 2 on Attachment 1, and enter value in Block 4 on.

6.5 Obtain the wind speed in miles per hour (mph) from PMIS or MET recorders in the Computer Room and record the value in Block 5 on Attachment 1. If wind speed is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind speed at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.

[ ]

6.5.1 If the release is from the ERP, use wind speed at the 100 meter level.

If 100 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 13 mph.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 9 OF 34

]

[ ]

6.5.2 If the release is from any other source, use the wind speed at the 10 meter level. Either MET tower 10 meter level is acceptable. If 10 meter data is unavailable, use the 60 meter data. If wind speed is unavailable from both PMIS and the MET recorders, and the NWS cannot be contacted, then use the historical default wind speed value of 8 mph.

]

6.6 Determine the wind direction (from) in degrees from PMIS or MET and record in Block 6 on Attachment 1. If wind direction is not available from PMIS or the MET recorders, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE and request an estimate of wind direction at CNS for the appropriate elevation. The telephone number for the NWS may be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB.

[ ] 6.7 Determine the atmospheric stability class ("A" through "G") from PMIS or use the MET System and the table below, and record in Block 7 on Attachment 1.

If the stability class cannot be obtained from the PMIS or MET System, and the NWS cannot be contacted, use "D" as the default stability class.

[ ]

6.7.1 If using temperatures from the NWS to develop delta-T-based stability class, request the temperatures (10 meter (M) and 100 M) in degrees Centigrade. Determine degrees Centigrade (C) delta-T and the appropriate stability class using the following formula and table:

100 M °C - 10 M 'C = delta-T 'C delta-T °C

< -1.7

-1.7 to -1.5 -1.5 to -1.3 -1.3 to -0.45 -0.45 to 1.3 1.3 to 3.6

> 3.6 Stability Class A

B C

D E

F G

[ ]6.8 DETERMINE IF RELEASE BYPASSES SECONDARY CONTAINMENT

[

6.8.1 If the release bypasses secondary containment (for example direct venting of the drywell or a release from the Turbine Building), then enter 1 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.

[ ]

6.8.2 If the release does not bypass secondary containment, then enter 0.5 in Block 8 on Attachment 1.

[ ] 6.9 Obtain TEDE Noble Gas Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 9 on Attachment 1.

[

6.10 Obtain TEDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 10 on Attachment 1.

[

6.11 Obtain CDE Iodine Dose Conversion Factor from Table 3 of Attachment 1 and record in Block 11 on Attachment 1.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 10 OF 34

[ ] 6.12 Obtain the mixing factor (x/Q) for the receptor point or location.

6.12.1 Record location or receptor point ID at the top of Attachment 1.

[ ]

6.12.2 Obtain the proper x/Q isopleth overlay based on stability class and release point.

]

6.12.2.1 Overlays are available in the TSC or EOF for both elevated and ground level releases for each stability class.

Use ground level isopleths for all releases which are not from the ERP.

[1 6.12.3 Place the isopleth overlay on an Emergency Planning Zone map scaled to 1" per mile. The preferred map is the "Cooper Nuclear Station 20 Mile Plume Exposure" map with sectors, radii, and wind direction labeled. One is posted in the TSC and EOF.

]

6.12.4 Orient the isopleth overlay so the centerline of the isopleth is over the wind direction radius, the open end of the isopleth is downwind, and the asterisk is over CNS.

[ ]

6.12.5 Lightly mark the desired receptor location on the isopleth with a pencil.

[]

NOTE - All x/Qs have negative exponents.

[]

6.12.6 Using the legend in the lower right hand corner of the isopleth overlay, linearly interpolating as necessary, determine a X/Q value for the receptor site.

6.12.7 Record the X/Q value in Block 12 on Attachment 1.

[ ] 6.13 Compute TEDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 13 on Attachment 1.

r(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)] x (Block 12)

(Block 5)

]

6.14 Estimate the duration of the release (consult with Operations and/or Engineering for this time estimate) in hours and record the value in Block 14 on Attachment 1. If the estimated duration of release cannot be determined, use 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> as a default value.

6.15 Compute the integrated TEDE dose (rem) and record in Block 15 on.

(Block 13) x (Block 14)

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 11 OF 34

6.16 Compute CDE dose rate (rem/hr) and record in Block 16 on Attachment 1.

(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11) x (Block 12)

(Block 5)

[ ] 6.17 Compute CDE dose (rem) and record in Block 17 on Attachment 1.

(Block 14) x (Block 16)

]

6.18 Record name, time, and date at the bottom of Attachment 1.

7.

CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS©

[1 ]NOTE 1 - This section describes the methodology to be used to correlate CNS-DOSE results (estimated gross iodine concentrations) with gross iodine concentrations sampled in the field.

[ NOTE 2 - This section is to be used by dose assessment personnel in the EOF once field teams have been dispatched and sample results become available.

[

NOTE 3 - Initial dose projections (computer and hand-calculated) are based upon assumed radionuclide concentrations until actual concentrations have been measured. Off-site sample results are used to determine a dose correction factor which may be applied to adjust the CNS-DOSE Program.

[1 ]7.1 FIELD TEAM SAMPLE TO CNS-DOSE COMPARISON

[ ]

7.1.1 Radiological Assessment Supervisor shall:

NOTE 1 - Prior to comparing field team air sample results, ensure that the time of the field team air sample and the time of "CNS-DOSE" dose assessment are comparable.

NOTE 2 - If the field team air sample is reported from a distance other than 1, 2, 5, or 10 miles, use the appropriate stability class/release point isopleth to determine what CNS-DOSE predicted iodine air sample results would be at that distance prior to performing the field team sample comparison.

[

7.1.1.1 Compare the field team iodine air sample concentrations with the predicted CNS-Dose iodine air sample concentrations using the decision tree in Step 7.1.2.

[1 7.1.1.2 Radiological Control Manager shall review the field team corrected dose assessment results and communicate any change in PARs or Classification to the Emergency Director.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 12 OF 34 1

7.1.2 Field Team air sample >

CNS-Dose results?

Y Correct CNS-Dose using step 7.2 and re-perform dose assessment Provide dose assessment results and att. 4 to Radiological Control Manager PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 13 OF 34 1

I

[]

[ ]

7.2 APPLYING FIELD TEAM CORRECTION TO CNS-DOSE

[ ]

7.2.1 Apply the correction to CNS-Dose using the "Field Adjust" OPTION of CNS-DOSE.

]

7.2.1.1 At the MAIN CNS-DOSE screen, select option "Field Adjust".

]

7.2.1.2 Enter the radius distance from CNS in miles at the prompt (1, 2, 5, and 10 are the only options).

7.2.1.3 Enter the gross iodine concentration (in iCi/cc) obtained from the field at the prompt.

[ ]

7.2.1.4 After obtaining new Results from CNS-DOSE, compare new PARs to any PARs previously transmitted to off-site authorities.

8.

CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATE USING IN-CONTAINMENT HI-RANGE RADIATION MONITORS

[ ] NOTE 1 - Attachment 7 is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accident sequences, a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) sample and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM) must be used. The Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) may be used, as required, to obtain the RCS sample.

] NOTE 2 - The release from the core may bypass the containment, be retained in the primary system, or not be uniformly mixed. Therefore, a low containment radiation reading does not guarantee a lack of core damage. The levels of damage indicated by the value in Attachment 7 are considered minimum levels unless there are inconsistent monitor readings.

] NOTE 3 - Inconsistent monitor readings may be due to the uneven mixing in containment (e.g., steam rising to the top of the dome). It may take hours for uniform mixing.

] 8.1 The Chem/RP Coordinator or designee, shall perform following steps to determine an estimate of core damage, if decisions must be made which are based on core conditions and PASS results are not available.

]

8.1.1 Obtain highest in-containment hi-range radiation monitor reading from RMA-RM-40A(B), DRYWELL RAD MONITOR, and record in Block 1 on Attachment 7.

[

8.1.2 Complete the calculations on Attachment 7.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 14 OF 34

8.1.3 Report results to the TSC Director.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 15 OF 34 I[I

I ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)

Location or Receptor ID:

(1) Noble Gas Release (2) Release Path (3) Iodine/Noble Gas (4) Energy Factor (5) Wind Speed (mph)

(6) Wind (7) Stability (8) Secondary Rate from KAMAN or through SBGT?

Ratio Direction Class Containment 5.7.16 (pCi/Sec)

Bypassed?

Yes = 0.01; No = 1 (from Table 1)

(from Table 2)

ERP = 13; Other = 8 (0 from)

Default = D No = 0.5; Yes = 1 For Columns 5, 6, and 7, use PMIS, MET, NWS, or Defaults.

Mixing Factor Conversion Factors (from Table 3)

(from Isopleths)

TEDE Noble Gas (9)

(12)

TEDE Iodine (10)

CDE Iodine (11)

TEDE Dose Rate (13):

(rem/hr)

Duration (Hours)

TEDE Dose (rem)

Default = 4 hrs (Block 13) x (Block 14)

[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 9)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 10)1 (14)

(15) x (Block 12)(1)15 CDE Dose Rate (16):

(rem/hr)

CDE Dose (rem)

(Block 14) x (Block 16)

[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 8)(Block 11)1 (17)

(Block 5) x (Block 12)

Name/Time/Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 16 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 1 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (NON-CENTERLINE)

TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.

TABLE 2 - ENERGY FACTORS TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN TIME SINCE IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO TIME SINCE ENERGY SHUTDOWN NON-DEGRADED DEGRADED SHUTDOWN FACTOR (hrs)

CORE CORE (hrs)

(MeV/dis) t < 1 1.86 E-7 2.71 E-1 t<1 0.75 1:5 t < 2 1.86 E-7 3.57 E-1 1 _< t < 2 0.60 2 <_ t < 4 1.86 E-7 3.41 E-1 2:< t < 4 0.40 4< t<10 1.86 E-7 2.81 E-1 4:_ t < 10 0.25 10:< t < 30 1.86 E-7 2.30 E-1 10** t < 30 0.15 30

  • t < 100 1.86 E-7 1.65 E-1 30*< t < 100 0.09 100 _< t 1.86 E-7 1.40 E-1 100
  • t 0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas 1.48 E-3 9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine 8.77 E-2 2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine 2.04 E 0 4.96 E-1 I

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 17 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 2 TRANSIT TIMES AND EFFECTIVE AGES OF NOBLE GASES AT RECEPTOR SITES

1.

Effective Age is defined as time elapsed (hrs) since shutdown. For off-site locations, the effective aye of the isotopic mixture may be obtained through summarizing following components:

]

1.1 The effective aye at the time of release onset.

]

1.2 The transit time from the release point to the receptor site (refer to Section 2 below).

2.

CALCULATION OF TRANSIT TIME FROM THE RELEASE POINT TO THE RECEPTOR LOCATION

[ ] 2.1 Estimate the downwind distance (miles) to the receptor location.

[ ] 2.2 Divide the distance in miles by the 100m meter level wind speed (mph) to determine the plume transit time.

(1) RECEPTOR SITE (2) 100 METER LEVEL (3) PLUME TRANSIT DOWNWIND DISTANCE WIND SPEED TIME (hrs)

(miles)

(mph)

(1) - (2)

DETERMINATION OF EFFECTIVE AGES AT RECEPTOR SITES (3) EFFECTIVE AGE OF (1) EFFECTIVE AGE OF (2) TRANSIT TIME FROM ISOTOPIC MIXTURE AT MIXTURE AT TIME RELEASE POINT TO RECEPTOR LOCATION OF RELEASE ONSET RECEPTOR LOCATION (hrs)

(hrs)

(hrs)

(1) + (2)

Name/Time/Date:

I

/

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 18 OF 34 3.

I.

4 I.

4 t

I 1

4

ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)

(1) Noble Gas Release Rate (2) Release Path (3) Iodine/Noble Gas (4) Energy Factor (5) Wind Speed (mph)

(6) Stability (7) Secondary from KAMAN or through SBGT?

Ratio (MeV/dis)

Class Containment 5.7.16 (liCilSec)

Bypassed?

Yes = 0.01; No 1

(from Table 1)

(from Table 2)

Defaults ERP = 13; Other = 8 Default = D No = 0.5; Yes =1 For Columns 5 and 6, use PMIS, MET, NWS or Defaults.

Conversion Factors (from Table 3)

TEDE Sub-Calculation (11):

TEDE Noble Gas (8)

[(Block 1)(Block 4)(Block 8)1+[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 9)A (Block 5)

CDE Iodine (10)

TEDE RATE (rem/hr)

Duration (hours)

TEDE Dose (rem)

Mixing Factors (from Table 4)

(Block 11 x Block 12)

Default 4 hrs (Block 13 x Block 14) 1 Mile (12) 1 Mile (13)

(14) 1 Mile (15) 2 Mile (12) 2 Mile (13) 2 Mile (15) 5 Mile (12) 5 Mile (13) 5 Mile (15) 10 Mile (12) 10 Mile (13) 10 Mile (15)

CDE Sub-Calculation (16):

CDE Rate (rem/hr)

CDE Dose (rem)

(Block 16 x Block 12)

(Block 14 x Block 17) 1 Mile (17) 1 Mile (18)

[(Block 1)(Block 2)(Block 3)(Block 7)(Block 10)1 2 Mile (17) 2 Mile (18)

(Block 5) 5 Mile (17) 5 Mile (18) 10 Mile (17) 10 Mile (18)

Name/Time/Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 19 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 3 HAND-CALCULATED DOSE PROJECTION (CENTERLINE)

TABLE 1 - IODINE TO NOBLE GAS RATIO VS.

TABLE 2 - ENERGY TIME SINCE SHUTDOWN FACTORS IODINE/NOBLE GAS RATIO TIME SINCE ENERGY TIME SINCE NON-DEGRADED DEGRADED SHUTDOWN FACTOR SHUTDOWN (hrs)

CORE CORE (hrs)

(MeV/dis) t<1 1.86 E-7 2.71 E-1 t< 1 0.75 1 <t<2 1.86 E-7 3.57 E-1 1 <t<2 0.60 2 _ t < 4 1.86 E-7 3.41 E-1 2:g t < 4 0.40 4 *< t < 10 1.86 E-7 2.81 E-1 4< t< 10 0.25 10*< t < 30 1.86 E-7 2.30 E-1 10*< t < 30 0.15 30 _< t < 100 1.86 E-7 1.65 E-1 30

  • t < 100 0.09 100 *< t 1.86 E-7 1.40 E-1 100 < t 0.07 TABLE 3 - DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS NON-DEGRADED CORE DEGRADED CORE TEDE Noble Gas 1.48 E-3 9.19 E-4 TEDE Iodine 8.77 E-2 2.98 E-2 CDE Iodine 2.04 E 0 4.96 E-1 TABLE 4-PLUME CENTERLINE X/Q'S (MIXING FACTORS)

RELEASE rTABILI POINT lCLASS I

A IB IC ID IE IFG 1 MILE 2.87E-6 6.04E-6 1.17E-5 8.35E-6 1.03E-6 2.35E-11 1.31E-23 ERP 2 MILE 7.94E-7 1.78E-6 4.55E-6 8.21E-6 4.98E-6 8.12E-8 5.62E-13 (ELEVATED) 5 MILE 1.50E-7 3.42E-7 1.18E-6 3.77E-6 4.66E-6 1.09E-6 5.67E-9 10 MILE 4.51E-8,1.03E-7 4.58E-7,1.82E-6 3.13E-611.44E-6 4.OOE-8 OTHER 1 MILE 3.01E-6 6.90E-6 1.73E-5 5.10E-5 1.09E-4 3.07E-4 7.67E-4 THAN ERP 2 MILE 8.03E-7 1.84E-6 5.15E-6 1.78E-5 3.86E-5 1.09E-4 2.71E-4 (GROUND 5 MILE 1.50E-7 3.44E-7 1.21E-6 4.98E-6 1.25E-5 3.52E-5 8.81E-5 LEVEL) 10 MILE 4.51E-8 1.03E-7 4.63E-7 2.07E-61 6.43E-6 1.81E-5 4.52E-5 PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1

PAGE 20 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 4 CORRELATING OFF-SITE SAMPLE RESULTS WITH DOSE PROJECTIONS

1.

CORRECTION FACTOR DETERMINATIONS USING OFF-SITE SAMPLING DATA Name/Time/Date:

I

/

3.

Route completed form to Emergency Preparedness Department.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 21 OF 34 (3) FIELD GROSS (4) CNS-DOSE (5)

(2)

IODINE IODINE CORRECTION (1) SAMPLE SAMPLE CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION FACTOR (CF)

LOCATION TIME

([Ci/cc)

(1Ci/cc)

(3) - (4)

-I-4 4-4

-

4 4-

ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL DATA SOURCES FOR CNS-DOSE NOTE 1 - When the normal source of meteorological data (PMIS MET screen) is not available or is "unhealthy", attempt to obtain the data by PMIS point ID or obtain it from the MET Chart recorders in the Computer Room. If neither PMIS or the MET chart recorders are available, call the National Weather Service (NWS) in Valley, NE to obtain the data. The telephone number is contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory - Federal TAB. If the NWS cannot be contacted, use default values.

NOTE 2 - If the user is not familiar with the use of PMIS, Attachment 6 provides an overview and instructions on access and selected use of PMIS.

NOTE 3 - The Turn-On-Code "VALUE" is used to display single point values and qualities.

NOTE 4 - The Turn-On-Code "MET" is used to display most meteorological point values and stability classes.

PMIS POINT ID DESCRIPTION ALTERNATE SOURCE MET001 100M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET004 100M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET005 DELTA TEMPERATURE (10OM-10M)

MET Chart Recorder MET006 100M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET007 100M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET009 60M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET012 60M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET013 DELTA TEMPERATURE (100M-60M)

MET Chart Recorder MET014 60M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET015 60M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET017 10M LVL SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET020 10M LVL TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET021 DELTA TEMPERATURE (60M-10M)

MET Chart Recorder MET023 10M LVL WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET024 10M LVL WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET027 PRECIPITATION (15 MIN PERIOD)

MET Chart Recorder MET028 10M TWR SIGMA THETA (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET029 10M TWR TEMPERATURE MET Chart Recorder MET030 10M TWR WIND DIR. (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder MET031 10M TWR WIND SPEED (15 MIN AVE)

MET Chart Recorder N8000 RX BLDG EFFLUENT FLOW AVE N8001 TURB BLDG EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8002 TURB BLDG EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8003 TURB BLDG FLOW AVE N8004 AOG & RW EFF HI RAD MON AVE N8005 AOG & RW EFF NORM RAD MON AVE N8006 RX BLDG EFF RAD MON AVE N8007 AOG & RW BLDG EFF FLOW AVE N8010 ERP HI RAD MON AVE N8011 ERP NORMAL RAD MON AVE N8012 ERP FLOW AVE N8013 SGT FLOW TO ERP AVE PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 2OF

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE PLANT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (PMIS) 1.1 The PMIS System (PMIS) is a set of programs and hardware provided by NPPD that make use of VMS functions and additional peripherals (Data Concentrators) which provides access to plant parameters.

2.

PMIS COMPUTERS 2.1 PMIS computers share a common set of peripherals (disk drives, tape drives, terminals, etc.) and software.

3.

VMS OPERATING SYSTEM 3.1 The VMS Operating System (VMS) is the host operating system for the PMIS computers. It is a set of programs that interface with the computer hardware and peripherals, and allows the computers to recognize and process commands.

4.

PMIS MODES 4.1 PMIS has three operational modes, Primary, Primary/Backup, and Backup, and will operate on either computer in one of the three modes. A computer with PMIS operating in either the Primary or Primary/Backup Mode is referred to as the Primary System and the one with PMIS operating in the Backup Mode is referred to as the Backup System.

4.2 The Primary and Primary/Backup Modes provide full PMIS capabilities, consisting (in part) of data acquisition and conversion, data display, data archiving, alarm processing, self monitoring, and many other functions that perform specialized calculations and displays.

4.3 The Backup Mode monitors the Primary System, transfers information necessary to keep the Backup System files and tables up-to-date, and automatically changes to the Primary Mode when a loss of the Primary System is detected (referred to as a FAILOVER). Although many functions are available on the Backup System, their use is discouraged because the lack of real-time data results in the display of inaccurate information (CNS-DOSE is an exception).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 23 OF 34

S ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

5.

PMIS ACCESS 5.1 Access to PMIS is gained through various video display terminals, printer/plotters, and printers, including color graphic Information Display Terminals (IDTs) dedicated exclusively for PMIS access in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.

5.2 The IDTs and printers are selectively connected to either computer through a switching device controlled by PMIS. At system start or during a FAILOVER, all terminals and printers are switched to the Primary System. However, the SWITCH position may be changed at any time after that.

6.

SCREEN FORMAT 6.1 When a terminal is under control of PMIS (instead of VMS), the screen display will be in a standard format consisting of four areas, OCA, GGDA, SSA, and FKA.

6.2 The OCA (Operator Communication Area) consists of the top two (one and two lines on the screen. This area is generally used to prompt-for and receive user inputs and display advisory and warning messages. In addition, some displays that require only one or two lines of screen use the OCA for display. Also (though technically not part of the OCA), the current date and time (updated once a second) is displayed at the right side of the screen on lines 1 and 2.

6.3 The GGDA (General and Graphic Display Area) consists of lines 4 through 47 and is used for most displays. In addition, some displays (chiefly functions requiring significant editing) also prompt-for and receive user inputs in the GGDA.

6.4 The SSA (SPDS Status Area) consists of lines 45 through 48 and contain four boxes that represent (by color code) the status of the SPDS (Safety Parameter Display System), which is a software system that monitors selected plant parameters and determines overall plant safety status.

6.5 The FKA (Function Key Area) consists of the bottom two (50 and 51) lines of the screen. The FKA is used to indicate which of the definable function keys are enabled. It also indicates which mode PMIS is in, the Plant Mode, and whether or not a PMIS "event" has occurred.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 24 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

7.

SCREEN-COPY FUNCTION 7.1 The screen-copy function, which is activated by pressing the HARD COPY key, provides full screen reproduction in color on a printer located in the same general area as the terminal.

8.

PRINTER 8.1 The printers are connected to a specific computer and are generally accessed when a "...PRINT..." option is selected and a "logical name" is entered.

9.

LOGICAL NAME 9.1 Printers and terminals are usually referenced by "logical names", in the format of TTOO, TT01, etc. (IDTs), and LA00, LA01, etc. (printers). The "logical name" for a device can usually be found on a tag on the device.

10. RESET FUNCTION 10.1 This function, which is activated by pressing the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), clears the screen, sounds the bell, and resets internal parameters to the default settings, producing the same effect as a re-boot or turning power off and on.
11. IDE FIELD 11.1 User input to PMIS Programs is through an open IDE (Interactive Data Entry) field on the terminal. An open IDE field is denoted by a yellow box that appears in the OCA or GGDA area. Anything typed on the keyboard will be echoed in the box. Erasing or back-spacing is accomplished with the DEL key.

All entries into an IDE field must be terminated by pressing the ENTER key unless the field is overfilled or a function key is pressed (the terminal automatically adds a carriage return character in those cases).

12. TURN-ON-CODE 12.1 The Turn-On-Code (TOC) is the mechanism by which commands are issued to PMIS. This is a one to eight character code which is interpreted by PMIS and a corresponding command is issued.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 25 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

13. PMIS DATABASE 13.1 All plant parameters (or additional data based on plant or PMIS parameters) that are processed by PMIS SYSTEM are defined in the PMIS DATABASE, which is a file that specifies the origin of the data, the frequency at which it is processed, the type of processing to be performed, etc. Each parameter is referred to as a "point" and is identified by a one to eight character name or POINT-ID (PID).
14. PMIS DATA PROCESSING 14.1 Some PMIS points are processed by scanning plant sensors (through the Data Concentrator) while others are calculated based on the values of previously processed points or PMIS parameters. All points values are then assigned a quality code stored in the Current Value Table (CVT).

14.2 Data in the CVT is considered to be "real-time" and representative of current plant and system conditions.

14.3 At regular intervals (and other special circumstances) point values are also stored in an Archive File, which provides - 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of on-line historical information.

15. PMIS DATA ACCESS 15.1 All point values in the CVT and Archive File are accessed by the POINT-ID.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 PAGE 26 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

16. QUALITY CODES 16.1 The Quality Code, assigned when point values are assigned, represents the general status and "health" of the point, and determines how it is used by PMIS Programs. The following is a list of PMIS quality codes and related information.

CODE DESCRIPTION COLOR HEALTH UNK Value unknown - not yet processed White Bad DEL Processing has been disabled Magenta Bad INVL Data concentrator error Magenta Bad RDER Data concentrator error Magenta Bad OIC Data concentrator error Magenta Bad BAD Outside instrument range Magenta Bad STAG Point failed stagnation check Magenta Bad UDEF Undefined (spare)

Magenta Bad REDU Fails redundant point check Magenta Bad HALM Above high alarm limit Red Good LALM Below low alarm limit Red Good HWRN Above high warning limit Yellow Good LWRN Below low warning limit Yellow Good ALM State/Change-of-State alarm Red Good SUB Value has been substituted Blue Good DALM Alarm checking has been disabled Green Good NCAL Value cannot be calculated White Good INHB Alarm inhibited by cut-out point Green Good GOOD Passes all other checks Green Good 16.2 Not listed above is quality code OSUB (Operator Substituted), which is treated the same as SUB, and indicates that the value was substituted within that program. OSUB is not used in the CVT.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 27 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

17. PMIS LOGIN 17.1 If the current date and time is displayed in the OCA and is being updated about once a second:

17.1.1 If "ENTER PASSWORD..." is displayed on line 2, press the ENTER key.

17.1.2 If "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." and an open IDE field is displayed on line 2, the IDT is logged into PMIS. No further action is necessary.

17.1.3 If a display is operating, press the CANC key.

17.1.4 If terminal does not respond or does not meet any of the above criteria, press the XOFF key once. The terminal should be automatically reset (screen clears and the bell sounds) after about 30 seconds, and either the "ENTER PASSWORD..." or

"...TURN-ON-CODE..." prompt should be displayed. Refer to the applicable previous step for more instruction.

17.2 If the current date and time is NOT displayed or is displayed but is not being updated:

17.2.1 Press the RESET key (PC keyboard) or CONTROL-RESET keys (IDT keyboard), wait at least 10 seconds, and press the ENTER key. If the date and time appear and began updating, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step.

17.2.2 If a "$" is displayed at the left of the screen, enter "LO" and press the ENTER key. After the "...LOGGED OFF..." message is displayed, press the ENTER key again.

17.2.3 After "Username:" is displayed, enter "PMIS" and press the ENTER key. A welcome message followed by "PMIS LOGGED OUT..." will be displayed. Do not press any keys for 5 minutes or until the PMIS login display appears. When the "ENTER PASSWORD..." prompt is issued, refer to the previous (date and time updating) step and login to PMIS.

17.3 If neither of the above criteria is met or the specified sequence of events does not occur, contact the Nuclear Information Services (NIS) Department for assistance.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 28 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

18. ACTIVATING A TURN-ON-CODE 18.1 If a display is currently operating in the area of the screen that the desired TOC requires, press the CANC key.

18.2 When "SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN ON CODE..." is displayed followed by an open IDE field, enter one of following:

18.2.1 A TOC (i.e., "GROUP" -- activates the Group Display Program; the program will then prompt the user to select a menu option).

18.2.2 A TOC followed by a space and optional text (i.e., "PLOT ARMI" -

activates the Real-Time Plot Program and plots the group "ARMI" without further user input; note that optional text is recognized by only selected TOCs).

18.2.3 Press one of the programmable function keys on the right hand key pad or top row of function keys (i.e., blue "GROUP DISP" key -

functions the same as the first example).

18.3 Refer to the FKA for the function keys that are enabled and their descriptions.

Use other options as provided by each program.

18.4 To exit a program, use the specified exit option (if provided) or press the CANC function key.

19. DETERMINING TO WHICH SYSTEM A TERMINAL IS CONNECTED The PMIS System to which a terminal is connected is indicated by the "CONSOLE =..." on the bottom line of the FKA as follows:

CONSOLE = PRIMARY Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary Mode.

CONSOLE = PRIM/BAC Connected to the Primary System operating in the Primary/Backup Mode.

CONSOLE = BACKUP Connected to the Backup System.

CONSOLE = UNKNOWN --

PMIS is in a transition or unknown state.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1

PAGE 29 OF 34

SATTACHMENT 6 PMIS SYSTEM ACCESS AND USE

20. SWITCHING A DEVICE TO THE OTHER SYSTEM 20.1 On a terminal located in the same area as the device to be switched and connected to either PMIS System, activate the TOC "SWITCH".

20.2 A list of all devices that can be switched from that terminal will be displayed.

Included will be their logical names, description, and the CPU to which the device is connected.

20.3 To switch a device, press function key F1 and then enter the logical name at the prompt.

20.4 If the device is an IDT, it will be logged off PMIS.

20.5 If the device being switched is a terminal other than the one running SWITCH, both are connected to the same system and a TOC is currently active, a message will be displayed to that effect, and the user will be asked if it is to be switched anyway. If the answer is not YES, the device is not switched.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 30 OF 34

I ATTACHMENT 7 CORE DAMAGE ESTIMATION NOTE - This attachment is only used for core damage estimates where the in-containment radiation monitors are exposed to coolant or steam (i.e., only for primary containment LOCA situations). For other accidents sequences, utilize the Post-Accident Sampling System (PASS) and Core Damage Assessment Program (CORDAM).

(1) HIGHEST DRYWELL (3) CORE (5) PERCENT RAD MONITOR (2) 100%

MELT (4) PERCENT CLAD READING CORE MELT FRACTION CORE MELT FAILURE (RMA-RM-40A,B)

FACTOR (1)-

(2)

(3) x 100 (4) x 10 2.44E+6 Report the results of the core damage estimate (Blocks 4 and 5) to the TSC Director.

Name/Time/Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 31 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 This procedure covers dose projection. Dose projection represents calculation of an accumulated dose at some time in the future if current conditions continue.

1.2 The CNS-DOSE Computer Program is a software application operated on the PMIS computers. It makes use of current meteorological and radiological data from PMIS and manually entered data to perform dose projection for the area surrounding CNS. CNS-DOSE is the primary method of dose projection.

1.2.1 The PMIS Computer System consists of two computers operating in a Primary and Backup Mode. Historical data may be obtained from either system; however, current data may be obtained only from the Primary System.

1.2.2 Personal unfamiliar with the operation of PMIS should reference procedures governing the operation of PMIS or refer to Attachment 6.

1.3 The manual dose projection methods in this procedure are intended to be used when CNS-DOSE is unavailable. Where possible, data used is from the same source as that used by the computer programs. The hand calculations are divided into two sections. Section 5 is intended to be used by the on-shift personnel for centerline dose projections. Section 6 is intended for dose assessment personnel in projecting non-centerline values.

1.4 The correlation methodology as described in Section 8 provides EOF dose assessment personnel with a means of correlating field team iodine concentration data with CNS-DOSE projected iodine concentration. Such a correlation is necessary to determine if initial Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) were adequate to protect the health and safety of the public.

1.5 Containment radiation level provides a measure of core damage, because it is an indication of the inventory of airborne fission products (i.e., noble gases, a fraction of the halogens, and a much smaller fraction of the particulates) released from the fuel to the containment (refer to NEDO-22215, Pages 1 and 2).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.17 1

REVISION 27 1

PAGE 32 OF 34

I ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET

2.

REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.109, Revision 1, October 1977, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10CFR50, Appendix I, Iodine Inhalation Dose Factors.

2.1.2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.111, July 1977, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors.

2.1.3 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145, August 1979, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants.

2.1.4 Health Physics Journal, November 1981, Noble Gas Dose Rate Conversion Factors.

2.1.5 ICRP 59, Working Breathing Rate.

2.1.6 EPA 400-R-92-001, May 1992, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents.

2.2 DRAWINGS (MAPS) 2.2.1 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-102, Atmospheric Dispersion Model (EPM2)

Special Receptor Points, 10 Mile Radius.

2.2.2 NPPD Drawing CNS-MI-03, Preselected Radiological Sampling and Monitoring Points in the Vicinity of Cooper Nuclear Station, 10 Mile Radius.

2.2.3 NPPD Drawing 2.2 (P3-A-45), Revision 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Site and Property Boundary, 1 Mile Radius.

2.2.4 Cooper Nuclear Station 50 Mile Emergency Planning Zone, Revision 2, 50 Mile Radius.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 1

PAGE 33 OF 34

ATTACHMENT 8 INFORMATION SHEET 2.3 VENDOR MANUALS 2.3.1 CNS Number 0984, PMIS Operator's Manual - SAIC Document 502-85500107-72.

2.4 PROCEDURES 2.4.1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.

2.4.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.16, Release Rate Determination.

2.4.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.20, Protective Action Recommendations.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS 2.5.1 NRC Inspection Report 89-35.

2.5.2

© NRC Inspection Report 91-12, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report. Affects Section 7 and NOTE prior to Step 5.2.

2.5.3 NRC Inspection Report 92-14, Emergency Preparedness Annual Inspection Report.

2.5.4 General Electric Corporation, NEDO-22215, Procedures for the Determination of the Extent of Core Damage Under Accident Conditions.

PROCEDURE 5.7.17 REVISION 27 PAGE 34 OF 34

CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL USE: INFORMATION EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.21 EFFECTIVE: 4/17/02 APPROVAL: SORC MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS -

AONR:S. C EMERGENCY EXERCISES, DRILLS, DEPARTMENT: EP TESTS, AND EVALUATIONS DEPARTMENT:_EP

1.

P U R P O S E............................................................

1

2.

SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS 1

3.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS................

2

4.

R E C O R D S..........................

4 ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST............

5 ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST..........

7 ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY PLAN 6 YEAR ELEMENT DEMONSTRATION 10 ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW.............................

11 ATTACHMENT 5 EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST..........................

13 ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14)....................

14 ATTACHMENT 7 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL R O O M............................................

16 ATTACHMENT 8 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC..................

17 ATTACHMENT 9 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER.........

18 ATTACHMENT 10 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC....

19 ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF..... 20 ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF....

24 ATTACHMENT 13 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AM BU LAN CE......................................

26 ATTACHMENT 14 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL 27 ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET.............................

28

1.

PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for documenting the completion of periodic surveillances, tests, drills, and training. Periodic test and reviews of components of the Emergency Planning Program (e.g., facilities, equipment, Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, etc.) are conducted to ensure availability, operability, and reliability.

2.

SENIOR MANAGER OF SITE SUPPORT INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Review completed documentation of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, on an annual basis.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 1 OF 32

2.2 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of non-emergency events that have a potential for media interest.

2.2.1 Inform Emergency Preparedness (EP) of event.

2.2.2 Verify EP has informed appropriate Emergency Management officials.

2.3 Ensure State and County Emergency Management officials are made aware of the following on an annual basis:

2.3.1 Significant changes to the Emergency Plan/EPIPs.

2.3.2 Emergency Action Levels (EALs).

2.4 Ensure that biennial exercises are performed with state and county Emergency Response Agencies.

3.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS MANAGER INSTRUCTIONS 3.1 At the beginning of each calendar year:

3.1.1 Review the items on Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, and establish a working schedule.

3.2 Maintain awareness of status of completion of Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.

3.2.1 Response actions performed as part of actual plant emergencies may be credited towards the following drills or tests:

3.2.1.1 Integrated facility activation drill.

3.2.1.2 Call out phone test/drill.

3.2.1.3 RP drill.

3.2.1.4 Off-Site agency communications drill.

3.2.1.5 Medical drill.

3.2.2 Evolutions incorporated within a multiple scope drill/exercise may count as drill or test completion, as example:

3.2.2.1 RP drill, medical drill, or off-site communications drill as part of quarterly integrated facility activated drill or annual exercise.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 2 OF 32 I

3.2.3 Notification of ERO and Governmental Agencies including:

3.2.3.1 Weekly tests of Automated Notification system.

3.2.3.2 Quarterly off-hours ERO call-in test (at least one per year should be manual).

3.2.3.3 Quarterly verification and update of Emergency Telephone Directory.

3.2.4 NRC Performance Indicators:

3.2.4.1 Prepare and submit in accordance with Administrative Procedure O-PI-01.

3.3 Ensure completion of the items on Attachment 2, Quarterly EP Maintenance Checklist.

3.4 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.

3.5 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.

3.6 Ensure the completion of the items on Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.

3.7 Maintain awareness of the status of the Alert and Notification System (ANS) operability.

3.8 Ensure the following is performed for Biennial Exercises:

3.8.1 Schedule a date for the exercise in coordination with the primary State and County emergency response agencies.

3.8.2 Provide the opportunity for State and County response agencies to participate in an exercise.

3.8.3 Coordinate NPPD efforts with other participating personnel, organizations, and agencies.

3.8.3.1 If the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is evaluating State and County emergency response, ensure the exercise scenario is developed within the time frames specified by the regulations, as defined in Attachment 5, EP Exercise Checklist.

3.8.4 Discuss and evaluate annual exercise performance with plant management, NPPD controller/evaluators, and principal participants.

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 3 OF 32

4.

RECORDS 4.1 Attachments 1 through 5 are sent to CNS Records (quality record upon final review).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 4 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Year:

SEMI-ANNUAL/ANNUAL/BIENNIAL EP MAINTENANCE ITEMS 1.1 Radiological Protection Drill (Semi-Annual).

1.1.1 (January - June).

Date:

1.1.2 (July - December).

Date:

1.2 Radiological Monitoring Drill (Annual).

Date:

1.3 Biennial Exercise (include Attachment 5, EP Exercise Date:

Checklist).

1.3.1 FEMA Evaluated (even years only).

[ Yes; [] No 1.4 Annual Off-Site Agencies Communications Drill.

Date:

1.5 Annual Unannounced Communications Drill.

Date:

1.6 Annual Medical Drill.

Date:

1.7 Emergency Plan Review.

1.7.1 Emergency Plan Review (Annual).

Date:

1.7.2 Letters of Agreement Certification (Annual Date:

Confirmation).

1.7.3 EPIP Review (Annual).

Date:

1.8 Media Day (Annual).

Date:

1.9 Public Information Brochure (Annual).

Date:

1.10 Review and update 6 Year Plan (Annual) (include, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Date:

Demonstration).

1.11 Significant Emergency Plan/EPIP Changes, Emergency Action Levels (EALs) Meeting with State/County Date:

Emergency Management (Annual).

1.12 Hospital Training (Annual).

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 5 OF 32 j

I ATTACHMENT 1 EP PROGRAM MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST 1.13 Off-Site Agency Training (Annual).

1.13.1 Nebraska.

1.13.2 Missouri.

1.13.3 Iowa.

1.13.4 Kansas.

1.13.5 Local Agencies.

1.14 Annual Training Review of ERO.

1.14.1 Solicit verification of annual ERO training completion from the Training Department.

1.14.2 Review training completion feedback and remove any ERO members not qualified.

1.15 EP Department Training Review (Annual).

Year:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Completed By:

Reviewed By:

Emergency Preparedness Coordinator Date:

Date:

Emergency Preparedness Manager I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 6 OF 32

I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:

EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY SURVEILLANCE 1.1 Quarterly Emergency Equipment Inventory.

1.1.1 Control Room (Attachment 7).

1.1.2 OSC (Attachment 8).

1.1.3 Emergency Rescue (Attachment 9).

1.1.4 AOSC (Attachment 10).

1.1.5 EOF (Attachment 11).

1.1.6 AEOF (Attachment 12).

1.1.7 Ambulance (Attachment 13).

1.1.8 Hospital (Attachment 14).

1.2 TSC.

1.2.1 Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).

1.2.1.1 Month 1.

1.2.1.2 Month 2.

1.2.1.3 Month 3.

1.3 OSC.

1.3.1 1.4 EOF.

1.4.1 Monthly Facility Survey 1.3.1.1 Month 1.

1.3.1.2 Month 2.

1.3.1.3 Month 3.

(Per EPDG #2).

Monthly Facility Survey (Per EPDG #2).

1.4.1.1 Month 1.

1.4.1.2 Month 2.

1.4.1.3 Month 3.

Year:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

Date:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 7 OF 32 j

I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST I

Quarter:

Y

2.

STAFF AUGMENTATION METHODOLOGIES 2.1 Weekly Test of Automated Emergency Notification System (Autodialer).

2.1.1 Week 1.

D 2.1.2 Week 2.

D 2.1.3 Week 3.

D 2.1.4 Week 4.

D 2.1.5 Week 5.

D 2.1.6 Week 6.

D 2.1.7 Week 7.

D 2.1.8 Week 8.

D 2.1.9 Week 9.

D 2.1.10 Week 10.

D 2.1.11 Week 11.

D 2.1.12 Week 12.

D 2.1.13 Week 13.

D 2.2 Quarterly Review and Update of Emergency Telephone D

Directory.

2.3 Quarterly Performance Indicator (PI) Drill and Critique D

Report.

2.3.1 Quarterly Trend Report (Drill Critique and Issue Review per EPDG # 2, Section H-1, Drill and D

Exercise Manual).© 2.4 Quarterly Off-Hours ERO Call-in Phone Test or Staff D

Augmentation Drill.

2.5 Quarterly Self-Assessment.

D

3.

QUARTERLY SUBMITTAL OF EP PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 3.1 Participation.

D 3.2 Drill and Exercise Performance.

D 3.3 Alert and Notification System.

D ear:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

ate:

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 8 OF 32

I ATTACHMENT 2 QUARTERLY EP MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST Quarter:

Year:

NOTES:

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 9 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY PLAN 6 YEAR ELEMENT DEMONSTRATION YEAR LAST YEAR NEXT COMPLETION ELEMENT PERFORMED SCHEDULED DATE Two off hours staffing Exercises (6 p.m. - 4 a.m.) one must be unannounced Activation of Joint Information Center Use of fire control teams Use of medical support personnel Use of Security personnel for prompt access to emergency equipment or support Use of one or more portions of backup communications for notification Field monitoring Capability for determining the magnitude and impact of the particular components of a release Capability of post-accident coolant sampling and analysis Assembly and accountability Initial recovery planning activities Unannounced off hours drill including Staff Augmentation I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 F

PAGE 10 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)

Revision Date PCR Year:

Number Reviewed Y/ N 5.7.1 Emergency Classification 5.7.2 Shift Supervisor EPIP 5.7.6 Notification 5.7.7 Activation of TSC 5.7.8 Activation of OSC 5.7.8.1 Activation of Alternate OSC 5.7.9 Activation of EOF 5.7.9.1 Activation of Alternate EOF 5.7.10 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 5.7.11 Early Dismissal/Evacuation of Site Personnel 5.7.12 Emergency Radiation Exposure Control 5.7.13 Personnel Monitoring and Decontamination 5.7.14 Stable Iodine Thyroid Blocking (KI) 5.7.15 OSC Team Dispatch 5.7.16 Release Rate Determination 5.7.17 Dose Assessment 5.7.18 Off-Site and Site Boundary Monitoring 5.7.19 On-Site Radiological Monitoring 5.7.20 Protective Action Recommendations Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 5.7.21 Emergency Exercises, Drills, Tests, and Evaluations 5.7.22 Communications 5.7.23 Activation of the JIC 5.7.24 Medical Emergency PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 11 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 4 EPIP ANNUAL REVIEW Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (Annual)

Revision Date PCR Year:

Number Reviewed Y / N 5.7.25 Recovery Operations 5.7.26 Long-Term Environmental Monitoring 5.7.27 Alert and Notification System 5.7.27.1 EAS Tone-Activated Radio Malfunction False Activation of Alert and Notification System Sirens Administration of Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMS)

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 12 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 5 EP EXERCISE CHECKLIST Year:

1.

Exercise Date Selection.

Date:

2.

ERO Participant Notification.

Date:

3.

Scenario Development Personnel Assigned.

Date:

4.

Controllers/Evaluators Assigned.

Date:

5.

Exercise Objectives.

5.1 Emergency Preparedness Manager Approval.

Date:

5.2 Submitted to Licensing (75 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:

only).

6.

Exercise Scenario.

6.1 Provided to Nebraska Emergency Management Agency Date:

(EMA).

6.2 Provided to Missouri EMA.

Date:

6.3 Sixty Day (Prior to Exercise) FEMA Submittal, even years Date:

only).

6.4 Provided to Licensing (45 Day NRC Submittal, even years Date:

only).

7.

Post Exercise Critique Date:

Date:

8.

Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) Critique Report Date:

Review.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 13 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14)

INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 PM cards, from the CNS Maintenance Planning Office, shall be issued to those departments responsible for emergency equipment inventory once per quarter.

Emergency equipment inventory shall also be performed after each use.

1.1.1 The Radiological Protection Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency equipment listed on Attachments 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14.

1.1.2 The Maintenance Department is responsible for the inventory of emergency rescue equipment listed on Attachment 9.

1.2 Personnel responsible for emergency equipment inventory shall obtain an emergency locker seal prior to opening an Emergency Locker. A supply of locker seals shall be maintained by the Emergency Preparedness Department.

1.3 The inventory shall be performed utilizing the appropriate attachment of this procedure.

NOTE - An operability check need not be performed on communication equipment listed in this procedure that is located in the TSC, OSC, or EOF. Testing of these communication devices is conducted by the Emergency Preparedness Staff on a periodic basis.

1.4 Emergency equipment shall be inventoried, inspected, equipment calibration stickers checked, and an operability check shall be performed on all emergency equipment/instruments.

1.5 Operability, calibration, and equipment maintenance shall be conducted per normal station procedures.

1.6 During inspection, any equipment found inoperative or out of calibration shall be replaced in a timely manner.

1.7 During inspection, if any deficiency of inventory is discovered, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 1

PAGE 14 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES (ATTACHMENTS 7 THOUGH 14) 1.8 Instruments or equipment may be routinely removed from inventory for purposes of calibration or repair. Instruments and equipment being removed for calibration or repair should be immediately replaced with similar reserve instruments or equipment, where such reserves exist. Instruments or equipment for which there are not reserves should be returned to inventory immediately upon completion of calibration or repair activities.

1.9 During the inventory process, the expiration date of the supply of Potassium Iodide (KI) located within the emergency response facilities shall be checked.

If the expiration date is within 3 months from the date of the inventory currently being performed, contact the Emergency Preparedness Department and advise them of the expiration date. Emergency Preparedness Department personnel shall order a new supply of KI or receive an extension of the expiration date from the manufacturer.

1.10 Upon completion of the emergency equipment inventory, the PM card shall be signed off, indicating inventory is complete, and sent to the Emergency Preparedness Department for review. Emergency Preparedness Department will return the PM card to CNS Maintenance Planning Office. Documentation of emergency equipment inventories shall be kept on file at CNS Maintenance Planning Office.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 15 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 7 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT CONTROL ROOM NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are located near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.

ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs

2.

Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 24 Pairs

3.

Gloves, Disposable 2 Boxes

4.

Geiger-Mueller Survey Meter (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each

5.

Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 3 Each

6.

Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 6 Each

7.

Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 12 Each

8.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9 20 Bottles

9.

Radiation Warning Sign And Appropriate Inserts 4 Each

10.

Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Coil

11.

Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll

12.

First Aid Kit 1 Each

13.

Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each

14.

Duct Tape, 2" 3 Rolls

15.

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (With Voice Communicators) 6 Each

16.

Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters 6 Each

17.

Full Face Respirators With Single Particulate Canisters And Voice 6 Each Communicators

18.

Spare Air Cylinders 6 Each

19.

Spare Respirator Canister 12 Each

20.

Hand Lantern, With 6 Volt Battery 2 Each

21.

Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each

22.

Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 2 Each

23.

Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box

24.

Spare Battery (9 Volt) 24 Each

25.

General Arrangement Drawing 1 Set

26.

Step-Off Pad 1 Each

27.

Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each

28.

Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 15 Each

29.

Spare Batteries (30 Volt) 2 Each

30.

Meals-Ready-To-Eat (MREs

> 20 Each

31.

Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 PAGE 16 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 8 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AT OSC ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 25 Each

2.

Masking Tape 6 Rolls

3.

Particulate Filter, 2" 1 Box

4.

Charcoal And Silver Zeolite Cartridge 10 Each

5.

Air Sample Plastic Bag And Label 20 Each

6.

Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each

7.

Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 2 Boxes

8.

Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 4 Each

9.

Step-Off Pad 4 Each

10.

Protective Clothing (Full Set) 6 Each

11.

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 8 Each

12.

Spare Bottle For SCBA 12 Each

13.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date Per Step 1.9 100 Bottles

14.

Survey Instrument Ion-Chamber (Range 0 to 50 rem/hr) 2 Each

15.

I&C/Electrical Tool Kit 4 Each

16.

Volt Ohmmeter 2 Each

17.

Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs

18.

Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 25 Pairs

19.

Gloves, Disposable 1 Box

20.

Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Roll

21.

Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 2 Each

22.

Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts 12 Each

23.

Mechanical Maintenance Tool Kit 2 Each

24.

Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each

25.

PD-A Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each

26.

Personnel Radiation Monitor 1 Each

27.

Gloves, Electrical, Low Voltage 1 Pair

28.

Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each

29.

Hard Hat 10 Each

30.

Safety Glasses 10 Each

31.

Ear Plugs 1 Box

32.

Portable Air Sampler 1 Each

33.

Spare Battery (9 Volt) 12 Each

34.

Spare Battery ("C" Cell) 12 Each

35.

Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 PAGE 17 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 9 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT LOCKER ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY

1.

Wrecking Bars Each 2

2.

Bolt Cutters Each 2

3.

Hacksaw and Blades Each 2

4.

Come-Along Each 1

5.

Cable Sling, 1/2" x 3' Each 2

6.

Cable Sling, 1/2" x 6' Each 2

7.

Hydraulic Jack, 3 Ton Each 1

8.

Hydraulic Jack, 5 Ton Each 1

9.

Sledge Hammer, Various Sizes Each 4

10.

Porta Power Each 1

11.

Web Slings (2" - 20' Long, 2" - 10' Long)

Each 4

12.

Sound Powered Phones Each 1

13.

Safety Belt and Line Each 1

14.

Fire Axe Each 1

15.

Crow Bar Each 1

16.

200' - 3 Part Block and Tackle Each 1

17.

Battery Lanterns Each 2

18.

Spare Batteries for Battery Lanterns Each 2

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 18 OF 32

I ATTACHMENT 10 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AOSC I

1.

GENERAL SUPPLIES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT ITEMS QUANTITY

1.

Coveralls, Paper 25 Pair

2.

Shoe Covers 25 Pair

3.

Gloves, Disposable 1 Box

4.

PD-1 Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each

5.

Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each

6.

Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each

7.

Flashlight, With 2 "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each

8.

Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box

9.

Book Of Team-Dispatch Forms (Procedure 5.7.15, 1 Each )

10.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 20 Bottles Per Step 1.9

11.

Step-Off Pad 2 Each

12.

Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each

13.

Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell, 4 Per Box) 1 Box I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 19 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT NOTE - The air breathing equipment is not within the Emergency Locker, but the cases are near the Emergency Locker for convenience, inspection, and maintenance.

ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Coveralls, Paper 25 Each

2.

Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 25 Pairs

3.

Gloves, Disposable 1 Box

4.

Extendable Probe Survey Instrument (Range 0-1,000 rem/hr) 1 Each

5.

Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each

6.

Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each

7.

Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector 1 Each

8.

Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2) 1 Each

9.

Dosimeter, Direct Reading, Electronic 1 Each

10.

Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 8 Each

11.

Filters For Air Sampler; 2" 1 Box

12.

Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler 10 Each

13.

Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler 10 Each

14.

Extension Cord, Electric (50')

2 Each

15.

PD-i Area Radiation Monitor 3 Each

16.

Continuous Air Monitor 1 Each

17.

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 4 Each

18.

Spare 45 Air Cylinder 4 Each

19.

Tape, Duct, 2" 3 Rolls

20.

Plastic Sheeting, 20'x 20' 2 Sheets

21.

Plastic Bag, Small 1 Box

22.

Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each

23.

Radiation Warning Sign with Appropriate Inserts 12 Each

24.

Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 20 Each

25.

Radiation Barrier Rope, 200' 1 Coil

26.

Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll

27.

Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery 1 Each

28.

Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each

29.

Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 1 Each

30.

Spare Batteries ("D" Cell, 12 Per Box) 1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24

[

PAGE 20 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM QUANTITY

31.

Pocket Knife 1 Each

32.

Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips 1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip

33.

Step-Off Pads 2 Each

34.

Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting 1 Each Instruments

35.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 200 Bottles Per Step 1.9

36.

Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 2 Each

37.

Continuous Air Monitor Particulate Filter (CNSNO 35881) 10 Each

38.

Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 12 Each

39.

Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 6 Each

40.

Portable Air Sampler 1 Each

2.

EMERGENCY DOWNWIND SURVEY KIT SUPPLIES (two complete kits are required).

NOTE - The Downwind Survey Team Supplies (Items 1 through 13) are located in the EOF. Items 14 through 47 may be stored in the Downwind Survey Vehicles.

ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Full Face Respirator 2 Each

2.

Hand Lantern 1 Each

3.

Spare Battery For Hand Lantern 1 Each

4.

Calculator 1 Each

5.

Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 2 Each

6.

Spare Batteries ("AA")

4 Each

7.

Hand Held Radio 1 Each

8.

Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each

9.

Ion Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each

10.

Spare Battery ("D" Cell) 4 Each

11.

Spare Battery (30 Volt) 1 Each

12.

Spare Battery (9 Volt) 4 Each

13.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 2 Bottles Per Step 1.9

14.

Low Cut Rubber Shoes 4 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 21 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF ITEM QUANTITY

15.

250 ml Square Bottle 6 Each

16.

One Liter Bottle 4 Each

17.

Masslin Cloths 1 Package

18.

One-Piece Plastic Coveralls 2 Each

19.

Shovel 1 Each

20.

Combination Cartridge For Respirator 8 Each

21.

Masking Tape 2 Rolls

22.

Emergency Action Log 1 Pad

23.

Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers 1 Each

24.

Plastic Sheeting 1 Roll

25.

Complete Set Of EPIPs 1 Each

26.

Bolt Cutters 1 Each

27.

Small Plastic Bag 50 Each

28.

Grass Shears 1 Each

29.

Paper Coveralls 4 Each

30.

2" Air Sample Filters 1 Box

31.

Silver Zeolite Cartridge 6 Each

32.

Charcoal Cartridge 6 Each

33.

2" Millipore Air Sample Filters 1 Box

34.

Air Sampler With Head 1 Each

35.

Smear Book (10 Smears Per Book) 10 Each 36 Radioactive Material Sticker 50 Each

37.

Sample Label 25 Each

38.

2 cc Vial 10 Each

39.

Plastic Pipet 10 Each

40.

Lined Paper Pad 1 Pad

41.

Clipboard 2 Each

42.

10-Mile Radius Map 2 Each

43.

Site Map 1 Each

44.

Large Plastic Bags 25 Each

45.

Disposable Gloves 1 Box

46.

Ink Pens 3 Each

47. Tweezers 1 Each I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 22 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 11 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT EOF

3.

DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES NOTE - Following supplies are available in or near the EOF Decon Room.

ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Towels 10 Each

2.

Soap 3 Bars

3.

Septisol (Germicide) 1 Can

4.

Lanolin 1 Tube

5.

Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s 3 Packages

6.

Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s 2 Packages

7.

Towels, Paper 1 Roll

8.

Beaker, Plastic, 150 ml 3 Each

9.

Hand Brush, Soft Bristle 2 Each

10.

Soap, Pumice 2 Bars FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM QUANTITY

1.

First Aid Kit 1 Each

2.

Stretcher 1 Each

3.

Rope, 1/2" - 50' 1 Coil I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 23 OF 32 I

4.

ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPLIES ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Coveralls, Paper 50 Each

2.

Shoe Covers, Disposable 14" 50 Pairs

3.

Gloves, Disposable 2 Boxes

4.

Gieger-Mueller Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 mrem/hr) 1 Each

5.

Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (Range 0-50 rem/hr) 1 Each

6.

Sample Holder With Pancake Type Detector 1 Each

7.

Scaler Electronic Package (MS-2) 1 Each

8.

Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 1 Each

9.

Spare Batteries ("AA" cell) 4 Each

10.

Portable Air Sampler w/Head (High Volume) (60 Hz, 120 VAC) 1 Each

11.

Inverter (12 VDC To 120 VAC) 1 Each

12.

Filter For Air Sampler; 2" 1 Box

13.

Charcoal Cartridge For Air Sampler 5 Each

14.

Silver Zeolite Cartridge For Air Sampler 5 Each

15.

Extension Cord, Electric (50')

1 Each

16.

Tape, Duct, 2" 3 Rolls

17.

Plastic Sheeting, 20' x 20' 2 Sheets

18.

Plastic Bag, Small 1 Box

19.

Plastic Bag, Large 6 Each

20.

Radiation Warning Sign With Appropriate Inserts 12 Each

21.

Smear Book 20 Each

22.

Radiation Barrier Rope, 200 1 Coil

23.

Radiation Warning Tape 1 Roll

24.

Hand Lantern With 6 Volt Battery 3 Each

25.

Flashlight, With Two "D" Cell Batteries 8 Each

26.

Spare Battery For Hand Lantern (6 Volt) 3 Each

27.

Spare Batteries ("D" Cell) 1 Box

28.

Pocket Knife 1 Each

29.

Small Hand Tool Kit With Straight Slot Screwdriver, Phillips 1 Each Screwdriver, Small Pliers, And Small Vise Grip

30.

Shovel 1 Each

31.

Liter Bottle 6 Each

32.

Step-Off Pad 2 Each I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 24 OF 32 I

ATTACHMENT 12 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT AEOF ITEM QUANTITY

33.

Thyroid Blocking Tablets (KI) Check Expiration Date 60 Bottles Per Step 1.9

34.

Radiation Monitor (Frisker) 1 Each

35.

Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 6 Each

36.

Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 1 Box

2.

DECONTAMINATION SUPPLIES ITEM QUANTITY

1.

55 Gallon Radwaste Barrel With Lid 3 Each

2.

Disposable Coveralls 50 Each

3.

Disposable Gloves, 25 Pair/Box 2 Boxes

4.

2" Masking Tape 3 Rolls

5.

Small Poly Bag 12 Each

6.

Large Poly Bag 36 Each

7.

Plastic Bucket 4 Each

8.

Bar Soap 24 Each

9.

Bath Towel

-50.

10.

Poly Sheeting 1 Roll

11.

Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Decontamination 6 Copies

12.

Pumice Soap 2 Bars

13.

Septisol (Germicide) 1 Can

14.

Lanolin 1 Tube

15.

Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting 1 Each Instruments

16.

Swabs, Cotton Tipped, 100s 3 Packages

17.

Compresses, Gauze, 3" x 3", 100s 2 Packages

18.

Towels, Paper 1 Roll

19.

Breaker, Plastic 150 ml 3 Each

20.

Hand Brush, Soft Bristle 10 Each

3.

FIRST AID AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT ITEM QUANTITY

1.

First Aid Kit 1 Each

2.

Stretcher 1 Each PROCEDURE 5.7.21 REVISION 24 PAGE 25 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 13 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED FOR AMBULANCE ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Dosimeter, Direct Reading Electronic 5 Each

2.

TLD Badge 5 Each

3.

Geiger-Mueller Survey Instrument (CPM) 1 Each

4.

Ion-Chamber Survey Instrument (0-5 rem/hr) 1 Each

5.

Radiation Tag 10 Each

6.

Spare Batteries ("AA" Cell) 8 Each

7.

Smear Book 5 Each

8.

Form CNS RP-25, TLD Badging Record 1 Each

9.

Spare Batteries (9 Volt) 6 Each

10.

Spare Batteries ("C" Cell) 1 Box PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 26 OF 32 7

ATTACHMENT 14 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED AT HOSPITAL ITEM QUANTITY

1.

Radiation Barrier Rope 1 Roll

2.

Masking Tape 10 Rolls

3.

Brown Paper 1 Roll

4.

Plastic Sheeting 1 Roll

5.

Applicable Radiation Warning Signs With Inserts, As Appropriate 5 Each

6.

Shoe Covers 15 Pairs

7.

Bags, Plastic (Large) 10 Each

8.

Bags, Plastic (Small) 20 Each

9.

Radiation Marking Tape 1 Roll

10.

Coveralls, Paper 25 Pairs

11.

Gloves, Rubber Disposable 2 Boxes

12.

Cardboard Boxes, - 2' x 3' 6 Each

13.

Masslin Cloths 1 Bundle

14.

Step-Off Pad 1 Each I

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 27 OF 32 1

ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 Annual - Once per calendar year (January 1 through December 31).

1.2 Biennial - Once per two calendar years.

1.3 DRILLS 1.3.1 Communications Tests and Drills - Communications tests involve the use of emergency communications equipment to verify operability.

Communications drills involve use of emergency communications equipment to notify and transfer simulated emergency information to off-site governmental agencies.

1.3.2 Performance Indicator (PI) (ERF) Drill - An ERF drill demonstrated various emergency response capabilities including management and coordination of emergency response, accident assessment, protective action decision-making, and plant system repair and corrective action involving all or certain Emergency Response Facilities (Control Room, Technical Support Center (TSC), Operational Support Center (OSC),

and Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). These drills are conducted at least four times per calendar year and should be conducted approximately once each calendar quarter. One of these drills is designed to satisfy the requirements of an exercise as defined below.

Non-exercise drills provide opportunity to consider accident management strategies. Supervised instruction can be permitted for these drills, with operating staff having the opportunity to resolve problems (success paths) rather than have controllers intervene.

Additionally, non-exercise drills may focus on on-site training objectives.

1.3.3 Medical Emergency Drill - A medical emergency drill involves a simulated contaminated individual, with provisions for activation of the plant First Aid/Personnel Decontamination Team. Participation by local support services (i.e., ambulance and off-site medical treatment facility) is tested separately once per year or as part of the annual medical drill. Medical Emergency Drills are conducted at least once every calendar year.

1.3.4 Radiological Monitoring Drill - Radiological monitoring drills include collection and analysis of air samples, testing of communications, and understanding of messages between Radiological Protection supervision and the off-site monitoring teams. A radiological monitoring drill will be conducted at least once every calendar year.

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 28 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 1.3.5 Radiological Protection Drills - Radiological Protection drills test various tasks employed by that department during an emergency condition. Radiological Protection drills are conducted semi-annually and one of the semi-annual drills may be incorporated into the radiological monitoring drill.

1.4 Exercise - An exercise is an event that tests the integrated capability of a major portion of the basic elements existing within the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan. An exercise is required biennially per 10CFR50. Off-site agency participation is required biennially. Exercises are developed, scheduled, and conducted in a manner consistent with the regulations and guidance of 10CFR50, Appendix E, NUREG 0654, and other appropriate regulatory documents. Biennial exercises involving off-site agencies shall be conducted as a Site Area Emergency and should escalate to General Emergency. The exercise scenarios are varied such that all major elements of the Plan are tested at least every 6 years.

1.5 Letter of Agreement (LOA) - Support or assistance from outside agencies is established and maintained through Letters of Agreement or, in some instances, purchase orders/contracts. Letters of Agreement are confirmed annually through correspondence, direct contact, or by telephone. Purchase orders/contracts are renewed as required.

1.6 Monthly - At least once each calendar month, being the first day of each month until the last unless otherwise specified.

1.7 Quarterly - Once per calendar quarter, with the quarters being January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December.

1.8 Semi-Annual - Twice per calendar year, with one time from January 1 to June 30 and one from July 1 to December 31.

2.

RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Emergency Preparedness Manager is responsible for:

2.1.1 Planning, scheduling, and coordinating emergency exercises involving off-site agencies.

2.1.2 Reviewing Attachment 1, EP Program Maintenance Checklist, upon completion.

2.1.3 Reviewing results of exercises and major drills.

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 PAGE 29 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 2.2 The Senior Manager of Site Support, with plant management, is responsible for ensuring adequate resources are made available to support and conduct emergency preparedness activities including:

2.2.1 Exercises and drill scenario development and control.

2.2.2 Exercise and drill participation.

2.2.3 Support for maintenance of emergency facilities and equipment.

2.3 The Site Oversight Review Committee (SORC) is responsible to review the following:

2.3.1 Revisions to the CNS Radiological Emergency Plan.

2.3.2 Revisions to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).

2.3.3 Quarterly PI Drill Critique Report.

2.4 The Emergency Preparedness (EP) Manager is responsible for:

2.4.1 Maintaining awareness of EP activities.

2.4.2 Ensuring coordination of EP drills and exercises in accordance with this procedure.

2.4.3 Ensuring documentation of EP Program maintenance in, EP Program Maintenance Checklist.

2.4.4 Ensuring documentation of major element demonstration as indicated on Attachment 3, Emergency Plan 6 Year Element Demonstration.

2.4.5 Ensuring critiques of exercises, drills, and actual events are conducted, documented, and that deficiencies are addressed in accordance with plant corrective action practices.

2.4.6 Ensuring that EPIPs are reviewed through feedback from the following sources:

2.4.6.1 Daily use.

2.4.6.2 Drills and exercises.

2.4.6.3 Actual events.

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 PAGE 30 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 2.4.6.4 Training.

2.4.6.5 Annual EPIP review as indicated on Attachment 4, EPIP Annual Review.

3.

REFERENCES 3.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 3.1.1 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.

3.1.2 NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.

3.1.3 10CFR50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities.

3.1.4 Generic Letter #GL 93-01, Emergency Response Data System Test Program.

3.2 PROCEDURES 3.2.1 Administrative Procedure O-EP-02, Configuration Control of The Automated Notification System (ANS).

3.2.2 Administrative Procedure 0-PI-01, Performance Indicator Program.

3.2.3 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.EPIN. 1, Emergency Air Samplers.

3.2.4 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.INST.58, Portable Beta-Gamma Counting Instruments.

3.2.5 Radiological Protection Procedure 9.RADOP.7, Personnel Contamination.

3.3 MISCELLANEOUS 3.3.1 QA Finding 92-1900-24.

3.3.2 RCR 2002-0014.

3.3.3 EPDG #2, Emergency Preparedness Department Guide #2.

PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 31 OF 32

ATTACHMENT 15 INFORMATION SHEET 3.3.4 RCR 2001-0075 (QA Audit 01-01).

3.3.5 RCR 2002-0520 (QA Audit 02-03).

3.4 NRC COMMITMENTS 3.4.1

© NUREG-0737, Item III.D.3.4, Section 5.2, Emergency Provisions (LQA 8000581-11). Commitment affects Step 30 on Attachment 7.

3.4.2

© NRC Inspection Report 01-04 (NLS200108 1). Commitment affects Step 2.3.1 on Attachment 2.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.21 1

REVISION 24 1

PAGE 32 OF 32

USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E:

4 EPIP PROCEDURE 5.7.22 APPROVA: S/RC APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: J. G. KELSAY DEPARTMENT: EP

1.

P U R P O S E............................................................

1

2.

REQ U IREM EN TS......................................................

1

3.

CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX.................................

2

4.

GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM......................................

3

5.

SOUND POW ER SYSTEM...............................................

4

6.

ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM.......................................

5

7.

CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM............................

5

8.

FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001)...................

6

9.

MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK...................................

7

10. LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COM M UNICATIONS)..................................................

7

11.

NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS)...............................

8

12.

CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM........................

8

13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS..............................

9

14.

CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S O F F IC E.............................................................

11

15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION..................................

13

16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS)...................

16

17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPE CTIVELY).....................................................

18

18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS)... 19 ATTACHMENT 1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQU IPM ENT......................................

20 ATTACHMENT 2 GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS....................

21 ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET.............................

22

1.

PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions to station Emergency Response personnel when they need to operate communications equipment to contact the various federal, state, and local authorities, Emergency Repair Teams, Emergency Response Facilities, or other on-site and off-site support groups during station emergencies.

2.

REQUIREMENTS

[ 1 2.1 Ensure following equipment and materials are available, as needed:

[ ]

2.1.1 Nebraska Public Power District Northern Telecom SL1-MS PBX with rotary trunks to the ALLTEL Brownville Central Office.

PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 1 OF 22

2.1.2 Station Intercom System (Gaitronics).

[ ]

2.1.3 Sound Power System.

2.1.4 Alternate Intercom System.

2.1.5 CNS On-Site Digital Cell Phone System 2.1.6 Federal Telecommunications System (FTS 2001).

2.1.7 NPPD Microwave Network.

2.1.8 Local telephones (ALLTEL Communications).

2.1.9 NAWAS (National Warning System).

[

2.1.10 CNS State Notification Telephone System.

[

2.1.11 Site 450 MHZ Base Station Repeaters.

1 2.1.12 Cross-band radio communications with Nemaha County Sheriff.

[

2.1.13 Radio Paging System.

2.1.14 CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS).

2.1.15 District State-Wide Radio System (48.180 and 47.960 MHZ).

[ ] NOTE 1 - Communication equipment located in each Emergency Response Facility is outlined in Attachment 1.

[ ] NOTE 2 - The following paragraphs are intended to provide a quick reference for utilization of any CNS communications equipment.

3.

CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX 3.1 A Northern Telecom SL 1-MS PBX provides telephone service to the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF, and other site areas. This is the primary on-site communications system. The extension numbers used during an emergency are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

[

3.2 If the PBX should lose AC power, it will automatically switch to backup battery power. These batteries will power the PBX for - 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. All extensions will continue to operate in their normal fashion.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 2 OF 22

3.3 In the event of a total failure of the PBX, the system is designed to connect several hard-wired extensions, designated as bypass telephones, directly to Central Office lines.

3.4 In the event even the bypass telephones are inoperative, other means of communication shall be attempted. It may become necessary to relay messages via radio, NSP/EOC Hotline, NAWAS, or microwave.

3.5 By dialing the digit 9 + 1 on selected PBX stations, the user is connected in to the commercial telephone network. The telephone numbers of Emergency Response Facilities and personnel are contained in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

4.

GAITRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM

[ NOTE - This intercom system is utilized for communications throughout the station.

S]

4.1 SINGLE CHANNEL STATION OPERATION

[

4.1.1 Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement 1]

4.1.1.1 When paging a person, page them to LINE 1.

[

4.1.1.2 General and Emergency announcements may be made 4.1.2 4.1.3 FIVE 4.2.1 4.2.2

[]

[]

4.2.3 4.2.4 while the party line is in use.

Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.

Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.

CHANNEL STATION OPERATION To use the system, first select a clear channel for use.

Depress and hold the paging button while making the announcement.

4.2.2.1 When paging a person, page them to the appropriate line.

4.2.2.2 General and Emergency announcements may be made while the party lines are in use.

Release the paging button to carry on a party line conversation.

Use the handsets like a normal telephone. Use common courtesy and do not attempt to talk while someone else is talking.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 3 OF 22

[1

[I

[14.2

[1]

[1

[I

[1 2.

[ ]

4.3 EMERGENCY SIGNALS 4.3.1 Select which signal to use:

4.3.1.1 Fire alarm ( ----

) distinct pulse tone.

4.3.1.2 Emergency alarm (-

) distinct steady tone.

4.3.1.3 All clear (n) one steady up and down tone.

5.

SOUND POWER SYSTEM

[ ]5.1 USING SYSTEM A ORB 5.1.1 Select the sound power jacks that are to be used and plug in headsets or handsets.

5.1.2 Position the selector switch for each jack to the same channel, 1 through 6. Those headsets or handsets are on a single part line type hookup.

5.1.3 Other headsets or handsets may be plugged into System A or B and set to any of the other not in use channels. Up to six separate Part line conversations can be in progress at one time.

[]

5.2 USING INTERCONNECTED SYSTEMS A AND B 5.2.1 Place the right-hand selector switch in each System A and B panels to the same number, 1 through 6, and all the jacks in each system on that selected number are on a party line.

5.2.2 Repeat the above using the left-hand selector switch. Systems A and B can have two interconnections at one time.

[ ]5.3 CONTROL ROOM SOUND POWER MONITOR 5.3.1 Select the in-plant sound power to be utilized to Channel 1.

5.3.2 With both handsets in their cradles, the monitor will receive all communications from all in-plant sound powers on Channel 1.

5.3.3 When either handset is lifted, the speaker is disabled and the handset operates as all other sound power handsets.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 4 OF 22

6.

ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM 6.1 The Alternate Intercom System provides an alternate in-plant communications network utilizing the stations backup tone commander telephone PBX System.

This system has battery backup.

[ 6.2 The location of Alternate Intercom Extensions and their numbers are:

LOCATIONS Control Room Alternate OSC TSC (Operations)

TSC (Engineering)

OSC Hot Chemistry Lab EOF (Dose Assessment)

EOF (Information Authentication Center)

EOF (Operations Table)

JIC ACCESS NUMBER 43 44 41 35 42 47 48 31 24 22

[ ]

6.3 OPERATION OF THE ALTERNATE INTERCOM SYSTEM

[

6.3.1 Terminal equipment (the phones themselves) are light grey in color.

[

6.3.2 Pick up the handset and punch the two-digit number of the desired extension. Hang up the handset when done. A list of extension numbers is posted on each phone.

7.

CNS ON-SITE DIGITAL CELL PHONE SYSTEM 1 7.1 The CNS on-site digital cell phone system is a pico-cellular digital cordless telephone system that is connected to the CNS NORTHERN TELECOM SL1-MS PBX. It uses a radio access system and enables the users to make and receive telephone calls anywhere in the area that is covered by the system base stations.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 5 OF 22

7.2 The system consists of an radio exchange unit (RE) connected to the PBX, several base stations, and several portable telephones. The coverage is established by means of the pico-cellular network consisting of a number of base stations connected to the RE. By means of handovers from pico-cell to pico-cell, the user can roam within the covered area while maintaining the call without degradation of quality.

[ 7.3 All functions that are available on a normal wired analog telephone connected to the PBX are also available on the cell phone system. The cell phones themselves are similar in operation to other commercially available cordless/cellular telephones. Built-in voice encryption and phone authentication ensures privacy and secure communications.

8.

FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (FTS 2001)

[ 8.1 The FTS 2001 System is a standard commercial telephone service and requires no complicated operating instructions. It is independent of all other telephone service and is installed and operated by the NRC. It provides a separate government communications network for all essential communication functions. This avoids the problem of heavy traffic loads, that in many emergency cases, overload local telephone company switching capabilities.

Some of the FTS 2001 emergency communications functions are:

[]

8.1.1 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (ENS)

[ ]

8.1.1.1 The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the ENS telephones located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.

8.1.1.2 Alternate communication to the NRC Headquarters is provided by the Health Physics Network and the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.

[]

8.1.2 HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK (HPN)

S]

8.1.2.1 The primary number, when dialed, connects CNS to the NRC Operations Center. Designated numbers are listed on the HPN telephones located in the TSC and EOF.

8.1.2.2 Backup for this network is provided by the commercial PBX extensions which also have emergency bypass capabilities as explained in Steps 3.3 and 3.4.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 6 OF 22

[ ]

8.1.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE DATA SYSTEM (ERDS) 8.1.3.1 This is a line over which the raw reactor parametric data is transmitted from the site to the NRC.

8.1.3.2 ERDS is activated in the Control Room within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of the declaration of an ALERT or higher emergency classification using the PMIS START/STOP Menu.

[

8.1.4 Other communication lines established between the NRC Site Team representatives and the NRC Base Team.

[ ]

8.1.4.1 Reactor Safety Counterpart Link.

8.1.4.2 Protective Measures Counterpart Link.

[ ]

8.1.4.3 Management Counterpart Link.

8.1.4.4 NRC Local Area Network Access.

9.

MICROWAVE TELEPHONE NETWORK NOTE - The General Office in Columbus may be reached on this network. The desired telephone numbers are found in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

9.1 This NPPD Private Switching Network is accessed by dialing the digit 6 on any PBX extension. When the dial tone is heard, the desired telephone number may be dialed.

1 9.2 Backup communications for this network is provided by the commercial telephone system.

10.

LOCAL TELEPHONES (CENTRAL OFFICE LINES - ALLTEL COMMUNICATIONS)

[ ]

10.1 These are direct telephone lines to the ALLTEL Communications Brownville Central Office with extensions located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.

Calls to Brownville and local, dial 7 digit number. Other calls are 1 + 10 digit number. These phones are plainly labeled with an 825 and the 4 digit individual extension number.

[

10.1.1 One central office line is located in the Control Room.

[

10.1.2 One central office line is located in the TSC.

10.1.3 Two central office lines are located in the EOF Dose Assessment Area.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 7 OF 22

10.2 There are also telephones which are designed to automatically bypass the CNS PBX Switch in a power-fail situation. These "Bypass" telephones are designed to connect to central office lines and act in the same manner as the three lines listed above. The locations of these bypass telephones are listed below:

C.O. Line Number Location Extension Access Control SAS CAS Switchboard Admin 1st Floor Control Room Plant Manager's Office Normally inactive 5276 5374 Normally inactive Normally inactive 5614 Normally inactive

11.

NATIONAL WARNING SYSTEM (NAWAS) 11.1 This party-line network is operationally controlled by Attack Warning Officers at the National Warning Centers of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).

NOTE - Detailed instructions for use of this network are posted near the telephone set located in the Control Room.

11.1.1 Lifting the handset connects to the system.

[

11.1.2 The push-to-talk button on the inside face of the handset shall be pressed to transmit. Because it is a party line, conversations should be of short duration.

12.

CNS STATE NOTIFICATION TELEPHONE SYSTEM

[ ] 12.1 If a declared emergency takes place at CNS, emergency notifications are made to the State of Nebraska, State of Missouri, Atchison County, Missouri, and Nemaha County, Nebraska, using the CNS State Notification Telephone System.

12.2 CNS State Notification Telephones are located in the Control Room, TSC, and EOF.

PROCEDURE 5.7.22_

REVISION 22 PAGE 8 OF 22 825-3811 825-3821 825-3831 825-3841 825-3851 825-3861 825-3871

12.3 The CNS State Notification Telephone System is a conference-calling system.

When the handset to this hotline is picked up and the "Group Call" button is pushed, dedicated telephones will automatically ring at Nebraska State Patrol, Missouri State Patrol, Atchison County Sheriffs Department, and Nemaha County Sheriffs Department. The utilization of law enforcement agencies as initial points of contact provides for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> coverage. The dedicated lines listed also have extension lines which ring at the following facilities respectively: Nebraska State Civil Defense EOC, Missouri State Emergency Management EOC, Atchison County EOC, and Nemaha County EOC. Once the EOCs become operational, notifications may be made using the extension lines at the EOCs with concurrence between the respective EOC and law enforcement agency.

13. SITE 450 MHZ BASE STATION REPEATERS 1 13.1 CNS has two in-house 450 MHZ repeaters designated as Base 1 and Base 2.

These stations operate on different frequencies. However, all remote control points, portable and mobile units, are equipped for selecting and utilizing either system. Specific groups are assigned a specific base station to reduce interference.

13.2 Normal operating procedure is for Operations to monitor Fl. However, when Operations in involved in communication with Maintenance, Fire Protection, Radiological Protection, or other Operations personnel, Base 2, F3, shall be utilized.

13.3 Operation of the Base 1 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of following modes:

[ ]

13.3.1 OPERATION OF BASE 1 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.3.1.1 Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 1 by selecting Base 1 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 9 OF 22 j

[1 ]

13.3.2 OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (Fl FUNCTION)

[ 1 13.3.2.1 All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 1 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F1 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 1 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1 and all other mobile and portable units will receive it.

[ ]

13.3.3 OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 1 (F2 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND" 13.3.3.1 All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F2 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 1 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 1.

1 13.4 Operation of the Base 2 repeater, remote control point, portable and mobile units, can be in any of the following modes:

[1 ]

13.4.1 OPERATION OF BASE 2 FROM REMOTE CONTROL POINTS 13.4.1.1 Remote control points are located in the Control Room, CAS, SAS, Security, EOF, AEOF, OSC, and TSC. All control points can control Base 2 by selecting Base 2 on their console and can communicate to all mobile and portable units.

[ ]

13.4.2 OPERATION OF THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS (F3 FUNCTION) 13.4.2.1 All mobile and portable units can communicate with the remote control points connected to Base 2 by placing the frequency selecting switch in the F3 position. Their transmission will be received at the Base 2 receiver. All remote control points will receive the transmission. In addition, the transmission will be simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2 and all other mobile and portable units.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 10 OF 22 1

13.4.3 OPERATION OF DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PORTABLE AND MOBILE UNITS BY BYPASSING BASE 2 (F4 FUNCTION) COMMONLY KNOWN AS "TALK AROUND"

[ ]

13.4.3.1 All mobile and portable units are capable of communicating directly to each other by selecting the F4 position on the frequency selection switch. This operation bypasses the Base 2 receiver. Consequently, the message is not heard by the remote control points and is not simultaneously retransmitted by Base 2.

13.5 Under normal operating conditions, group assignments for base station repeaters will be as follows:

[

NOTE 1 - If one of the base station repeaters should fail, all personnel shall be instructed to switch operations to the functional system.

NOTE 2 - Cross-channel communication with local law enforcement can be accomplished by encoding Base 1 or Base 2. The Auburn Sheriffs Department has a monitor receiver for each base.

NOTE 3 - Paging of off-duty personnel can only be accomplished via Base 2.

[I 1 13.5.1 Base 1 (F1 & F2) - Security, Mobile Units, Cross Band, and Encoding.

[ ]

13.5.2 Base 2 (F3 & F4) - Maintenance, Operations, Paging, Fire, and RP.

14.

CROSS-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS WITH NEMAHA COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE 14.1 A cross-band, two-way radio communications system exists between CNS and the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. Cross-band means the Sheriffs Office has monitor receivers on CNS's frequency Base 1 and Base 2, and CNS has a monitor receiver on the Sheriffs Office frequency.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 11 OF 22 1

NOTE - If Base 1 is selected for cross-band operation, only the receiver which is on it's frequency shall respond at the Sheriffs Office. This also applies to Base 2.

14.1.1 The monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are coded and remain inoperative until they receive a code signal from CNS. The CNS monitor receiver is normally turned off. This receiver should be turned on prior to any attempt to test or communicate with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office. The coding on the two monitor receivers at the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office are identical for CNS's Base 1 and Base 2. Only the receiver frequencies are different.

The determination of which receiver is activated is determined by which base at CNS is selected for cross-band operation.

] 14.2 This cross-band system can also be used for emergency and medical communications. The Nemaha County Sheriffs Office is equipped with the emergency medical frequencies. If this type of communication is necessary, establish voice contact with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office as described above. When communication has been established, request the Sheriffs Office to relay messages between you and the emergency vehicle. CNS's ambulance is also equipped with radio communication directly with the Sheriffs Office and/or hospitals equipped with radios on the emergency medical frequency.

[1 ]

14.2.1 To establish radio communications with the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office:

14.2.1.1 Turn on the CNS's monitor receiver and adjust the volume and select which base station you wish to utilize.

14.2.1.2 Depress Code buttons 1 and 2, in that order, on the paging encoder. The code selected will appear on the LED readout on the encoder.

14.2.1.3 Depress and release the P button on the encoder. The coded signal will automatically be transmitted to Auburn.

14.2.1.4 When the red light on the remote control console goes out, voice communications between the Nemaha County Sheriffs Office and CNS has been established and normal radio operating procedures can be utilized.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 12 OF 22

]

15. RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION

[]

15.1 RADIO PAGING SYSTEM OPERATION 15.1.1 CNS leases digital pagers and radio paging services from a telecommunications company. Pagers are issued to various Management and Emergency Response personnel at CNS and other NPPD locations. Pagers can be activated from any touch-tone phone, on or off-site. Any call-back number may be displayed on the pager.

S]

15.1.2 TO SEND AN INDIVIDUAL PAGE 15.1.2.1 Call the telephone number associated with the individual pager.

15.1.2.2 A list of telephone numbers for individual pagers can be found in the TSC or EOF.

15.1.2.3 A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.

15.1.2.4 A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.

[]

15.1.3 TO SEND AGROUPPAGE 15.1.3.1 An All-Call group page is usually activated by the CNS ANS (refer to Section 16). However, there is a "backup" method which allows the pagers to be activated by any touch-tone telephone. This backup method is password protected.

15.1.3.2 Call the telephone number associated with the specific group of pagers.

15.1.3.3 A list of telephone numbers for specific groups of pagers can be found in the "Pager" section of the Emergency Telephone Directory.

15.1.3.4 A computer voice will ask you to enter your numeric message after the tone. If necessary, leave a 3-digit event code along with the call-back number.

15.1.3.5 A table of 3-digit event codes can be found in Step 15.4.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 13 OF 22

[ 1 15.2 PAGER INFORMATION NOTE - The following information applies to the Motorola "Bravo" digital pagers issued to most CNS employees. Some CNS employees, due to special circumstances, are issued Motorola "Advisor Gold" Alpha-Numeric pagers for which the following information does not apply. The CNS EP Department keeps printed operational information and instructions for use of both types of pagers on file in the EP office area for those individuals who request a copy.

15.2.1 The pager ON/OFF switch is located on the side of the pager. Slide switch up all the way for audible paging or half way up for vibration mode.

15.2.2 The pager will perform a "self-test" when first turned on. Eights will be displayed, it will beep, and the small red light will flash. If this does not occur, replace the battery and try again.

15.2.3 The display on the pager should always show the current time unless an unacknowledged page is in memory. In the audible mode, a small speaker symbol is also displayed. When in the vibrate mode, this symbol is absent. If there is an unacknowledged page stored in memory, the pager will "chirp" every 3 minutes until it is acknowledged.

15.2.4 The black button is used to clear the pages in memory, lock pages in memory, or reset the pager clock.

15.2.5 See the informational leaflet distributed with the pagers for more information concerning pager features.

15.2.6 Replace the battery in the pager with an "AA" battery anytime it displays "LOW CELL". Batteries can be obtained at the CNS switchboard. The time displayed on the pager will have to be reset upon each change out of a pager battery.

[ ]15.3 RESPONDING TO A PAGE 15.3.1 A pager will activate either audibly or by vibration, but only if it's turned on. It will also display the message "1 PAGE".

[ ]

15.3.2 Press the gray "UP ARROW" button to display the page. The most recent page is displayed first. A second press of the gray button will show the time the page was received. As many as 16 pages may be stored in the pager's memory. Every other time the gray button is depressed, the pager displays the next oldest page. If the register of pages is empty, "NO PAGES" is displayed. A page will remain in the memory register until cleared or overwritten.

PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 PAGE 14 OF 22

15.3.3 The pager may also display a Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, or Group 4.

This group display identifies that the pager has been activated simultaneously with other pagers that are assigned to that particular group. The group display is informational only and has no bearing on response. Press the Grey button to scroll to the next screen and review the display digit code and call-back number.

15.3.3.1 Group 1 is Emergency Preparedness Staff pagers.

[ ]

15.3.3.2 Group 2 is On-Shift Station Operator pagers.

15.3.3.3 Group 3 is Emergency Medical Technician pagers.

[ ]

15.3.3.4 Group 4 is all EP Department Issued pagers (All-Call for Emergency Response).

15.3.4 Pager display codes in effect are described in the table in Step 15.4.

These informational codes appear as the first three (3) digits of the display and can be any combination of digits defined in the table. The informational codes are followed by a seven digit telephone number which should be called immediately.

[ ]

15.3.4.1 EXAMPLE: 222-8255560. This would indicate a declaration with Emergency Response Facility Activation and responders to the plant.

15.3.5 Return a call back to the telephone number displayed on the pager after the 3-digit code. Normally, if an emergency has been declared, the call-back number will be to the CNS ANS.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 15 OF 22

[ NOTE 1 - Reference the laminated, wallet sized, Pager Information Card for immediate help after a page if codes are displayed.

[ NOTE 2 - If no telephone number appears, contact the CNS Control Room by dialing (402) 825-5271.

[ ] NOTE 3 - All telephone calls to CNS from any telephone exchange other than Brownville will require dialing Area Code: "402".

[]

15.4 PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTION

SUMMARY

CODE CODE DESCRIPTION 100 NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333 RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600 DRILL - ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 1633 DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY

16. CNS AUTOMATED NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (CNS ANS) 1 16.1 The CNS Automated Notification System (CNS ANS), located in the EOF, is a PC loaded with software provided by Dialogics Communications Inc. The system has access to multiple inbound and outbound telephone lines. The system is interactive with the user, similar to the "Voice Mail" system used at CNS. There is a system printer attached and it also has FAX and Modem capabilities. A variety of reports can be generated at the system control console. Reports can be printed to any location having a FAX machine or LAN printer.

[

16.1.1 The system has been programmed by the Emergency Preparedness Staff with several pre-defined scenarios which cover the spectrum of Emergency Classifications and the associated ERO response expected.

Following declaration of Alert or higher the CNS ANS will activate all pagers that are issued from CNS.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 16 OF 22 1

16.1.2 Simultaneously, the system will start to place outbound telephone calls to non-pager carriers, while accepting inbound calls from pager carriers calling back in response to the global page. The CNS ANS will provide the responder with information concerning the emergency event and expected response. The system will also request specific information from the responder in the form of yes or no answers and numbers. For the system to be able to interact with responders, it is necessary for the responder to have a telephone capable of producing DTMF tones. Many telephones of this type are known as "pulse-tone switchable". This is because they have a pulse/tone switch that allows their operating mode can be adjusted, depending upon the type of telephone service that is provided by the local telephone company. The switch in this type of phone must be in the tone position when interfacing with the CNS ANS.

16.1.3 The system has been programmed to prompt the System Operator to record an "Current Scenario Message". In most cases, it is at the discretion of the Emergency Director to determine if such a message is necessary. If an "Current Scenario Message" is recorded, this message shall be delivered immediately after a prerecorded message.

An "Current Scenario Message" should contain information such as the applicable EAL, information the responder needs to know regarding his safety prior to arriving at CNS or specific information that is relevant to the emergency.

]

16.1.4 The system is currently programmed to print reports at the Emergency Response Facilities. These reports identify the personnel who are responding to the plant to fill identified positions and their approximate times of arrival. These reports will be used by ERO Facility Management to evaluate the success of the call-in of ERO to an event.

]

16.1.5 Activation or cancellation of any of the system scenarios can be accomplished via any touch-tone telephone by calling into the system extension 8579 and entering a valid password. System control is accomplished from the control terminal in the EOF. All system functions and maintenance are password protected to prevent accidental or unauthorized activation.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 17 OF 22 1

[ ]

16.2 RESPONDING TO THE CNS ANS BY TELEPHONE 16.2.1 When the CNS ANS calls out to CNS personnel at home, the call flow is virtually identical to when personnel call in to it. The CNS ANS will not ask to speak to a specific individual. It will identify itself, prompt for the entry of a security badge number, and then wait several seconds for the information to be entered. If no information is entered, it will prompt again and wait. If after three attempts, no information is entered, the system shall hang up and call other personnel.

16.2.2 When calling in to the CNS ANS, please be aware that the CNS ANS has access to a limited number of inbound lines and there are hundreds of pagers issued at CNS. It will take several minutes for the system to process all calls. Be patient and if necessary, make more than one attempt to call back. For notification to be completely successful, you MUST make contact with the system. Your call will ring through when any one of the lines are open. If you keep getting a busy signal, wait a minute before calling again.

16.2.3 Follow the instructions provided by the CNS ANS. The CNS ANS will ask for your 4-digit security badge number that you request from Security Access Control. Be sure to include the zeros in your number (i.e., 0008, 0027, 0276, 2080, etc.). After you enter the 4th digit, push the # key.

16.2.4 All information requested by the system is verified after entry. This is done by a repeat back of the information and then the request to enter a 9 for YES or 6 for NO as to the correctness of the information.

If you provide wrong information, realize it, and then enter a 6, the system will erase the information and prompt for the information again.

[ ]

16.2.5 Do not hang up the telephone until you hear the system say, "Thank you, Goodbye". Only then, will you know that you have provided all the necessary information, and heard all the information that needs to be provided to you.

17. DISTRICT STATE-WIDE RADIO SYSTEM (48.180 AND 47.960 MHZ) (F1 AND F2 RESPECTIVELY)

[ 17.1 CNS has a base station which operates on the District's state-wide radio system frequencies.

[

17.2 This station is controlled from remote control consoles located at the EOF, AEOF, OSC, and Control Room.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 18 OF 22

[

17.3 This station is capable of communicating with any other base station, mobile, or portable units which are equipped to operate on the state-wide system.

18. GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS)

[1 ]18.1 GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network. Refer to Attachment 2, Governmental Emergency Telecommunications Service (GETS), for GETS usage instructions.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 19 OF 22

ATTACHMENT 1 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OSC EOF TSC CR JIC AEOF AOSC COMMENTS Off-site Dial "9 + 1"

1. Telephone PBX X

X X

X X

X X

Primary on-site/off-site communications Other extensions

2. Station Intercom available in various System "Gaitronics" areas throughout the station Other outlets available
3.

Sound Power System X

X X

in various areas

_throughout the station Extensions available

4. Alternate Intercom X

X X

X X

X in other areas of the System plant

5.

FTS 2001 ENS, HPN, Dial telephone number EROs, NRC Site X

X X

listed on top of Team phones I

I telephone

6.

NPPD Microwave X

X X

X X

X District Wide Network

7.

Telephone extensions X

X X

X X

None to local exchange

8.

NAWAS X

None

9.

CNS State Hotline to states and Notification X

X X

counties Telephone System

10. Site Base Station Repeater Consoles I

N

11. Cross-Band Encoding X

None

12. Radio Paging System X

X X

X X

X X

Leased Service

13. District State-Wide Rai ytmX X

X X

District Wide Radio System Functional and

14. CNS On-Site Digital X

X X

X X

Available at Various Cell Phone System Plant Locations

15. CNS Automated Used for call-in of Notification System I X I I

ERO personnel PROCEDURE 5.7.22 REVISION 22 1

PAGE 20 OF 22

ATTACHMENT 2 GOVERNMENT EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (GETS) INSTRUCTIONS NOTE 1 - GETS should be used during a National Security and Emergency Preparedness event that causes congestion and blockage in the public switched telephone network.

NOTE 2 - The Control Room GETS card is located in the Shift Supervisor's cubicle in the CNS Control Room.

NOTE 3 - The EOF GETS card is located in the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator's Position Instruction Manual (PIM).

To place a call utilizing GETS:

1.

Dial 9-1-710-627-4387.

Alternate number (to be used if you cannot complete the call using the main GETS number) 1-888-288-4387.

2.

After the short dial tone, enter your PIN located on your GETS card.

NOTE - Do NOT dial a 9-1 before entering your destination number's Area Code and Telephone Number. This will cause failure in connecting to the destination number.

3.

When prompted, dial your destination number (Area Code + Telephone Number).

GETS Assistance:

1.

Dial 9-1-800-818-GETS (4387) to obtain user assistance or report trouble at any time.

This line is available 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 1

PAGE 21 OF 22

ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 The Emergency Response staff has available to it various types of communications equipment which allows for effective communications to both on-site and off-site groups.

1.2 Communications with on-site or off-site groups is the responsibility of the Emergency Director, through cognizant individuals in each Emergency Response Facility. The basic philosophy is to minimize outside distractions to the Emergency Director so he can devote full attention to managing emergency mitigation and response activities.

2.

REFERENCES 2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS 2.1.1 CNS Emergency Telephone Directory.

2.1.2 NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS.

2.1.3 NUREG 0654, Revision 1, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.

2.2 PROCEDURES 2.2.1 System Operating Procedure 2.2.4, Communications Systems.

2.2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.

2.2.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.2, Shift Supervisor EPIP.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.22 1

REVISION 22 PAGE 22 OF 22

USE: REFERENCE CNS OPERATIONS MANUAL EFEC E: 4 EPIP

.7.23EFFECTIVE:

4/13/02 EPIP 5.7.23 APPROVAL: SORC OWNER: T. S. HAYNES ACTIVATION OF THE JIC DER EP DEPARTMENT: EP

1.

P U R P O S E....................

1

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS...................................

1

3.

REQU IREM EN TS..................................................

2

4.

INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO................................

2

5.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR........................................

3

6.

FACILITY M ANAGER...............................................

5

7.

TECHNICAL BRIEFER..............................................

6

8.

M EDIA M ON ITOR.................................................

7

9.

DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON......................................

7

10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER....................................

7

11.

RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES......................................

8

12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)

R E LE A SE S.......................................................

8

13. NEW S CONFERENCES.............................................

9

14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES..............................

10

15. R E C O V E R Y......................................................

10

16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC........................................

12 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS...................

13 ATTACHMENT 2 JIC FLOOR PLAN................................

14 ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET...........................

15

1.

PURPOSE This procedure provides notification and activation instructions in the event of a declared emergency at Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS). It provides instructions for the Public Affairs Duty Officer (PADO) to notify Corporate Communications and NPPD management. It also describes the functions of the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the responsibilities of the JIC staff in the event an emergency is declared at CNS.

2.

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

[ 2.1 The Emergency Director approves all written information releases prior to their release.

2.2 Accuracy in receiving information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Be sure the receiver of each message understands its content. Ensure the information is recorded concisely and the reporting official repeats the information and gives his name.

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 PAGE 1 OF 16

] 2.3 Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is also extremely important. Always coordinate with other information gatherers before any information is released to the media or the public.

2.4 It is imperative that all media releases/briefings be documented.

3.

REQUIREMENTS

[ ] 3.1 An emergency has been declared at CNS per Procedure 5.7.1.

4.

INITIAL NOTIFICATION OF THE PADO 4.1 The PADO shall be notified by pager of any emergency situation at CNS. The pager will display a return telephone number at CNS.

4.2 The PADO shall immediately return a call to the telephone number provided and follow instructions given by the Automated Notification System (ANS).

This will also provide the PADO with information on how to contact the CNS Communicator.

[ 4.3 Obtain Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. Upon establishing contact with the CNS Communicator, identify yourself as the PADO and request all information from the Initial Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report. In certain cases, the CNS Communicator may not be available to provide you the information via telephone in a timely manner. In such cases, a fax of the Initial Notification Report is acceptable.

1 4.4 Repeat the emergency information on Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, back to the CNS Communicator, if received via telephone. Forward the Initial Notification Report to the Public Affairs Director.

4.4.1 Request the CNS Communicator to fax all Notification Reports to you.

[ ]

4.4.2 Notify the Vice President - Nuclear of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.

4.4.3 Notify the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or designee of an emergency situation at CNS and relay the information from Procedure 5.7.6, Attachment 1, Cooper Nuclear Station Notification Report.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 2 OF 16

4.5 Advise the CNS Communicator how to provide you further information. Give him a telephone number where you may be reached or tell him to continue to use the pager system.

[]

4.5.1 IN THE EVENT THAT THE JIC NEEDS TO BE ACTIVATED DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS (JIC ACTIVATION IS REQUIRED AT A SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION. HOWEVER, THE PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR AND/OR EMERGENCY DIRECTOR CAN CHOSE TO ACTIVATE AT A LOWER CLASSIFICATION) - Request the NPPD General Office Receptionist to use the building paging system to announce the activation of the JIC. The Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure the JIC is staffed and activated.

NOTE - A print-out of qualified JIC personnel can be found in the Corporate Communications office, Public Affairs Director PIM, and the Facility Manager PIM.

4.5.2 In the event that the JIC needs to be activated during non-business hours, the Public Affairs Director has the responsibility to ensure members of the JIC staff are contacted and the JIC is activated.

5.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS DIRECTOR 5.1 The Public Affairs Director (PAD) is responsible for the following:

5.1.1 Ensuring appropriate JIC staff members have been notified that the JIC is activating.

5.1.2 Conducting a roll call to verify JIC Emergency Response positions have been staffed.

5.1.3 Obtaining a current plant status report from the Emergency Director.

5.1.4 Conducting an initial meeting with key JIC personnel to ensure they are ready to assume their emergency response functions.

5.1.5 Declaring the JIC operational.

5.1.6 Contacting the EOF Director to inform him that the JIC is operational.

5.1.7 Conducting initial and follow-up meetings with the JIC staff and other agencies to ensure everyone has the latest emergency status information.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 3 OF 16

5.1.8 Coordinating JIC public relations activities by ensuring following activities are performed:

5.1.8.1 News conferences.

5.1.8.2 Media monitoring.

5.1.8.3 Rumor control.

[

5.1.8.4 Employee information.

]

5.1.9 Contacting the CEO and update him on the emergency status.

[ ]

5.1.10 Ensuring appropriate media representatives (AP, Omaha World Herald, etc.) are contacted and informed the JIC is functioning.

[ ]

5.1.11 Providing the Governmental Affairs office with information concerning the emergency status at CNS.

[ ]

5.1.12 Coordinating activities of the JIC with Media Representatives and moderate the news conferences (who speaks, when, where, etc.).

[ ]

5.1.13 Taking notes in news conferences and assisting the designated Spokesperson, as necessary.

[ ]

5.1.14 Ensuring "press releases" by NPPD are faxed to NRC Region IV Public Information Officer and NRC Operations Center. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

[ ]

5.1.15 Ensuring following are notified and provided with CNS status:

[ ]

5.1.15.1 LES Public Information.

5.1.15.2 Mid American Energy Corporate Communications.

[ ]

5.1.16 Providing status of JIC support efforts to EOF.

[ ]

5.1.17 Providing follow-up contact with the EOF Director, Vice President - Nuclear, and CEO as needed.

I 1 5.1.18 The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:

[

5.1.18.1 Time of events and declaration.

1 5.1.18.2 Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 REVISION 3 PAGE 4 OF 16

5.1.19 The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.

5.1.19.1 The PAD will issue the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.

6.

FACILITY MANAGER 6.1 The Facility Manager is responsible for following:

1 6.1.1 Assuming responsibility for all office machines, supplies, and their environment throughout the course of the emergency.

1 6.1.2 Ensuring tables and chairs are set up.

[

NOTE - Emergency Planning Implementing Procedures and Emergency Telephone Directories are located in JIC Cabinet #1. Equipment and supplies can be found in JIC Cabinet #2. Two fax machines for the JIC and two fax machines for the States are located in JIC Cabinet #3.

]

6.1.3 Setting up and verifying operability of all communications equipment.

If any equipment is found to be defective, make arrangements to replace or augment it.

[ ]

6.1.4 Ensuring equipment and supplies are available in the media briefing area (microphones, PA system, literature display, etc.).

6.1.5 Establishing and maintaining security by stationing one person at the Board Room Entrance near the General Office Lobby to perform following:

6.1.5.1 Register NPPD, State, Federal agency personnel, and media representatives names and affiliations. Ensure media representatives have Media Press Credentials.

6.1.5.2 Direct media representatives to briefing area.

6.1.5.3 If necessary, acquire additional Security personnel (i.e.,

Columbus Police Department and/or professional security contractor. Guard-Rite Security Services L.L.C. can be contacted at 402-644-8000 or 402-644-7054 (emergencies).

[ ]

6.1.6 Developing a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> schedule for JIC personnel.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 PAGE 5 OF 16

6.1.7 Obtaining clerical and administrative support for the JIC staff as necessary.

6.1.8 The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.

[ ]

6.1.9 Ensuring the JIC is cleaned up and the appropriate equipment is returned to the General Office when the facility is deactivated.

7.

TECHNICAL BRIEFER 7.1 The Technical Briefer is responsible for following:

7.1.1 Establishing contact with the EOF TIC.

[ ]

7.1.2 Receiving technical information for use by the designated Spokesperson in news conferences.

7.1.3 Providing technical information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).

7.1.4 Assisting in the review of statements to the media by providing clarification of the technical data.

[ ]

7.1.4.1 The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.

7.1.4.2 The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).

7.1.4.3 Any changes in the emergency classification.

7.1.4.4 A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.

7.1.4.5 The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.

7.1.4.6 A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe and stable condition.

7.1.4.7 Forward the information release to the PAD.

7.1.5 Organizing the appropriate technical information for use in development of news conferences and communiques.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 6 OF 16

7.1.6 Responding to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.

8.

MEDIA MONITOR 8.1 The Media Monitor is responsible for following:

[

8.1.1 Assisting in assembling equipment necessary for operation of the public information effort.

[

8.1.2 Monitoring and recording radio and television network newscasts, particularly the EAS stations associated with CNS. Inform Public Affairs Director (PAD) of any misinformation being generated by or through the media.

8.1.3 Remaining available to PAD for media monitoring assignments relative to emergency response by the District.

9.

DESIGNATED SPOKESPERSON 9.1 The designated Spokesperson is responsible for following:

[

9.1.1 The designated Spokesperson will represent NPPD during news conferences and present prepared statements to the media.

10. PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER 10.1 The Public Information Officer (PIO) is responsible for:

10.1.1 Making arrangements for two laptops and one printer to be brought to the JIC facility.

10.1.2 Coordinating activities with Public Information Officers from other agencies (state and federal).

10.1.3 The PIO will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.

10.1.4 Assisting with the rumor control function in the JIC.

[

10.1.5 Assisting with response to public inquiries, if necessary.

10.1.6 Responding to public inquiry calls directed to NPPD at the JIC in cooperation with State and Federal personnel.

[

10.1.7 Provide support to the District's designated Spokesperson.

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 7 OF 16

11.

RUMOR CONTROL ACTIVITIES

[ 11.1 Rumor control personnel shall relay rumors or misinformation and trends in information to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).

11.1.1 PAD will ensure rumors and misinformation are addressed in a timely manner in either a news conference or a telephone call.

S]

11.1.2 As appropriate, rumors or misinformation regarding state or county activities will referred to the state or county Public Information Officer located in the JIC.

12. PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF WRITTEN INFORMATION (PRESS)

RELEASES

[ ] 12.1 At a minimum, written information releases should be prepared following activation of the JIC and cancellation of the emergency (i.e., resumption of normal plant operations); however, written information releases should be prepared as events related to the emergency dictate to ensure the news media and the public are kept informed, and to preclude the dissemination of misinformation. Such information releases should also be prepared when a change in emergency classification occurs.

12.2 The Public Information Officer will prepare written information releases for the news media and the public as needed.

12.3 The Technical Briefer will ensure the information release is accurate with regard to following:

[

12.3.1 The type, severity, and extent of the emergency at CNS.

[

12.3.2 The plant's current status (i.e., stable, improving, or deteriorating).

[ ]

12.3.3 Any changes in the emergency classification.

12.3.4 A description of the latest developments regarding the emergency situation.

[ ]

12.3.5 The prognosis for, or magnitude of, any radiological releases from the plant and the associated meteorological conditions.

12.3.6 A description of those actions taken or currently being undertaken to mitigate the emergency and place the plant in a safe, stable condition.

12.3.7 Forward the information release to the Public Affairs Director (PAD).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 8 OF 16

]

12.4 The PAD will review the written information releases to ensure following items are included:

12.4.1 Time of events and declaration.

[ ]

12.4.2 Points of contact and/or telephone numbers for news media.

12.5 The PAD will send the written information release to the Emergency Director for approval.

12.5.1 The PAD will generate the information release for final processing after receiving the Emergency Directors approval.

[]

12.6 DISTRIBUTION OF WRITTEN INFORMATION RELEASES

[ ]

12.6.1 The PAD's Secretary will distribute copies of the written information releases to following:

[1 12.6. 1.1 Facility Manager for inclusion on the media materials desk.

12.6.1.2 Federal and State Public Information Officers in the JIC.

12.6.1.3 Fax copies to the Governmental Affairs Office, NRC Region IV Public Information Officer, NRC Operations Center, LES Public Information, and Mid American Energy Corporate Communications. Fax numbers are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

13. NEWS CONFERENCES 13.1 News conferences should be conducted as events related to the emergency dictate; however, it is recommended, at a minimum, news conferences be conducted at least once each day, until such time that the plant has been placed in a safe and stable condition.

13.2 The Public Affairs Director (PAD) should schedule news conferences held in the JIC and announce the time to the media representatives, if possible.

[ ]

13.3 The Facility Manager will post a notice for the scheduled news conference near the briefing area.

13.4 Prior to the news conference the designated Spokesperson, PAD, Public Information Officer, and the appropriate State and Federal personnel shall meet to discuss the content and organization of the news conference.

13.5 The PAD should serve as the moderator for all news conferences.

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 9 OF 16

[ ] 13.6 The designated Spokesperson will present prepared statements to the media during news conferences.

13.7 The Technical Briefer should respond to technical questions that were asked by the media during news conferences and organize the appropriate responses for use in development of the upcoming news release, if necessary.

14. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION ACTIVITIES I I 14.1 Contact NPPD Regional System Control (Norfolk and Kearney), Transmission Control Center (Doniphan), Gerald Gentleman Station, and Sheldon Station and:

14.1.1 Inform the area Managers of the emergency status at CNS. Updates need to be sent out as appropriate.

[ 14.2 Contact the Customer Care Call Center in Norfolk and have them update the Customer Care Manager or designee of the emergency status at CNS.

[ ] 14.3 Notify PAD immediately upon completion of these tasks.

1 14.4 Update the area Managers, as appropriate.

14.5 Respond to telephone requests for information, as necessary.

15.

RECOVERY 15.1 The Emergency Director at CNS evaluates the effectiveness of corrective actions taken at the Station and determines if the emergency is under control as discussed in Section 9 of the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS. When the emergency is determined to be under control and at the direction of the Emergency Director, a Recovery Panel is activated. The Panel may consist of following personnel:

15.1.1 Emergency Director.

15.1.2 Emergency Operations Facility Director (EOF).

15.1.3 Technical Support Center Director (TSC).

[ ]

15.1.4 Public Affairs Director (JIC).

[

15.1.5 Radiological Control Manager (EOF).

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 10 OF 16 1

[ ] 15.2 Accuracy in releasing information regarding an emergency at CNS is extremely important. Always coordinate and verify information before a statement is made to the media or the public.

[ 15.3 All actions necessary during recovery operations cannot be anticipated. Most actions necessary during recovery from an accident at CNS will be dependent upon the conditions of the event. Personnel need to be alert, anticipate and identify problem situations, and communicate effectively.

15.4 When the Recovery Panel is activated by the Emergency Director at CNS, JIC activities will be as follows:

[

15.4.1 The Public Affairs Director will represent the JIC on the Recovery Panel by conference call.

[ ]

15.4.2 Notifying JIC personnel of Recovery Panel activation.

[

15.4.3 Providing input to the Recovery Panel, as appropriate.

[ ]

15.4.4 Providing Legislative Affairs office with current emergency information.

[ ] 15.5 When Recovery Panel activities are terminated, JIC activities will be as follows:

15.5.1 The Public Affairs Director will:

15.5.1.1 Brief JIC personnel of any Recovery Panel decisions and information, as appropriate.

15.5.1.2 Ensure the Facility Manager is informed of the CNS emergency status and expected time frame for future actions.

15.5.1.3 Instruct JIC personnel to continue with facility activities.

15.6 When the decision has been made to initiate the Recovery Organization, JIC activities will be as follows:

[

15.6.1 The Public Affairs Director

[

15.6.1.1 Notify JIC personnel of the decision to activate the Recovery Organization.

I ]

15.6.1.2 Contact the Vice President - Nuclear to discuss the expected time frame for maintaining JIC activities.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 11 OF 16

[ ]

15.6.1.3 Deactivate the JIC, as necessary.

[ ]

15.6.1.4 Provide Legislative Affairs office with emergency and recovery operation information.

] 15.7 Overall activities of the JIC after activation of the Recovery Organization are as follows:

]

15.7.1 Support the CEO and his interface with District Board members as well as other governmental officials.

15.7.2 Ensure all NPPD information provided to state and federal organizations and media sources is current and correct.

15.7.3 Ensure all NPPD information is relayed to the public in a timely manner and without distortion.

15.7.4 Ensure sources of misinformation are located and erroneous information is corrected.

16. DEACTIVATION OF THE JIC

[ 16.1 The Facility Manager shall supervise the deactivation of the JIC.

[ ] 16.2 All personnel shall restore their work stations to the pre-emergency configurations.

16.3 All personnel shall surrender their logs and other records to the Facility Manager.

16.4 The Facility Manager shall forward all logs and other records to the Emergency Preparedness Office at CNS.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 12 OF 16 1

I ATTACHMENT 1 PAGER CARRIER INSTRUCTIONS The person carrying the pager is responsible for the following:

1.

Keep the pager "ON" at all times when scheduled to carry the pager.

2.

Familiarity with the operation of the digital display pager, how it operates, what the codes mean, how to reset the pager, etc. If you have questions about the pager use or need an additional copy of the pager operating instructions, contact the CNS Emergency Preparedness Department.

3.

Report to the JIC, as appropriate, when the pager is activated for an emergency as indicated by the display on the pager. The following codes will be displayed on the pager.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 13 OF 16 1

PAGER CODES AND INFORMATION/ACTIONS

SUMMARY

CODE RESPONSE TO CODE 100 NOUE: EP AND PADO RESPONSE ONLY 222 RESPONSE TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 333 RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY 600 DRILL ERO CALL IN TEST 622 DRILL - RESPOND TO CNS IF FIT FOR DUTY 633 DRILL - RESPOND TO THE ALTERNATE EOF IF FIT FOR DUTY

I ATTACHMENT 2 JIC FLOOR PLAN I

s-s 5-7-23A Figure 1 I

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 14 OF 16 1

ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET DISCUSSION 1.1 The CNS Control Room makes the initial notification to General Office Emergency Response personnel upon declaration of an emergency classification. The JIC may be placed on standby during an ALERT and will be manned and activated upon the declaration of a SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY.

1.2 As discussed in the NPPD Emergency Plan for CNS, the JIC is a media briefing area. At this site, NPPD coordinates press briefings with state and federal emergency response personnel. During an emergency response, the major function of the JIC is:

1.2.1 Coordinate the development and dissemination of information to the news media.

1.2.2 Conduct media monitoring.

1.2.3 Maintain rumor control.

1.2.4 Provide NPPD employees with information concerning the emergency.

1.3 The JIC is located in the third floor Conference Rooms of the Columbus General Office Building. Attachment 2 shows the floor plan of the JIC.

1.3.1 At a minimum during emergency response activities, the JIC should be staffed with following personnel:

1.3.1.1 Public Affairs Director.

1.3.1.2 Technical Briefer.

1.3.1.3 Public Information Officer.

1.4 POSITION INSTRUCTION MANUALS (PIMs) 1.4.1 Positional Instruction Manuals (PIMs) contain positional checklists for the activation and operation of the JIC and are to be utilized by all JIC positions. PIMs are numbered and controlled by the Emergency Preparedness Department, labeled by ERO position, and are located in JIC Cabinet #1.

1.4.1.1 Public Affairs Director - PIM #1.

1.4.1.2 Public Affairs Director Secretary - PIM #2.

PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 15 OF 16

I ATTACHMENT 3 INFORMATION SHEET I

1.4.1.3 1.4.1.4 1.4.1.5 1.4.1.6 1.4.1.7 1.4.1.8 1.4.1.9 Designated Spokesperson - PIM #3.

Facility Manager - PIM #4.

Technical Briefer - PIM #5.

Media Monitor - PIM #6.

Public Information Officer - PIM #7.

Rumor Control - PIM #8.

Employee Information - PIM #9.

2.

REFERENCE 2.1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.1, Emergency Classification.

2.2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 5.7.6, Notification.

I PROCEDURE 5.7.23 1

REVISION 3 1

PAGE 16 OF 16